US20240000634A1 - Absorbent articles and methods and apparatuses for making absorbent articles with frangible pathways - Google Patents
Absorbent articles and methods and apparatuses for making absorbent articles with frangible pathways Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20240000634A1 US20240000634A1 US18/214,691 US202318214691A US2024000634A1 US 20240000634 A1 US20240000634 A1 US 20240000634A1 US 202318214691 A US202318214691 A US 202318214691A US 2024000634 A1 US2024000634 A1 US 2024000634A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- elastic
- frangible
- region
- belt
- weakness
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/45—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape
- A61F13/49—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape specially adapted to be worn around the waist, e.g. diapers, nappies
- A61F13/49058—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape specially adapted to be worn around the waist, e.g. diapers, nappies characterised by the modular concept of constructing the diaper
- A61F13/4906—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape specially adapted to be worn around the waist, e.g. diapers, nappies characterised by the modular concept of constructing the diaper the diaper having an outer chassis forming the diaper and an independent absorbent structure attached to the chassis
- A61F13/49061—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape specially adapted to be worn around the waist, e.g. diapers, nappies characterised by the modular concept of constructing the diaper the diaper having an outer chassis forming the diaper and an independent absorbent structure attached to the chassis the diaper having one or two waist members forming the diaper waist region and an independent absorbent structure attached to the one or two waist members forming the crotch region
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/45—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape
- A61F13/49—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape specially adapted to be worn around the waist, e.g. diapers, nappies
- A61F13/49007—Form-fitting, self-adjusting disposable diapers
- A61F13/49009—Form-fitting, self-adjusting disposable diapers with elastic means
- A61F13/49011—Form-fitting, self-adjusting disposable diapers with elastic means the elastic means is located at the waist region
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/15577—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing
- A61F13/15585—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing of babies' napkins, e.g. diapers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/15577—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing
- A61F13/15585—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing of babies' napkins, e.g. diapers
- A61F13/15593—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing of babies' napkins, e.g. diapers having elastic ribbons fixed thereto; Devices for applying the ribbons
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/15577—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing
- A61F13/15699—Forming webs by bringing together several webs, e.g. by laminating or folding several webs, with or without additional treatment of the webs
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/15577—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing
- A61F13/15707—Mechanical treatment, e.g. notching, twisting, compressing, shaping
- A61F13/15723—Partitioning batts; Cutting
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/15577—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing
- A61F13/15707—Mechanical treatment, e.g. notching, twisting, compressing, shaping
- A61F13/15739—Sealing, e.g. involving cutting
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/15577—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing
- A61F13/15707—Mechanical treatment, e.g. notching, twisting, compressing, shaping
- A61F13/15747—Folding; Pleating; Coiling; Stacking; Packaging
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/15577—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing
- A61F13/15756—Applying tabs, strips, tapes, loops; Knotting the ends of pads
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/45—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape
- A61F13/49—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape specially adapted to be worn around the waist, e.g. diapers, nappies
- A61F13/49007—Form-fitting, self-adjusting disposable diapers
- A61F13/49009—Form-fitting, self-adjusting disposable diapers with elastic means
- A61F13/4902—Form-fitting, self-adjusting disposable diapers with elastic means characterised by the elastic material
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/45—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape
- A61F13/49—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape specially adapted to be worn around the waist, e.g. diapers, nappies
- A61F13/493—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape specially adapted to be worn around the waist, e.g. diapers, nappies adjustable by adding or removing material, e.g. umbilical cord arrangements
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/45—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape
- A61F13/49—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape specially adapted to be worn around the waist, e.g. diapers, nappies
- A61F13/496—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape specially adapted to be worn around the waist, e.g. diapers, nappies in the form of pants or briefs
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/51—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers of the pads
- A61F13/511—Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin
- A61F13/512—Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin characterised by its apertures, e.g. perforations
- A61F13/5126—Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin characterised by its apertures, e.g. perforations characterised by the planar distribution of the apertures, e.g. in a predefined pattern
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/51—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers of the pads
- A61F13/514—Backsheet, i.e. the impermeable cover or layer furthest from the skin
- A61F13/51474—Backsheet, i.e. the impermeable cover or layer furthest from the skin characterised by its structure
- A61F13/51478—Backsheet, i.e. the impermeable cover or layer furthest from the skin characterised by its structure being a laminate, e.g. multi-layered or with several layers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/56—Supporting or fastening means
- A61F13/5622—Supporting or fastening means specially adapted for diapers or the like
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/56—Supporting or fastening means
- A61F13/5622—Supporting or fastening means specially adapted for diapers or the like
- A61F13/5633—Supporting or fastening means specially adapted for diapers or the like open type diaper
- A61F13/5644—Supporting or fastening means specially adapted for diapers or the like open type diaper having more than one pair of fasteners
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/56—Supporting or fastening means
- A61F13/5622—Supporting or fastening means specially adapted for diapers or the like
- A61F13/565—Supporting or fastening means specially adapted for diapers or the like pants type diaper
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/56—Supporting or fastening means
- A61F13/5622—Supporting or fastening means specially adapted for diapers or the like
- A61F13/565—Supporting or fastening means specially adapted for diapers or the like pants type diaper
- A61F13/5655—Supporting or fastening means specially adapted for diapers or the like pants type diaper adjustable pants type diapers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/56—Supporting or fastening means
- A61F13/62—Mechanical fastening means ; Fabric strip fastener elements, e.g. hook and loop
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/56—Supporting or fastening means
- A61F13/62—Mechanical fastening means ; Fabric strip fastener elements, e.g. hook and loop
- A61F13/622—Fabric strip fastener elements, e.g. hook and loop
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/56—Supporting or fastening means
- A61F13/62—Mechanical fastening means ; Fabric strip fastener elements, e.g. hook and loop
- A61F13/622—Fabric strip fastener elements, e.g. hook and loop
- A61F13/625—Fabric strip fastener elements, e.g. hook and loop characterised by the hook
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/56—Supporting or fastening means
- A61F13/64—Straps, belts, ties or endless bands
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/56—Supporting or fastening means
- A61F13/66—Garments, holders or supports not integral with absorbent pads
- A61F13/68—Garments, holders or supports not integral with absorbent pads abdominal enclosing type
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/84—Accessories, not otherwise provided for, for absorbent pads
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/551—Packaging before or after use
- A61F13/55105—Packaging before or after use packaging of diapers
- A61F13/5512—Packaging before or after use packaging of diapers after use
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/15203—Properties of the article, e.g. stiffness or absorbency
- A61F2013/15284—Properties of the article, e.g. stiffness or absorbency characterized by quantifiable properties
- A61F2013/15292—Resistance, i.e. modulus or strength
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/15203—Properties of the article, e.g. stiffness or absorbency
- A61F2013/15284—Properties of the article, e.g. stiffness or absorbency characterized by quantifiable properties
- A61F2013/15406—Basis weight
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/15577—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing
- A61F2013/15821—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing characterized by the apparatus for manufacturing
- A61F2013/15934—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing characterized by the apparatus for manufacturing for making non-woven
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/45—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape
- A61F13/49—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape specially adapted to be worn around the waist, e.g. diapers, nappies
- A61F13/49007—Form-fitting, self-adjusting disposable diapers
- A61F13/49009—Form-fitting, self-adjusting disposable diapers with elastic means
- A61F13/4902—Form-fitting, self-adjusting disposable diapers with elastic means characterised by the elastic material
- A61F2013/49025—Form-fitting, self-adjusting disposable diapers with elastic means characterised by the elastic material having multiple elastic strands
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/45—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape
- A61F13/49—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape specially adapted to be worn around the waist, e.g. diapers, nappies
- A61F2013/49087—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape specially adapted to be worn around the waist, e.g. diapers, nappies having breakable lateral stitches or panels
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/84—Accessories, not otherwise provided for, for absorbent pads
- A61F2013/8497—Accessories, not otherwise provided for, for absorbent pads having decorations or indicia means
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to absorbent articles, and more particularly, to methods and apparatuses for making absorbent articles having front and/or back waist regions including one or more frangible pathways.
- various types of articles such as for example, diapers and other absorbent articles, may be assembled by adding components to and/or otherwise modifying an advancing, continuous web of material.
- advancing webs of material are combined with other advancing webs of material.
- individual components created from advancing webs of material are combined with advancing webs of material, which in turn, are then combined with other advancing webs of material.
- individual components created from an advancing web or webs are combined with other individual components created from other advancing webs.
- Webs of material and component parts used to manufacture diapers may include: backsheets, topsheets, leg cuffs, waist bands, absorbent core components, front and/or back ears, fastening components, and various types of elastic webs and components such as front and/or back waist panels, leg elastics, barrier leg cuff elastics, stretch side panels, and waist elastics.
- Some absorbent articles have components that include elastomeric laminates.
- Such elastomeric laminates may include an elastic material bonded to one or more nonwovens.
- the elastic material may include an elastic film and/or elastic strands.
- a plurality of elastic strands are joined to a nonwoven while the plurality of strands are in a stretched condition so that when the elastic strands relax, the nonwoven gathers, and in turn, forms corrugations and rugosities.
- the resulting elastomeric laminate is stretchable to the extent that the corrugations allow the elastic strands to elongate.
- Absorbent articles in the form of diaper pants may also be configured with an absorbent chassis connected with front and back elastic belts, wherein opposing end regions of the front and back belts are connected with each other at side seams.
- the elasticity of the front and back belts is removed in regions where the chassis connects with the belts.
- stretched elastic strands are glued between two continuous nonwoven webs to form an elastic laminate. Regions of the elastic strands may then be intermittently deactivated along the length of the elastic laminate by cutting the elastic strands in areas to be connected with the chassis, sometimes referred to as tummy elastic cutting.
- Some caregivers of older incontinent babies or toddlers may prefer a closed, pant-style disposable absorbent article to enable application to, and removal from, a child while the child is in a standing position.
- One disadvantage of this product form is that the removal and disposal of feces-containing products may be unhygienic and inconvenient. For example, pulling the product down could cause feces to smear down the legs of a user.
- a caregiver may tear open the bonded sides using force. In turn, the force used can lead to a rapid release of energy from the diaper, causing the caregiver to lose control of the product and allowing feces to spill out.
- some diaper pants may be configured with tear lines in the front belt or back belt.
- tear lines may include perforations that allow a caregiver to more easily separate the belt along the perforation lines.
- the diaper pant can be more easily removed from the wearer without having to slide the diaper pant down the wearer's legs, in a similar manner as a traditional open taped diaper form.
- elastic laminates to be converted into front and/or back belts may also be subjected to additional handling and converting operations to create such perforation lines.
- an elastic laminate may advance through a cutting station that perforates the advancing laminate to form tear lines in finally assembled diaper pants.
- various challenges may be associated with the forming the tear lines.
- Some elastic laminates may include several elastic strands, and as such, there may be challenges associated with cutting the elastic strands in the location of the perforation line. There may be challenges associated with ensuring that all elastic strands extending through the tear line are also consistently cut.
- uncut elastic strands extend through a tear line in a belt of a diaper pant, such uncut elastic strands would need to be broken during removal of a diaper pant from a wearer. Such uncut elastic strands can be very difficult to break or tear.
- cutting perforation lines in nonwoven webs while also cutting elastic strands in an elastic laminate may weaken the laminate, which in turn, may result in unintended or premature opening of a belt during use of a diaper pant. Further, such weakening of the laminate may make the laminate relatively more likely to tear during assembly operations, and/or may otherwise result in control and handling difficulties associated with differential stretch characteristics within the laminate.
- utilization of a separate cutting station to form tear lines in an elastic laminate can present challenges associated ensuring intended positioning of such tear lines relative to other cutting operations to be performed on the laminate, such as final knife cutting and/or tummy elastic cutting.
- pant-style articles that provide the caregiver the ability to remove and dispose soiled products in a similar manner to traditional open diaper forms.
- an absorbent article comprises: a chassis comprising a topsheet, a backsheet, and an absorbent core positioned between the topsheet and the backsheet, the chassis further comprising a first end region and a second end region longitudinally separated from the first end region by a crotch region; a first belt connected with the first end region of the chassis; a second belt connected with the second end region of the chassis, wherein laterally opposing end portions of the second belt are connected with laterally opposing end portions of the first belt to form a waist opening; wherein the first belt comprises: a proximal edge and a distal edge; elastic strands positioned between and connected with a first substrate and a second substrate; and a first frangible pathway in the first belt extending between the proximal edge and the distal edge, the first frangible pathway comprising lines of weakness, wherein all elastic strands extending through the first frangible pathway are cut at the lines of weakness such that a first plurality of the elastic strands are cut only once and
- a method for assembling absorbent articles comprises steps of: providing a first elastic laminate, the first elastic laminate comprising elastic strands positioned between and connected with a first substrate and a second substrate, the elastic strands extending in a machine direction, the first elastic laminate further comprising a first edge separated from a second edge in a cross direction, wherein the first elastic laminate comprises a first laminate width defined by a distance extending in the cross direction between the first edge and the second edge; advancing the first elastic laminate in the machine direction; and forming a first frangible pathway in the first elastic laminate extending in the cross direction between the first edge and the second edge, the first frangible pathway comprising lines of weakness, wherein all elastic strands extending through the first frangible pathway are cut at the lines of weakness such that a first plurality of the elastic strands are cut only once and such that a second plurality of the elastic strands are cut more than once.
- a cutting apparatus comprises: a knife roll comprising a means for forming a frangible pathway in an elastic laminate and a means for making a low-stretch zone in the elastic laminate.
- a cutting apparatus comprises: a knife roll comprising a means for forming a frangible pathway in an elastic laminate and a means for cutting the elastic laminate into discrete pieces.
- FIG. 1 shows a perspective view of a diaper pant in a pre-fastened configuration.
- FIG. 1 A shows a perspective view of a diaper pant with a continuous outer cover in a pre-fastened configuration.
- FIG. 2 A shows a plan view of a diaper pant with the portion of the diaper that faces away from a wearer oriented toward the viewer.
- FIG. 2 B shows a plan view of a diaper pant with the portion of the diaper that faces toward a wearer oriented toward the viewer.
- FIG. 2 C shows a plan view of a diaper pant with the portion of the diaper that faces away from a wearer oriented toward the viewer, illustrating first and second belt size and shape features.
- FIG. 2 D shows a plan view of a diaper pant with the portion of the diaper that faces away from a wearer oriented toward the viewer, illustrating first and second belt size and shape features.
- FIG. 2 E shows a plan view of a diaper pant with the portion of the diaper that faces away from a wearer oriented toward the viewer, illustrating first and second belt size and shape features.
- FIG. 2 F shows a plan view of a diaper pant with a continuous outer cover with the portion of the diaper that faces away from a wearer oriented toward the viewer.
- FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the diaper pant of FIG. 2 A taken along line 3 - 3 showing first and second elastic belts provided with panel layers.
- FIG. 3 A is a cross-sectional detailed view of a first belt provided with panel layers wherein one panel layer is folded over another panel layer.
- FIG. 3 A 1 is a cross-sectional detailed view of another example configuration wherein the first belt is provided with panel layers wherein one panel layer is folded over another panel layer.
- FIG. 3 A 2 is a cross-sectional detailed view of another example configuration wherein the first belt is provided with panel layers wherein one panel layer is folded over another panel layer.
- FIG. 3 B is a cross-sectional detailed view of a second belt provided with panel layers wherein one panel layer is folded over another panel layer.
- FIG. 3 C is a cross-sectional view of the diaper pant of FIG. 2 F taken along line 3 C- 3 C showing first and second elastic belts provided with panel layers and a continuous outer cover.
- FIG. 4 A is perspective view of a diaper pant including frangible pathways in a front belt.
- FIG. 4 B is a perspective view of the diaper pant of FIG. 4 A showing the front belt having been torn along one of the frangible pathways.
- FIG. 5 A is perspective view of a diaper pant including frangible pathways in a front belt and adjacent an absorbent chassis.
- FIG. 5 B is a perspective view of the diaper pant of FIG. 5 A showing the front belt having been torn along one of the frangible pathways.
- FIG. 5 C is a perspective view of the diaper pant of FIG. 5 A showing the front belt having been torn along two frangible pathways.
- FIG. 5 D shows the diaper pant of FIG. 5 C being rolled up onto itself in a longitudinal direction.
- FIG. 5 E shows the diaper pant of FIG. 5 D with fastener components connected with the backsheet of the chassis to maintain the diaper pant in a disposal configuration.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic side view of a converting apparatus adapted to manufacture pre-fastened, pant diapers.
- FIG. 6 A is a view of continuous lengths of advancing first and second elastic belt laminates from FIG. 6 taken along line A-A.
- FIG. 6 B is a view of a continuous length of chassis assemblies from FIG. 6 taken along line B-B.
- FIG. 6 C 1 is a view of a discrete chassis from FIG. 6 taken along line C 1 -C 1 .
- FIG. 6 C 2 is a view of a discrete chassis from FIG. 6 taken along line C 2 -C 2 .
- FIG. 6 D 1 is a view of multiple discrete chassis spaced from each other along the machine direction MD and connected with each other by the first and second elastic belt laminates from FIG. 6 taken along line D 1 -D 1 and showing outer edges of the first and second elastic belt laminates being folded.
- FIG. 6 D 2 is a view of multiple discrete chassis spaced from each other along the machine direction MD and connected with each other by the first and second elastic belt laminates from FIG. 6 taken along line D 2 -D 2 and showing outer edges of the first and second elastic belt laminates being folded.
- FIG. 6 E is a view of folded multiple discrete chassis with the first and second elastic belt laminates in a facing relationship from FIG. 6 taken along line E-E.
- FIG. 6 F is a view of two discrete absorbent articles advancing the machine direction MD from FIG. 6 taken along line F-F.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic side view of a converting apparatus adapted to assemble an elastomeric laminate including a plurality of elastic strands positioned between a first substrate and a second substrate.
- FIG. 8 is a view of the converting apparatus of FIG. 7 taken along line 8 - 8 .
- FIG. 9 is a schematic side view of a cutting apparatus adapted to form frangible pathways in an elastomeric laminate.
- FIG. 10 is a view of the cutting apparatus of FIG. 9 taken along line 10 - 10 .
- FIG. 10 A is a view of another configuration of the cutting apparatus of FIG. 9 taken along line 10 - 10 .
- FIG. 11 A is a side view of an elastic laminate with first configurations of frangible pathways.
- FIG. 11 B is a side view of the elastic laminate of FIG. 11 A after waist edge folding operations.
- FIG. 11 C is a side view of the elastic laminate of FIG. 11 B after side seaming operations.
- FIG. 11 D is a side view of the elastic laminate of FIG. 11 B after final knife cutting operations.
- FIG. 12 A is a detailed partial view of a frangible pathway in an elastic laminate showing details of lines of weakness.
- FIG. 12 B is a detailed view of a portion of a frangible pathway showing details of lines of weakness and severed elastic strands therein.
- FIG. 13 is a detailed view of a cutting device showing details of blades thereon.
- FIG. 14 A is a side view of an elastic laminate with fastener components bonded thereto.
- FIG. 14 B is a side view of second configurations of frangible pathways on the elastic laminate of FIG. 14 A .
- FIG. 14 C is a side view of the elastic laminate of FIG. 14 B after chassis combing operations.
- FIG. 14 D 1 is a side view of the elastic laminate of FIG. 14 C after waist edge folding operations.
- FIG. 14 D 2 is a side view of the elastic laminate of FIG. 14 C after waist edge folding operations.
- FIG. 15 A is a detailed partial view of another configuration of a frangible pathway in an elastic laminate showing details of lines of weakness.
- FIG. 15 B is a detailed view of a portion of the frangible pathway of FIG. 15 A showing details of lines of weakness and severed elastic strands therein.
- FIG. 16 is a detailed view of a another cutting device configuration showing details of blades thereon.
- FIG. 17 A is a side view of third configurations of frangible pathways on the elastic laminate of FIG. 14 A .
- FIG. 17 B is a detailed view of another configuration of a fastener component and frangible pathways.
- FIG. 17 C is a side view of fourth configurations of frangible pathways on the elastic laminate of FIG. 14 A .
- FIG. 17 D 1 is a side view of fifth configurations of frangible pathways on the elastic laminate of FIG. 14 A .
- FIG. 17 D 2 is a detailed view of a region of the frangible pathways on the elastic laminate of FIG. 14 D 1 .
- FIG. 18 A is a perspective view of a diaper pant with frangible pathways.
- FIG. 18 B shows a front plan view of the diaper pant of FIG. 18 A .
- FIG. 18 C shows a front plan view of the diaper pant of FIG. 18 B after one frangible pathway has been torn away.
- FIG. 18 D 1 is a detailed view of a fastening component from FIG. 18 B .
- FIG. 18 D 2 is a detailed view of another fastening component configuration.
- FIG. 18 E shows a front plan view of the diaper pant with another configuration of frangible pathways.
- FIG. 18 F shows lines of weakness arranged in shingle up and shingle down patterns.
- FIG. 19 shows a front plan view of a diaper with another configuration of frangible pathways.
- FIGS. 20 A- 20 F show an example of a progression of the tear along a frangible pathway.
- “Absorbent article” refers to devices, which absorb and contain body exudates and, more specifically, refers to devices, which are placed against or in proximity to the body of the wearer to absorb and contain the various exudates discharged from the body.
- Exemplary absorbent articles include diapers, training pants, pull-on pant-type diapers (i.e., a diaper having a pre-formed waist opening and leg openings such as illustrated in U.S. Pat. No. 6,120,487), refastenable diapers or pant-type diapers, incontinence briefs and undergarments, diaper holders and liners, feminine hygiene garments such as panty liners, absorbent inserts, menstrual pads and the like.
- Body-facing and “garment-facing” refer respectively to the relative location of an element or a surface of an element or group of elements. “Body-facing” implies the element or surface is nearer to the wearer during wear than some other element or surface. “Garment-facing” implies the element or surface is more remote from the wearer during wear than some other element or surface (i.e., element or surface is proximate to the wearer's garments that may be worn over the disposable absorbent article).
- elastic refers to materials exhibiting elastic properties, which include any material that upon application of a force to its relaxed, initial length can stretch or elongate to an elongated length more than 10% greater than its initial length and will substantially recover back to about its initial length upon release of the applied force.
- Elastomeric materials may include elastomeric films, scrims, nonwovens, ribbons, strands and other sheet-like structures.
- joind encompasses configurations whereby an element is directly secured to another element by affixing the element directly to the other element, and configurations whereby an element is indirectly secured to another element by affixing the element to intermediate member(s) which in turn are affixed to the other element.
- distal is used to describe a position situated away from a center of a body or from a point of attachment
- proximal is used to describe a position situated nearer to a center of a body or a point of attachment.
- substrate is used herein to describe a material which is primarily two-dimensional (i.e., in an XY plane) and whose thickness (in a Z direction) is relatively small (i.e., 1/10 or less) in comparison to its length (in an X direction) and width (in a Y direction).
- substrates include a web, layer or layers or fibrous materials, nonwovens, films and foils such as polymeric films or metallic foils. These materials may be used alone or may comprise two or more layers laminated together. As such, a web is a substrate.
- nonwoven refers herein to a material made from continuous (long) filaments (fibers) and/or discontinuous (short) filaments (fibers) by processes such as spunbonding, meltblowing, carding, and the like. Nonwovens do not have a woven or knitted filament pattern.
- machine direction is used herein to refer to the direction of material flow through a process.
- relative placement and movement of material can be described as flowing in the machine direction through a process from upstream in the process to downstream in the process.
- cross direction is used herein to refer to a direction that is generally perpendicular to the machine direction.
- taped diaper refers to disposable absorbent articles having an initial front waist region and an initial back waist region that are not fastened, pre-fastened, or connected to each other as packaged, prior to being applied to the wearer.
- a taped diaper may be folded about the lateral centerline with the interior of one waist region in surface to surface contact with the interior of the opposing waist region without fastening or joining the waist regions together.
- Example taped diapers are disclosed in various suitable configurations U.S. Pat. Nos.
- pant refers herein to disposable absorbent articles having a continuous perimeter waist opening and continuous perimeter leg openings designed for infant or adult wearers.
- a pant can be configured with a continuous or closed waist opening and at least one continuous, closed, leg opening prior to the article being applied to the wearer.
- a pant can be preformed or pre-fastened by various techniques including, but not limited to, joining together portions of the article using any refastenable and/or permanent closure member (e.g., seams, heat bonds, pressure welds, adhesives, cohesive bonds, mechanical fasteners, etc.).
- a pant can be preformed anywhere along the circumference of the article in the waist region (e.g., side fastened or seamed, front waist fastened or seamed, back waist fastened or seamed).
- Example diaper pants in various configurations are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,940,464; 5,092,861; 5,246,433; 5,897,545; 5,957,908; 6,120,487; 6,120,489; 7,569,039 and U.S. Patent Publication Nos.
- “Closed-form” means opposing waist regions are joined, as packaged, either permanently or refastenably to form a continuous waist opening and leg openings.
- Open-form means opposing waist regions are not initially joined to form a continuous waist opening and leg openings but comprise a closure means such as a fastening system to join the waist regions to form the waist and leg openings before or during application to a wearer of the article.
- the present disclosure relates to absorbent articles including elastic laminates, and more particularly, to methods and apparatuses for making absorbent articles having elastic laminates in front and/or back waist regions with frangible pathways.
- a first elastic laminate and a second elastic laminate may be assembled and converted into first and second elastic belts on an assembled absorbent article.
- the first and second elastic laminates may comprise elastic strands positioned between and connected with a first substrate and a second substrate, wherein the elastic strands extend in a machine direction.
- the first and second elastic laminates further comprise a first edge separated from a second edge in a cross direction.
- the first and second elastic laminates are advanced in the machine direction, and a frangible pathway extending in the cross direction between the first edge and the second edge may be formed in the first elastic laminate and/or the second elastic laminate.
- frangible pathways provide a feature that allows an elastic belt of a diaper pant to be relatively easily torn along the frangible pathway when removing the diaper pant from a wearer, avoiding the need to remove the diaper pant by sliding the diaper pant over a wearer's legs.
- the frangible pathway comprises a plurality of lines of weakness positioned, oriented, and/or configured such that all elastic strands extending through the frangible pathways are severed, so as to help ensure that an elastic belt can be torn along the frangible pathway without having to also break elastic strands in the process.
- all elastic strands extending through the frangible pathway are cut at the lines of weakness such that a first plurality of the elastic strands are cut only once and such that a second plurality of the elastic strands are cut more than once.
- some elastic strands may remain intact to strengthen a particular portion of the frangible pathway.
- an elastic laminate may be advanced in the machine direction through a cutting device adapted to form the lines of weakness that define the frangible pathway and to cut elastic strands extending through the frangible pathway.
- the cutting device may be configured to create various forms of lines of weakness.
- the cutting device may be configured to cut through the first substrate and the second substrate such that the lines of weakness comprise discrete cut lines.
- the cutting device may pressure bond the first substrate and the second substrate together without cutting through the first and second substrates such that the lines of weakness comprise discrete bonds wherein materials of the first substrate and the second substrate are fused together.
- the cutting device may be configured to form more than one frangible pathway in an elastic laminate and may also be configured to perform additional cutting operations, such as a final knife cutting operations or tummy elastic cutting operations.
- the cutting device may be configured to form one or more frangible pathways in an elastic laminate and may also be configured to perform die cutting operations, such as leg hole forming operations.
- the cutting device may be configured as a stand alone process that forms one or more frangible pathways in an elastic laminate that is separate process from other cutting operations, such as tummy cutting, final knife cutting, and/or die cutting operations.
- each line of weakness may be oriented to define an offset angle relative to the machine direction that is less than 90 degrees. In turn, the offset angles of the lines of weakness help to prevent the lines of weakness from opening when forces are applied to the respective first and second substrates during assembly operations and/or during use of the assembled article.
- FIGS. 1 - 2 B show an example of an absorbent article 100 in the form of a diaper pant 100 P that may include components constructed from elastic laminates assembled in accordance with the configurations disclosed herein.
- FIG. 1 shows a perspective views of a diaper pant 100 P in a pre-fastened configuration.
- FIG. 2 A shows a plan view of the diaper pant 100 P with the portion of the diaper that faces away from a wearer oriented toward the viewer
- FIG. 2 B shows a plan view of the diaper pant 100 P with the portion of the diaper that faces toward a wearer oriented toward the viewer.
- the diaper pant 100 P includes a chassis 102 and a ring-like elastic belt 104 .
- a first elastic belt 106 and a second elastic belt 108 are bonded together to form the ring-like elastic belt 104 .
- the diaper pant 100 P and the chassis 102 each include a first waist region 116 , a second waist region 118 , and a crotch region 119 disposed intermediate the first and second waist regions. It may also be described that the chassis 102 includes a first end region 116 a , a second end region 118 a , and a crotch region 119 disposed intermediate the first and second end regions 116 a , 118 a .
- the first waist region 116 may be configured as a front waist region
- the second waist region 118 may be configured as back waist region.
- the diaper 100 P may also include a laterally extending front waist edge 121 in the front waist region 116 and a longitudinally opposing and laterally extending back waist edge 122 in the back waist region 118 .
- the diaper 100 P and chassis 102 of FIGS. 2 A and 2 B are shown with a longitudinal axis 124 and a lateral axis 126 .
- the longitudinal axis 124 may extend through the front waist edge 121 and through the back waist edge 122 .
- the lateral axis 126 may extend through a first longitudinal or right side edge 128 and through a second longitudinal or left side edge 130 of the chassis 102 .
- the longitudinal axis 124 extends perpendicularly through the front waist edge 121 and the hack waist edge 122
- the lateral axis 126 extends perpendicularly to the longitudinal axis 124
- the diapers 100 P of FIGS. 2 A, 2 B, and 18 B are shown wherein: the first elastic belt 106 comprises a longitudinal centerline 124 a and lateral centerline 126 a ; the second elastic belt 108 comprises a longitudinal centerline 124 b and lateral centerline 126 b ; and the chassis 102 comprises a longitudinal centerline 124 c and lateral centerline 126 c .
- the longitudinal centerlines 124 a , 124 b , 124 c are perpendicular to the lateral center lines 126 a , 126 b , 126 c.
- the diaper pant 100 P may include an inner, body facing surface 132 , and an outer, garment facing surface 134 .
- the chassis 102 may include a backsheet 136 and a topsheet 138 .
- the chassis 102 may also include an absorbent assembly 140 , including an absorbent core 142 , disposed between a portion of the topsheet 138 and the backsheet 136 .
- the diaper 100 P may also include other features, such as leg elastics and/or leg cuffs to enhance the fit around the legs of the wearer.
- the periphery of the chassis 102 may be defined by the first longitudinal side edge 128 , a second longitudinal side edge 130 , a first laterally extending end edge 144 disposed in the first waist region 116 , and a second laterally extending end edge 146 disposed in the second waist region 118 .
- Both side edges 128 and 130 extend longitudinally between the first end edge 144 and the second end edge 146 .
- the laterally extending end edges 144 and 146 may be located longitudinally inward from the laterally extending front waist edge 121 in the front waist region 116 and the laterally extending back waist edge 122 in the back waist region 118 .
- the laterally extending end edges 144 and 146 may be coterminous with or located longitudinally outward from the laterally extending front waist edge 121 in the front waist region 116 and the laterally extending back waist edge 122 in the back waist region 118 .
- the front waist edge 121 and the back waist edge 122 may encircle a portion of the waist of the wearer.
- the side edges 128 and 130 may encircle at least a portion of the legs of the wearer.
- the crotch region 119 may be generally positioned between the legs of the wearer with the absorbent core 142 extending from the front waist region 116 through the crotch region 119 to the back waist region 118 .
- the diaper pant 100 P may include a backsheet 136 .
- the backsheet 136 may also define the outer, garment facing surface 134 of the chassis 102 .
- the backsheet 136 may also comprise a woven or nonwoven material, polymeric films such as thermoplastic films of polyethylene or polypropylene, and/or a multi-layer or composite materials comprising a film and a nonwoven material.
- the backsheet may also comprise an elastomeric film.
- An example backsheet 136 may be a polyethylene film having a thickness of from about mm (0.5 mils) to about 0.051 mm (2.0 mils). Further, the backsheet 136 may permit vapors to escape from the absorbent core (i.e., the backsheet is breathable) while still preventing exudates from passing through the backsheet 136 .
- the diaper pant 100 P may include a topsheet 138 .
- the topsheet 138 may also define all or part of the inner, wearer facing surface 132 of the chassis 102 .
- the topsheet 138 may be liquid pervious, permitting liquids (e.g., menses, urine, and/or runny feces) to penetrate through its thickness.
- a topsheet 138 may be manufactured from a wide range of materials such as woven and nonwoven materials; apertured or hydroformed thermoplastic films; apertured nonwovens, porous foams; reticulated foams; reticulated thermoplastic films; and thermoplastic scrims.
- Woven and nonwoven materials may comprise natural fibers such as wood or cotton fibers; synthetic fibers such as polyester, polypropylene, or polyethylene fibers; or combinations thereof. If the topsheet 138 includes fibers, the fibers may be spunbond, carded, wet-laid, meltblown, hydroentangled, or otherwise processed as is known in the art. Topsheets 138 may be selected from high loft nonwoven topsheets, apertured film topsheets and apertured nonwoven topsheets. Exemplary apertured films may include those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,628,097; 5,916,661; 6,545,197; and 6,107,539, all of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- the diaper pant 100 P may also include an absorbent assembly 140 that is joined to the chassis 102 .
- the absorbent assembly 140 may have a laterally extending front edge 148 in the front waist region 116 and may have a longitudinally opposing and laterally extending back edge 150 in the back waist region 118 .
- the absorbent assembly may have a longitudinally extending right side edge 152 and may have a laterally opposing and longitudinally extending left side edge 154 , both absorbent assembly side edges 152 and 154 may extend longitudinally between the front edge 148 and the back edge 150 .
- the absorbent assembly 140 may additionally include one or more absorbent cores 142 or absorbent core layers.
- the absorbent core 142 may be at least partially disposed between the topsheet 138 and the backsheet 136 and may be formed in various sizes and shapes that are compatible with the diaper. Exemplary absorbent structures for use as the absorbent core of the present disclosure are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,610,678; 4,673,402; 4,888,231; and 4,834,735, all of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- Some absorbent core embodiments may comprise fluid storage cores that contain reduced amounts of cellulosic airfelt material. For instance, such cores may comprise less than about 40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, or even 1% of cellulosic airfelt material.
- Such a core may comprise primarily absorbent gelling material in amounts of at least about 60%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or even about 100%, where the remainder of the core comprises a microfiber glue (if applicable).
- Such cores, microfiber glues, and absorbent gelling materials are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,562,646; 5,669,894; and 6,790,798 as well as U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2004/0158212 A1 and 2004/0097895 A1, all of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- the diaper 100 P may also include elasticized leg cuffs 156 .
- the leg cuffs 156 can be and are sometimes also referred to as leg bands, side flaps, barrier cuffs, elastic cuffs or gasketing cuffs.
- the elasticized leg cuffs 156 may be configured in various ways to help reduce the leakage of body exudates in the leg regions.
- Example leg cuffs 156 may include those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,860,003; 4,909,803; 4,695,278; 4,795,454; 4,704,115; 4,909,803; and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2009/0312730 A1, all of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- diaper pants may be manufactured with a ring-like elastic belt 104 and provided to consumers in a configuration wherein the front waist region 116 and the back waist region 118 are connected to each other as packaged, prior to being applied to the wearer.
- diaper pants may have a continuous perimeter waist opening 110 and continuous perimeter leg openings 112 such as shown in FIG. 1 .
- the ring-like elastic belt may be formed by joining a first elastic belt to a second elastic belt with a permanent side seam or with an openable and reclosable fastening system disposed at or adjacent the laterally opposing sides of the belts.
- the ring-like elastic belt 104 may be defined by a first elastic belt 106 connected with a second elastic belt 108 .
- the first elastic belt 106 extends between a first longitudinal side edge 111 a and a second longitudinal side edge 111 b and defines first and second opposing end regions 106 a , 106 b and a central region 106 c .
- the second elastic 108 belt extends between a first longitudinal side edge 113 a and a second longitudinal side edge 113 b and defines first and second opposing end regions 108 a , 108 b and a central region 108 c .
- the distance between the first longitudinal side edge 111 a and the second longitudinal side edge 111 b defines the pitch length, PL, of the first elastic belt 106
- the distance between the first longitudinal side edge 113 a and the second longitudinal side edge 113 b defines the pitch length, PL, of the second elastic belt 108
- the central region 106 c of the first elastic belt is connected with the first waist region 116 or first end region 116 a of the chassis 102
- the central region 108 c of the second elastic belt 108 is connected with the second waist region 118 or second end region 118 a of the chassis 102 .
- the first end region 106 a of the first elastic belt 106 is connected with the first end region 108 a of the second elastic belt 108 at first side seam 178
- the second end region 106 b of the first elastic belt 106 is connected with the second end region 108 b of the second elastic belt 108 at second side seam 180 to define the ring-like elastic belt 104 as well as the waist opening 110 and leg openings 112 .
- the first belt 106 and the second belt 108 may be permanently or refastenably connected with each other at the first side seam 178 and the second side seam 180 .
- the side seams 178 , 180 may comprise a permanent bond, such as a thermal, pressure, or adhesive bond, or may be a releasable bond, such as a mechanical or cohesive fastener.
- the first elastic belt 106 also defines an outer laterally extending edge 107 a and an inner laterally extending edge 107 b
- the second elastic belt 108 defines an outer laterally extending edge 109 a and an inner laterally extending edge 109 b
- a perimeter edge 112 a of one leg opening may be defined by portions of the inner laterally extending edge 107 b of the first elastic belt 106 , the inner laterally extending edge 109 b of the second elastic belt 108 , and the first longitudinal or right side edge 128 of the chassis 102 .
- a perimeter edge 112 b of the other leg opening may be defined by portions of the inner laterally extending edge 107 b , the inner laterally extending edge 109 b , and the second longitudinal or left side edge 130 of the chassis 102 .
- the outer laterally extending edges 107 a , 109 a may also define the front waist edge 121 and the laterally extending back waist edge 122 of the diaper pant 100 P.
- first elastic belt 106 and the second elastic belt 108 may define different sizes and shapes.
- first elastic belt 106 and/or second elastic belt 108 may define curved contours.
- the inner lateral edges 107 b , 109 b of the first and/or second elastic belts 106 , 108 may include non-linear or curved portions in the first and second opposing end regions.
- Such curved contours may help define desired shapes to leg opening 112 , such as for example, relatively rounded leg openings.
- the elastic belts 106 , 108 may include elastic strands 168 that extend along non-linear or curved paths that may correspond with the curved contours of the inner lateral edges 107 b , 109 b.
- FIG. 2 C shows a configuration wherein the first elastic belt 106 and the second elastic belt 108 both define generally rectangular shapes.
- the outer laterally extending edge 107 a of the first elastic belt 106 may comprise a lateral width of W 1 D and the inner laterally extending edge 107 b may comprise a lateral width of W 1 P, wherein W 1 D and W 1 P are equal or substantially equal.
- the outer laterally extending edge 109 a of the second elastic belt 108 may comprise a lateral width of W 2 D and the inner laterally extending edge 109 b may comprise a lateral width of W 2 P, wherein W 2 D and W 2 P are equal or substantially equal.
- At least one of the first elastic belt 106 and the second elastic belt 108 may comprise lateral edges having different lengths.
- FIG. 2 D shows a configuration wherein the first elastic belt 106 defines a generally rectangular shape, such as described with reference to FIG. 2 C , and wherein the outer laterally extending edge 109 a of the second elastic belt 108 and the inner laterally extending edge 109 b have different lengths.
- the outer laterally extending edge 109 a of the second elastic belt 108 may comprise a lateral width of W 2 D and the inner laterally extending edge 109 b may comprise a lateral width of W 2 P, wherein W 2 D is greater than W 2 P.
- both the first elastic belt 106 and the second elastic belt 108 may comprise lateral edges having different lengths.
- FIG. 2 E shows a configuration wherein the outer laterally extending edge 107 a of the first elastic belt 106 and the inner laterally extending edge 107 b have different lengths, and wherein the outer laterally extending edge 109 a of the second elastic belt 108 and the inner laterally extending edge 109 b have different lengths. As shown in FIG.
- the outer laterally extending edge 107 a of the first elastic belt 107 may comprise a lateral width of W 1 D and the inner laterally extending edge 107 b may comprise a lateral width of W 1 P, wherein W 1 D is greater than W 1 P, and wherein the outer laterally extending edge 109 a of the second elastic belt 108 may comprise a lateral width of W 2 D and the inner laterally extending edge 109 b may comprise a lateral width of W 2 P, wherein W 2 D is greater than W 2 P.
- the first elastic belt 106 may define a longitudinal length LT 1 extending between outer laterally extending edge 107 a and the inner laterally extending edge 107 b
- the second elastic belt 108 may define a longitudinal length LT 2 extending between outer laterally extending edge 109 a and the inner laterally extending edge 109 b
- LT 1 may be equal to LT 2 .
- LT 1 may be less or greater than LT 2 .
- W 1 D may be equal to W 1 P, or W 1 D may be different than W 1 P.
- W 2 D may be equal to W 2 P, or W 2 D may be different than W 2 P.
- W 1 D and/or W 1 P may be equal to or different W 2 D and/or W 2 P.
- the first elastic belt 106 and the second elastic belt 108 may also each include a first substrate 162 and a second substrate 164 .
- the first substrates 162 may be oriented to define at least a portion of the garment facing surfaces of the first elastic belt 106 and the second elastic belt 108
- the second substrates 164 may be oriented to define at least a portion of the wearer facing surfaces of the first elastic belt 106 and the second elastic belt 108 .
- the first substrate 162 may extend from a proximal edge 162 b to a distal edge 162 a for a maximum length L 1
- the second substrate 164 may extend from a proximal edge 164 b to a distal edge 164 a for a maximum length L 2 .
- the distal edge 162 a and/or the proximal edge 162 b of the first substrate 162 may be straight and/or curved and/or may be parallel or unparallel to each other.
- the distal edge 164 a and/or the proximal edge 164 b of the second substrate 164 may be straight and/or curved and/or may be parallel or unparallel to each other.
- the maximum length L 1 refers to the longest distance extending longitudinally between the distal edge 162 a and the proximal edge 162 b of the first substrate 162
- the maximum length L 2 refers to the longest distance extending longitudinally between the distal edge 164 a and the proximal edge 164 b of the second substrate 164 .
- L 1 may be equal to, less than, or greater than L 2 .
- L 1 may be equal to or less than LT 1
- L 2 may be equal to or less than LT 2 .
- the distal edge 162 a of the first substrate 162 may define at least a portion of the front waist edge 121 and/or at least a portion of back waist edge 122
- the distal edge 164 a of the second substrate 164 may define at least a portion of the front waist edge 121 and/or at least a portion of back waist edge 122
- the distal edge 162 a of the first substrate 162 and/or the distal edge 164 a of the second substrate 164 may define at least a portion of the waist opening 110 .
- first substrate 162 and/or the second substrate 164 may extend continuously from the first belt 106 to the second belt 108 .
- the first substrate 162 may be configured to define a continuous outer cover 162 ′ that extends contiguously from the first waist edge 121 to the second waist edge 122 , such as shown in FIGS. 1 A, 2 F, and 3 C .
- diaper pants 100 P with continuous outer covers, such as shown in FIGS. 1 A, 2 F, and 3 C may also be configured to include various aspects of the frangible pathways and fastener components discussed herein.
- first substrate 162 and the second substrate 164 may define various lateral widths that may or may not be equal.
- first substrate 162 may extend laterally between a first longitudinal edge 162 e and a second longitudinal edge 162 f to define a first lateral width W 1
- second substrate 164 may extend laterally between a first longitudinal edge 164 e and a second longitudinal edge 164 f to define a second lateral width W 2 .
- the proximal edge 162 b of the first substrate 162 and/or the proximal edge 164 b of the second substrate 164 may extend laterally across the backsheet 134 .
- the first substrate 162 includes a garment facing surface 162 c and an opposing wearer facing surface 162 d
- the second substrate 164 includes a garment facing surface 164 c and an opposing wearer facing surface 164 d.
- the first elastic belt 106 and/or the second elastic belt 108 may include a folded portion of at least the first substrate 162 and/or the second substrate 164 .
- the first elastic belt 106 and/or the second elastic belt 108 may include a folded portion 162 g of the first substrate 162 extending longitudinally between a fold line 162 h in the first substrate 162 and a lateral edge 162 i .
- the folded portion 162 g of the first substrate 162 may be connected with the wearer facing surface 164 d of the second substrate 164 .
- the folded portion 162 g of the first substrate 162 may also be connected with and/or overlap the chassis 102 .
- the folded portion 162 g of the first substrate 162 may also be connected with the wearer facing surface 162 d of the first substrate 162 .
- a portion of the folded portion 162 g of the first substrate 162 may be left unbonded to the chassis 102 and/or the second substrate 164 , forming a waste pocket having an opening oriented toward the lateral centerline 162 c of the chassis 102 .
- the first elastic belt 106 and/or the second elastic belt 108 may include a folded portion of the second substrate 164 extending longitudinally between a fold line in the second substrate 164 and a lateral edge.
- the folded portion of the second substrate 164 may be connected with the garment facing surface 162 c of the first substrate 162 .
- a fold line of the first substrate 162 and/or a fold line of the second substrate 164 may define at least a portion of the waist opening 110 .
- various waist configurations may be utilized.
- the folded portion 162 g may be sandwiched between the second substrate 164 and the backsheet 136 .
- the second substrate 164 may be sandwiched between the folded portion 162 g and the backsheet 136 .
- FIGS. 3 A 1 and 3 A 2 show configurations of the first belt 106 , it is to be appreciated that such configurations may be applied with the second belt 108 .
- first elastic belt 106 and the second elastic belt 108 may comprise the same materials and/or may have the same structure. In some embodiments, the first elastic belt 106 and the second elastic belt may comprise different materials and/or may have different structures. It should also be appreciated that components of the first elastic belt 106 and the second elastic belt 108 , such as the first substrate 162 , and/or second substrate 164 may be constructed from various materials.
- the first and/or second belts may include a first substrate 162 , and/or second substrate 164 that may be manufactured from materials such as plastic films; apertured plastic films; woven or nonwoven webs of natural materials (e.g., wood or cotton fibers), synthetic fibers (e.g., polyolefins, polyamides, polyester, polyethylene, or polypropylene fibers) or a combination of natural and/or synthetic fibers; or coated woven or nonwoven webs.
- the first and/or second belts may include a first substrate 162 , and/or second substrate 164 comprising a nonwoven web of synthetic fibers, and may include a stretchable nonwoven.
- the first and second elastic belts may include an inner hydrophobic, non-stretchable nonwoven material and an outer hydrophobic, non-stretchable nonwoven material. It is to be appreciated that the belts may configured in various ways, such as disclosed for example, in U.S. Patent Publication No. US 2022/0142828 A1 and Chinese Patent Application No. CN2021/077843, which are both incorporated by reference.
- Elastic material 167 may be positioned between the wearer facing surface 162 d of the first substrate 162 and the garment facing surface 164 c of the second substrate 164 . It is to be appreciated that the elastic material 167 may include one or more elastic elements such as strands, ribbons, elastic films, or panels extending along the lengths of the elastic belts. As shown in FIGS. 2 A and 3 , the elastic material 167 may include a plurality of elastic strands 168 .
- the elastic material 167 may be an elastic film used to form a zero-strain elastic laminate comprising an elastic film bonded to one or more nonwoven layers and subsequently subjected to mechanical deformation or activation sufficient to weaken the nonwoven layer(s) and enable the laminate to stretch and recover elastically.
- first substrate 162 , second substrate 164 , and/or elastic material 167 of the first elastic belt 106 and/or second elastic belt 108 may be bonded together and/or with other components, such as the chassis 102 , with adhesive and/or mechanical bonds. It is to be appreciated that adhesive and mechanical bonding methods may be utilized alone or in combination with each other.
- adhesive may be applied to at least one of the first substrate 162 , second substrate 164 , and/or elastic material 167 when being combined to form the first elastic belt 106 and/or second elastic belt 108 .
- mechanical bonding devices may apply mechanical bonds to the to at least one of the first substrate 162 , second substrate 164 , and/or elastic material 167 when being combined to form the first elastic belt 106 and/or second elastic belt 108 .
- Such mechanical bonds may be applied with heat, pressure, and/or ultrasonic devices.
- mechanical bonding devices may apply bonds that bond the first substrate 162 , second substrate 164 , and/or elastic material 167 together and/or may act to trap or immobilize discrete lengths of the contracted elastic strands in the first elastic belt 106 and/or second elastic belt 108 .
- first substrate 162 , second substrate 164 , and/or elastic material 167 may be bonded together with various methods and apparatuses to create various elastomeric laminates, such as described in U.S. Patent Publication Nos.
- components of the first elastic belt 106 and/or the second elastic belt 108 may be assembled in various ways and various combinations to create various desirable features that may differ along the lateral width and/or longitudinal length of the first elastic belt 106 and/or the second elastic belt 108 .
- Such features may include, for example, Dtex values, bond patterns, aperture arrangements, elastic positioning, Average Dtex values, Average Pre-Strain values, rugosity frequencies, rugosity wavelengths, height values, and/or contact area.
- differing features may be imparted to various components, such as for example, the first substrate 162 , second substrate 164 , and elastic material 167 before and/or during stages of assembly of the first elastic belt 106 and/or the second elastic belt 108 .
- first elastic belt 106 and/or the second elastic belt 108 may include various configurations of belt elastic materials 167 arranged in relation to each other and to the first substrate 162 , and the second substrate 164 .
- the elastic material 167 may include configurations of one or more elastic elements such as strands, ribbons, films, or panels positioned in various arrangements.
- the elastic material 167 may comprise various elastics, elastic features and arrangements, and processes for assembly, such as described in 2018/0168889 A1; 2018/0168874 A1; 2018/0168875 A1; 2018/0168890 A1; 2018/0168887 A1; 2018/0168892 A1; 2018/0168876 A1; 2018/0168891 A1; 2019/0298586 A1; 2019/0070042 A1; 2018/0168878 A1; 2018/0168877 A1; 2018/0168880 A1; 2018/0170027 A1; 2018/0169964 A1; 2018/0168879 A1; 2018/0170026 A1; 2019/0070041 A1; 2021/0282797A1; and 2021/0275362 A1, which are all incorporated by reference. It is also to be appreciated the elastic materials 167 herein may be configured with identical or different colors in various different locations on the first elastic belt 106 and/or the second elastic belt
- the elastic material 167 may be configured as elastic strands 168 disposed at a constant interval in the longitudinal direction. In other embodiments, the elastic strands 168 may be disposed at different intervals in the longitudinal direction. In some configurations, the Dtex values of the elastic strands 168 may be constant or varied along the longitudinal direction. In some configurations, the elastic material 167 in a stretched condition may be interposed and joined between uncontracted substrate layers. When the elastic material 167 is relaxed, the elastic material 167 returns to an unstretched condition and contracts the substrate layers. The elastic material 167 may provide a desired variation of contraction force in the area of the ring-like elastic belt.
- the chassis 102 and elastic belts 106 , 108 may be configured in different ways other than as depicted in attached Figures.
- the elastic material 167 material may be joined to the substrates continuously or intermittently along the interface between the elastic material 167 material and the substrates.
- the elastic strands 168 may be in the form of extruded elastic strands, which may also be bonded with the first substrate 162 and/or second substrate 164 in a pre-corrugated configuration, such as disclosed for example in U.S. Pat. No. 5,681,302, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- the elastic material 167 discussed herein may be in the form of elastic strands 168 .
- the elastic strands 168 may be parallel with each other and/or with the lateral axis 126 .
- the first elastic belt 106 and/or second elastic belt 108 may be configured to include various quantities of elastic strands 168 .
- elastic strands 168 may be grouped in pairs.
- the first elastic belt 106 and/or second elastic belt 108 may comprise from about 100 to about 1500 elastic strands 168 .
- elastic strands 168 herein may comprise various Dtex values, strand spacing values, and pre-strain values and such elastic strands 168 may utilized with other elastic strands to create first and second elastic belts 106 , 108 comprising elastic strands 168 in various combinations of Dtex values, strand spacing values, and pre-strain values.
- the Average-Dtex of one or more elastic strands 168 may be greater than 500.
- the Average-Dtex of one or more elastic strands 168 may be from about 10 to about 1500, specifically reciting all 1 Dtex increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- a plurality of elastic strands 168 may comprise an Average-Strand-Spacing of less than or equal to 4 mm. In some configurations, a plurality of elastic strands 168 may comprise an Average-Strand-Spacing from about 0.25 mm to about 4 mm, specifically reciting all mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In some configurations, a plurality of elastic strands 168 may comprise an Average-Strand-Spacing of greater than 4 mm.
- the Average-Pre-Strain of each of a plurality of elastic strands may be from about 50% to about 400%, specifically reciting all 1% increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the elastic strands 168 comprise an Average-Strand-Spacing from about 0.25 mm to about 4 mm and an Average-Dtex from about 10 to about 500.
- the elastic strands 168 may comprise an Average-Pre-Strain from about 75% to about 300%.
- a first plurality of elastic strands may comprise a first Average-Pre-Strain from about 75% to about 300%, and a second plurality of elastic strands may comprise a second Average-Pre-Strain that is greater than first Average-Pre-Strain.
- a first plurality of elastic strands comprises an Average-Strand-Spacing from about 0.25 mm to about 4 mm and an Average-Dtex from about 10 to about 500; and a second plurality of elastic strands may comprise an Average-Strand-Spacing greater than about 4 mm and an Average-Dtex greater than about 450.
- the elastic strands 168 may be referred to herein as outer waist elastics 170 and inner waist elastics 172 .
- Elastic strands 168 such as the outer waist elastics 170 , may continuously extend laterally between the first and second opposing end regions 106 a , 106 b of the first elastic belt 106 and between the first and second opposing end regions 108 a , 108 b of the second elastic belt 108 .
- Some elastic strands 168 such as the inner waist elastics 172 , may be configured with discontinuities in areas, such as for example, where the first and second elastic belts 106 , 108 overlap portions of the chassis 102 , such as the absorbent assembly 140 .
- the first elastic belt 106 and/or the second elastic belt 108 may be configured with low-stretch zones 701 and high-stretch zones 703 .
- the first elastic belt 106 and/or the second elastic belt 108 may include a first high-stretch zone 703 a and a second high-stretch zone 703 b separated laterally by a low-stretch zone 701 .
- Portions of the chassis 102 such as the backsheet 136 and absorbent assembly 140 , may be connected with the first elastic belt 106 and/or the second elastic belt 108 in the low-stretch zones 701 in the first waist region 116 and/or the second waist region 118 .
- the high-stretch zones 703 are elasticated by the elastic material 167 , such as the elastic strands 168 , 172 ; and the low-stretch zones 701 may comprise cut lines separating the elastic material 167 , such as the elastic strands 168 , 172 .
- the elastic material 167 may be cut in an unbonded region where the elastic material is not bonded with first substrate 162 and the second substrate 164 L Thus, the elastic material 167 retracts from the unbonded region and form low-stretch zone 701 .
- the elastic material 167 may be cut into several discrete pieces.
- the low-stretch zones 701 define regions of the first elastic belt 106 and/or the second elastic belt 108 that have relatively less elasticity than the high-stretch zones 703 .
- the discrete elastic material 167 that has been cut and which are elastically contracted do not add any substantial amount of elastication to the low-stretch zone 701 .
- the high-stretch zones 703 will elongate more than the low-stretch zones 701 .
- the terms “elastic,” “elastomer” or “elastomeric” refers to materials exhibiting elastic properties, which include any material that upon application of a force to its relaxed, initial length can stretch or elongate to an elongated length more than 10% greater than its initial length and will substantially recover back to about its initial length upon release of the applied force.
- the first elastic belt 106 and/or the second elastic belt 108 may be configured with high-stretch zones 703 that are elastic and may be configured with low-stretch zones 701 that are not elastic or “inelastic.”
- the diaper pants 100 P described with reference to FIGS. 1 - 3 C may include one or more frangible pathways in the first belt 106 and/or the second belt 108 .
- FIGS. 4 A- 5 B show example diaper pants 100 P with a first belt 106 that includes frangible pathways 700 .
- the frangible pathways 700 may be configured to allow the first elastic belt 106 to be relatively easily torn along the frangible pathway 700 , such as when removing the diaper pant 100 P from a wearer.
- FIGS. 4 B and 5 B show view of the diaper pants 100 P from FIGS.
- FIGS. 4 B and 5 B respectively, illustrating that the first belt 106 after having been torn along the frangible pathway 700 through both the outer longitudinal outer laterally extending edge 107 a and the inner laterally extending edge 107 b of the first belt 106 .
- the first elastic belts 106 shown in FIGS. 4 B and 5 B are separated by opposing tear lines 705 .
- the first elastic belt 106 may torn along both frangible pathways 700 in FIGS. 4 B and 5 B .
- FIG. 5 C shows the diaper pant of FIG. 5 A showing the front belt having been torn along two frangible pathways 700 .
- FIG. 5 C shows the diaper pant of FIG. 5 A showing the front belt having been torn along two frangible pathways 700 .
- the central region 106 c of the first elastic belt 106 may remain bonded with the chassis 102 after separating the first and second opposing end regions 106 a , 106 b from the central region 106 c by tearing the elastic belt 106 along the frangible pathways 700 .
- the frangible pathways 700 comprise a plurality of lines of weakness 704 configures such that all elastic strands 168 in the first elastic belt 106 are severed at least once in the frangible pathway 700 . Severing the elastic strands 168 in the frangible pathway 700 helps make it relatively easier to tear the first elastic belt 106 along the frangible pathway 700 . For example, when the elastic strands 168 are severed, the first substrate 1 _ 62 and second substrate 164 of the first elastic belt 106 need only need to be torn without having to also tear uncut elastic strands 168 .
- the diaper pant 100 P may include various quantities of frangible pathways 700 that may be: positioned in various locations; define various shapes; and extend for various lengths.
- the first elastic belt 106 may comprises a first belt length defined by a longitudinal distance between the proximal edge 107 b and the distal edge 107 a
- the frangible pathway 700 may extend for a total length from an outermost edge of a line of weakness 704 nearest the proximal edge 107 h of the first belt 106 to an outermost edge of a line of weakness 704 nearest the distal edge 107 a of the first belt 106 .
- the frangible pathway 700 may extend for a total length that is greater than, equal to, or less than the first belt length.
- the lines of weakness 704 may extend for a length from a first end to a second end, and a sum of the all the lengths of lines of weakness 704 in the frangible pathway 700 may be greater than the frangible pathway total length.
- diaper pants 100 P may be configured such that one or both of the first elastic belt 106 and the second elastic belt 108 include one or more frangible pathways 700 .
- the frangible pathways 700 may be positioned in various locations on the first and second elastic belts 106 , 108 .
- frangible pathways 700 may be positioned laterally between the first and second side seams 178 , 180 and the chassis 102 .
- frangible pathways 700 may extend to overlap with the chassis 102 .
- the frangible pathways 700 may extend in straight lines and/or may be curved and/or have curved portions.
- the frangible pathways 700 may extend longitudinally for the entire length or less than the entire length of the first belt 106 and/or second belt 108 .
- the frangible pathways 700 may be configured and/or positioned to provide access to and: or function with other features, such as disposal features.
- the diaper pant 100 P shown in FIGS. 5 A- 5 C includes fastener components 707 positioned on the wearing facing surface of the first elastic belt 106 .
- the fastener components 707 may be positioned between the first elastic belt 106 and the chassis 102 .
- the fastener component 707 may be configured to refastenably connect with other portions of the diaper pant 100 P, such as for example, the garment facing surfaces of the first elastic belt 106 , the second elastic belt 108 , or the chassis 102 .
- FIG. 5 C shows a diaper pant 100 P after tearing the first elastic belt 106 along two frangible pathways.
- FIG. 5 D shows the diaper pant 100 P of Figure SC with the chassis 102 being rolled up onto itself in a longitudinal direction.
- Figure SE shows the diaper pant 100 P of FIG. 5 D with fastener components 707 connected with the backsheet 134 of the chassis 102 to maintain the diaper pant 100 P in a disposal configuration.
- the tearing process when tearing the elastic belt along the frangible pathway 700 , the tearing process may begin h tearing from the outer edge 107 a or the inner edge 107 b of the elastic belt 106 .
- the first elastic belt 106 may also include an opening, such as a slit located adjacent to or in the proximity of the fastener component 707 and the weakened region 700 to help facilitate starting to tear the frangible pathway 700 in a region of the elastic belt 106 longitudinally between the outer edge 107 a and the inner edge 107 b.
- the fastener component 707 may be configured various ways, such as hooks, loops, and/or adhesive.
- the fastener component 707 may comprise hook elements or adhesive adapted to refastenably connect with another surface of the diaper pant 100 P.
- the fastener component 707 may comprise loop elements adapted to refastenably connect with hook surface on the diaper pant 100 P.
- the fastener component 707 may be a separate element connected with the elastic belt 106 in various ways, such as mechanical bonding, adhesive bonding, or both.
- the fastener component 707 may be integrally formed from materials of the elastic belt 106 , 108 .
- the fastener component 707 may be printed and/or comprise materials of various different colors such that the fastener component 707 may be visible from outside the diaper pant 100 P.
- the fastener component 707 may comprise a hook material that can refastenably engage with substrates, such as nonwovens for example, on an exterior surface of the diaper pant 100 P.
- the fastener component 707 may comprise a substrate comprising hooks, with the substrate bonded to the elastic belt 106 , 108 , such as the second substrate 164 , which may be in the form of a nonwoven.
- the substrate may be bonded to the elastic belt 106 , 108 in various ways, such as for example, with mechanical bonds, thermal bonds, ultrasonic bonds, and/or adhesive bonds or combinations thereof.
- hooks may be integrally formed from the second substrate 164 , which may be in the form of a nonwoven.
- the fastener component 707 may comprise one material or a combination of two or more materials arranged in at least partially overlapping configuration. In some configurations, the fastener component 707 may comprise other fastener types as known in the art.
- the fastener component 707 may comprise any of a wide variety of shapes, including rectangles or other polygons, circles, ovals, shapes having exterior convexities or concavities or combinations thereof, or one or a plurality of lines or geometric shapes forming an array. It is to be appreciated that the fastener component 707 may comprise various sizes. For example, in some configurations, the fastener component 707 may have a lateral width of between about 5 mm and about 100 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the fastener component 707 may have a longitudinal length of between about 10 mm and about 100 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the fastener component 707 may be aligned parallel the lateral centerline 126 a , 126 b of the elastic belt 106 , 108 or may be oriented at an angle relative the longitudinal centerline 126 a , 126 of the elastic belt 106 , 108 of between 0 and 90 degrees.
- the fastener component 707 may comprise an array of two or more spaced-apart fastening elements.
- the fastener component 707 may have a color that is visible through any layers of the elastic belt 106 , 108 on which the fastener component 707 is located.
- the elastic belt 106 , 108 and/or chassis 102 may include printing or other indicia highlighting to a caregiver the location, function, and/or usage of the fastener component 707 .
- the bond, or bond pattern, attaching the fastener component 707 to the elastic belt 106 , 108 may be visually or tactilely distinct from the surrounding belt material in order to provide the caregiver a signal or a mechanical grip advantage.
- the frangible pathways may comprise lures of weakness 704 that are: configured in various ways; positioned in various locations and orientations relative to each other; defined by various shapes; and extend for various lengths.
- the lines of weakness 704 comprise discrete cut lines that penetrate through some or all the layers of the elastic belt 106 .
- the lines of weakness 704 comprise discrete bonds wherein materials of the first substrate and the second substrate are fused together.
- the lines of weakness 704 may be linear, curvilinear, or have a regular or irregular geometry and may comprise one or more of a perforation, a bond, an aperture, or a mechanically thinned region of a material such as a nonwoven, or a combination thereof. It is also to be appreciated that the lines of weakness 704 can be formed with different lengths and spacings to achieve different separation forces.
- FIG. 6 shows a schematic view of a converting apparatus 300 adapted to manufacture pant diapers 100 P with frangible pathways 700 .
- the method of operation of the converting apparatus 300 may be described with reference to the various components of pant diapers 100 described above and shown in FIGS. 1 - 5 B .
- FIGS. 1 - 5 B show the following methods in the context of the diaper 100 shown in FIGS. 1 - 5 B , it is to be appreciated that various embodiments of diaper pants can be manufactured according to the methods disclosed herein, such as for example, the absorbent articles disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.
- the converting apparatus 300 shown in FIG. 6 may operate to provide and advance an elastic laminate 200 and form frangible pathways in the elastic laminate 200 as well as cut elastic strands that extend through the frangible pathways.
- the elastic laminate may also be slit and separated along the machine direction MD into lanes, such as for example, a first elastomeric laminate 200 a and a second elastomeric laminate 200 b .
- a continuous length of chassis assemblies 102 a may be advanced and cut into discrete chassis 102 .
- the discrete chassis 102 may be spaced apart from each other along the machine direction MD, and opposing waist regions of the spaced apart chassis 102 are then connected with the advancing first and second elastic belt laminates 200 a , 200 b .
- Edge portions of the first belt laminate 200 a may then be folded onto itself, and edge portions of the second belt laminate 200 b may then be folded inward and onto itself.
- the chassis 102 may be folded to bring the first and second elastic belt laminates 200 a , 200 b into a facing relationship, and the first and second elastic belt laminates 200 a , 200 b are bonded together.
- the first and second elastic laminates 200 a , 200 b are then cut in the cross direction CD through bonded regions to create discrete pant diapers 100 P, such as shown in FIGS. 1 - 5 B .
- the apparatus 300 may include various apparatuses and utilize various methods to produce elastomeric laminates 200 according to the present disclosure that may be used to construct diaper components, such as elastic belts 106 , 108 .
- the apparatus 300 shown in FIG. 6 may include a converting apparatus 301 shown in FIGS. 7 and 8 that is adapted to manufacture elastomeric laminates 200 .
- the converting apparatus 301 shown in FIGS. 7 and 8 operates to advance a continuous length of elastic material 202 , a continuous length of a first substrate 204 , and a continuous length of a second substrate 206 along a machine direction MD.
- the first substrate and second substrate 204 , 206 herein may be defined by two discrete substrates or may be defined by folded portions of a single substrate.
- the apparatus 300 stretches the elastic material 202 and joins the stretched elastic material 202 with the first and second substrates 204 , 206 to produce an elastomeric laminate 200 .
- the elastic material 202 is illustrated and referred to herein as strands 208 , it is to be appreciated that in some configurations, elastic material 202 may include one or more continuous lengths of elastic strands, ribbons, and/or films.
- the methods and apparatuses herein may be adapted to operate with various types of absorbent article assembly processes, such as disclosed for example in U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2013/0255861 A1; 2013/0255862 A1; 2013/0255863 A1; 2013/0255864 A1; and 2013/0255865 A1, which are all incorporated by reference herein.
- the elastomeric laminates 200 may be used as a continuous length of elastomeric belt material that may be converted into the first and second elastic belts 106 , 108 discussed above with reference to FIGS. 1 - 5 B .
- the elastic material 202 may correspond with the belt elastic material 168 interposed between the outer layer 162 and the inner layer 164 , which in turn, may correspond with either the first and/or second substrates 204 , 206 .
- the elastomeric laminates 200 may be used to construct waistbands and/or side panels in taped diaper configurations.
- FIGS. 7 and 8 show an example of a converting apparatus 301 for producing an elastomeric laminate 200 that may include a first metering device 312 and a second metering device 314 .
- the first metering device 312 may be configured as an elastic strand supply apparatus, such as one or more unwinders 302 generically represented by a dash line rectangle, that may include one or more spools of elastic strands 208 .
- the elastic strands 208 advance in the machine direction MD from the unwinder 302 to the second metering device 314 .
- the elastic strands 208 may be stretched along the machine direction MD while advancing between the unwinder 302 and the second metering device 314 .
- the stretched elastic strands 208 are also joined with the first substrate 204 and the second substrate 206 at the second metering device 314 to produce an elastomeric laminate 200 .
- the elastic strands 208 may advance along and/or around one or more guide rollers.
- the elastic strands 208 may be stretched along a continuous path while advancing in the machine direction MD or may be stretched in various steps that provide multiple increases in elongation while advancing in the machine direction MD.
- the second metering device 314 may include: a first roller 316 having an outer circumferential surface 318 and rotates about a first axis of rotation 320 , and a second roller 322 having an outer circumferential surface 324 and rotates about a second axis of rotation 326 .
- the first roller 316 and the second roller 322 rotate in opposite directions, and the first roller 316 is adjacent the second roller 322 to define a nip 328 between the first roller 316 and the second roller 322 .
- the first roller 316 may rotate such that the outer circumferential surface 318 has a surface speed S 1
- the second roller 322 may rotate such that the outer circumferential surface 324 has the same, or substantially the same, surface speed S 1 .
- the first substrate 204 includes a first surface 210 and an opposing second surface 212 , and the first substrate 204 advances to the first roller 316 .
- the first substrate 204 advances at speed S 1 to the first roller 316 where the first substrate 204 partially wraps around the outer circumferential surface 318 of the first roller 316 and advances through the nip 328 .
- the first surface 210 of the first substrate 204 travels in the same direction as and in contact with the outer circumferential surface 318 of the first roller 316 .
- the second substrate 206 includes a first surface 214 and an opposing second surface 216 , and the second substrate 206 advances to the second roller 322 .
- the second substrate 206 advances at speed S 1 to the second roller 322 where the second substrate 206 partially wraps around the outer circumferential surface 324 of the second roller 322 and advances through the nip 328 .
- the second surface 216 of the second substrate 206 travels in the same direction as and in contact with the outer circumferential surface 324 of the second roller 322 .
- the first and/or substrates 204 , 206 may advance at various speeds S 1 .
- the first substrate 204 and/or the second substrate 206 may advance at speed S 1 from about 150 meters/minute to about 500 meters/minute, specifically reciting all 1 meter/minute increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the stretched elastic strands 208 advance through the nip 328 between the first and second substrates 204 , 206 such that the elastic strands 208 are joined with the second surface 212 of the first substrate 204 and the first surface 214 of the second substrate 206 to produce a continuous length of elastomeric laminate 200 .
- the first substrate 204 defines a width in the cross direction CD between opposing first and second longitudinal edges 204 a , 204 b .
- the second substrate 206 defines a width in the cross direction CD between opposing first and second longitudinal edges 206 a , 206 b .
- the width of the first substrate 204 may be greater than the width of the second substrate 206 .
- a first extended portion 204 c of the first substrate 204 may extend outward in the cross direction from the first edge 206 a of the second substrate 206 to the first edge 204 a of the first substrate 204
- a second extended portion 204 d of the first substrate 204 may extend outward in the cross direction from the second edge 206 b of the second substrate 206 to the second edge 204 b of the first substrate 204 .
- the width of the second substrate 206 may be the same as or greater than the width of the first substrate 204 .
- the apparatus 301 may include an elastic strand supply apparatus, such as one or more unwinders 302 , that supplies a plurality of elastic strands 208 .
- the unwinders 302 herein may be configured in various ways.
- the unwinder 302 may be configured with individual spools with mandrel and/or surface driven unwinders, overend unwinders, and/or beam unwinders (also referred to as warp beams).
- Various types of unwinders are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,676,054; 7,878,447; 7,905,446; 9,156,648; 4,525,905; 5,060,881; and 5,775,380; U.S. patent application Ser.
- the apparatus 301 may be configured to assemble elastomeric laminates 200 with elastic strands 208 unwound from more than one unwinder 302 in combination with elastic strands supplied from the same and/or different types of elastic unwinder configurations.
- the elastic strands 208 may include various types of spin finish, also referred herein as yarn finish, configured as coating on the elastic strands 208 that may be intended to help prevent the elastic strands from adhering to themselves, each other, and/or downstream handling equipment.
- the apparatus may also be configured to remove or partially remove the spin finish from the elastic strands, such as disclosed for example in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2018/0168877 A1, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- the apparatus 301 may include one or more unwinders 302 that may supply various quantities of elastic strands.
- the unwinders 302 herein may include from 1 to about 3000 spools positioned thereon, and thus, may have from 1 to about 3000 elastic strands 208 advancing therefrom, specifically reciting all 1 spool and strand increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the elastomeric laminates 200 herein may include from 1 to about 3000 elastic strands 208 spaced apart from each other in the cross direction CD, specifically reciting all 1 elastic strand increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the apparatuses and processes may be configured such that elastic strands 208 may be advanced from the unwinders 302 and directly to the assembly process without having to touch additional machine components, such as for example, guide rollers. It is also to be appreciated that in some configurations, elastic strands 208 may be advanced from the unwinders 302 and may be redirected and/or otherwise touched by and/or redirected by machine components, such as for example guide rollers, before advancing to the assembly process.
- the elastic strands 208 may also advance through a strand guide 310 before being combined with the first substrate 204 and the second substrate 206 .
- the strand guide 310 may space or separate neighboring elastic strands 208 from each other at a desired distance in a cross direction CD before being combined with the first substrate 204 and the second substrate 206 .
- the elastic strands may advance through a strand guide 310 positioned between the unwinder 302 and the nip 328 .
- the strand guide 310 may operate to change and/or dictate and/or fix the cross directional CD separation distance between neighboring elastic strands 208 advancing into the nip 328 and in the assembled elastomeric laminate 200 . It is to be appreciated that the elastic strands 208 may be separated from each other by various distances in the cross direction CD advancing into the nip 328 and in the assembled elastomeric laminate 200 . In some configurations, neighboring elastic strands 208 may be separated from each other by about 0.5 mm to about 4 mm in the cross direction CD, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. It is to be appreciated that the strand guide 310 may be configured in various ways.
- the strand guide 310 may be configured as a comb that may comprise a plurality of tines or reeds. In turn, the advancing elastic strands 208 are separated and spaced apart from each other by the tines or reeds in the cross direction CD from each other. In some configurations, the strand guide 310 may include a plurality of rollers that separate and space the elastic strands in the cross direction CD from each other.
- the first and/or second substrates 204 , 206 may include nonwovens and/or films.
- the elastic strands 208 may be configured in various ways and may have various decitex values. In some configurations, the elastic strands 208 may be configured with decitex values ranging from about decitex to about 1000 decitex, specifically reciting all 1 decitex increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the elastomeric laminates 200 assembled herein may include various quantities of elastic strands 208 spaced apart from each other by various distances and may include various decitex values.
- the elastomeric laminates 200 herein may have various elastic densities, wherein the elastic density may be defined as decitex per elastomeric laminate width.
- some elastomeric laminates 200 may have an elastic density from about 30 decitex/mm to about 150 decitex/mm, specifically reciting all 1 decitex/mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the elastomeric laminates 200 herein may have various numbers of elastic strands arranged in the cross direction CD per meter of elastomeric laminate cross directional width.
- some elastomeric laminates 200 may have from about 500 elastic strands/meter of elastomeric laminate width to about 2000 elastic strands/meter of elastomeric laminate width, specifically reciting all 1 elastic strand/meter increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the apparatus 301 may include one or more adhesive applicator devices 334 that may apply adhesive 218 to at least one of the elastic strands 208 , the first substrate 204 , and the second substrate 206 before being combined to form the elastomeric laminate 200 .
- the first substrate 204 may advance past an adhesive applicator device 334 a that applies adhesive 218 to the second surface 212 of the first substrate 204 before advancing to the nip 328 .
- the adhesive 218 may be applied to the first substrate 204 upstream of the first roller 316 and/or while the first substrate 204 is partially wrapped around the outer circumferential surface 318 of the first roller 316 .
- the second substrate 206 may advance past an adhesive applicator device 334 b that applies adhesive 218 to the first surface 214 of the second substrate 206 before advancing to the nip 328 .
- the adhesive 218 may be applied to the second substrate 206 upstream of the second roller 322 and/or while the second substrate 206 is partially wrapped around the outer circumferential surface 324 of the second roller 324 .
- an adhesive applicator device 334 c may be configured to apply adhesive 218 to the elastic strands 208 before and/or while being joined with first substrate 204 and second substrate 206 .
- the adhesive applicator devices herein 334 be configured in various ways, such as for example, spray nozzles and/or slot coating devices.
- the adhesive applicator devices 334 may be configured in accordance with the apparatuses and/or methods disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,186,296; 9,265,672; 9,248,054; and 9,295,590 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2014/0148773 A1, all of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- the elastic strands 208 may be joined to the first substrate 204 and/or the second substrate 206 continuously or intermittently along the interface between the elastic strands 208 material and the substrates 204 , 206 .
- the elastic laminate 200 may include non-bonded regions intermittently spaced between bonded regions along the machine direction MD, wherein the elastic strands 208 are not bonded to either the first substrate 204 or the second substrate 206 in the non-bonded regions.
- the elastic strands 208 may be severed in the non-bonded regions in a subsequent process step and thus, for example, may form low-stretch zones 701 mentioned above.
- adhesive 334 may be applied intermittently on the first substrate 204 , the second substrate 206 , and/or the elastic strands 208 to create intermittent bonds along the lengths of the elastic strands 208 between the first substrate 204 and/or the second substrate 206 . It is to be appreciated that intermittent application of adhesive 334 may be created with spray nozzles and/or slot coat devices that apply intermittent patterns of adhesive 334 . In some configurations, adhesive 334 may be applied intermittently along the length of the advancing elastic strands 208 to create intermittent bonds along the lengths of the elastic strands 208 between the first substrate 204 and/or the second substrate 206 .
- slot coat devices may be configured to continuously apply adhesive 334 at relatively low basis weights onto the first substrate 204 and/or the second substrate 206 , wherein the relatively low basis weights of adhesive results in the creation of intermittent bonding between the first substrate 204 and/or the second substrate 206 along the lengths of the elastic strands 208 .
- slot coat devices may be configured to continuously apply adhesive 334 at relatively high basis weights onto the first substrate 204 and/or the second substrate 206 , wherein the relatively high basis weights of adhesive results in the creation of continuous bonding between the first substrate 204 and/or the second substrate 206 along the lengths of the elastic strands 208 .
- adhesive 334 may be applied continuously along the length of the advancing elastic strands 208 to create continuous bonds along the lengths of the elastic strands 208 between the first substrate 204 and/or the second substrate 206 .
- the apparatus 301 may include a mechanical bonding device that applies the mechanical bonds to the elastomeric laminate 200 , such as for example, bonds that may be applied with heat, pressure, and/or ultrasonic devices.
- a mechanical bonding device that applies the mechanical bonds to the elastomeric laminate 200 , such as for example, bonds that may be applied with heat, pressure, and/or ultrasonic devices.
- ultrasonic bonding devices which may include linear or rotary type configurations, are disclosed for example in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,113,225; 3,562,041; 3,733,238; 5,110,403; 6,036,796; 6,508,641; and 6,645,330.
- the ultrasonic bonding device may be configured as a linear oscillating type sonotrode, such as for example, available from Herrmann Ultrasonic, Inc. Additional examples of mechanical bonding devices and methods are disclosed in U.S. Pat.
- the mechanical bonding device may apply mechanical bonds to the elastomeric laminate at or downstream of the nip 328 .
- the mechanical bonding device may apply bonds that bond the first substrate 204 , the second substrate 206 , and/or elastic strands 208 together and/or may act to trap or immobilize discrete lengths of the contracted elastic strands 208 in the elastomeric laminate 200 .
- the apparatuses herein may include one of, some of, or all of adhesive applicator devices 334 a , 334 b , 334 c and mechanical bonding device mentioned herein.
- the elastic strands 208 may be bonded with the first substrate 204 and/or second substrate 206 with various methods and apparatuses to create various elastomeric laminates, such as described in U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2018/0168878 A1; 2018/0168877 A1; 2018/0168880 A1; 2018/0170027 A1; 2018/0169964 A1; 2018/0168879 A1; 2018/0170026 A1; 2018/0168889 A1; 2018/0168874 A1; 2018/0168875 A1; 2018/0168890 A1; 2018/0168887 A1; 2018/0168892 A1; 2018/0168876 A1; 2018/0168891 A1; 2019/0070042 A1; and 2019/0070041 A1 and combinations thereof, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- the apparatuses 301 herein may be configured in various ways with various features described herein to assemble elastomeric laminates 200 having various stretch characteristics.
- some elastic strands 208 may exert contraction forces in the machine direction MD that are different from contraction forces exerted by other elastic strands 208 .
- Such differential stretch characteristics can be achieved by stretching some elastic strands 208 more or less than other elastic strands 208 before joining the elastic strands with the first and second substrates 204 , 206 .
- the spools of elastic strands 208 may be unwound from one or more unwinders 302 at different speeds from each other, and as such, the elastic strands 208 may be stretched more or less than each when combined with the first and second substrates.
- the first substrate 204 and the second substrate 206 may each advance at a speed S 1 .
- some elastic strands 208 may advance at speed S 2 that is less than the speed S 1 are also different from the advancement speeds of other elastic strands.
- some elastic strands 208 are stretched by different amounts in the machine direction MD when combined with the first and second substrates 204 , 206 .
- the elastic strands 208 may be pre-strained prior to joining the elastic strands 208 to the first or second substrate layers 204 , 206 .
- the elastic strands 208 may be pre-strained from about 75% to about 300%, specifically reciting all 1% increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the elastic strands 208 may be pre-strained from about 80% to about 250%, specifically reciting all 1% increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the elastic strands 208 may have various different material constructions and/or decitex values to create elastomeric laminates 200 having different stretch characteristics in different regions.
- the spools of elastic strands 208 having different decitex values may be positioned on and advanced from one or more unwinders 302 .
- the elastomeric laminate 200 may have regions where the elastic strands 208 are spaced relatively close to one another in the cross direction CD and other regions where the elastic strands 208 are spaced relatively far apart from each other in the cross direction CD to create different stretch characteristics in different regions.
- the elastic strands 208 may be supplied on the spool in a stretched state, and as such, may not require additional stretching (or may require relatively less additional stretching) before being combined with the first substrate 204 and/or the second substrate 206 .
- differential stretch characteristics in an elastomeric laminate 200 may be created by bonding another substrate and/or elastomeric laminate and/or an elastic film to a particular region of an elastomeric laminate.
- differential stretch characteristics in an elastomeric laminate 200 may be created by folding a portion of an elastomeric laminate onto itself in a particular region of the elastomeric laminate.
- the elastic strands 208 may be joined with the first and second substrates 204 , 206 such that the elastomeric laminate 200 may have different stretch characteristics in different regions along the cross direction CD, such as disclosed in U.S. Patent Publication Nos.
- the elastomeric laminate 200 may include different tension zones that may help make some web handling operations less cumbersome, such as disclosed in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2002/0009940 A1, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- the elastic laminate 200 may advance in the machine direction MD to a cutting device 500 adapted to form frangible pathways 700 in the elastic laminate 200 .
- the cutting device 500 may include a knife roll 502 positioned adjacent an anvil roll 504 to define a nip 506 therebetween.
- the knife roll 502 may include an outer circumferential surface 508 and blades 510 extending radially outward to blade edges 604 and adapted to rotate about an axis 514 in a first direction Dir 1 .
- the anvil roll 504 may include an outer circumferential surface 516 adapted to rotate about an axis 518 in a second direction Dir 2 opposite the first direction Dir 1 .
- the blades 510 operate to form frangible pathways 700 in the elastic laminate 200 .
- the blade edges 604 act on the elastic laminate 200 to create discrete lines of weakness 704 that define each frangible pathway 700 .
- the blade edges 604 may also cut elastic strands 208 that extend through the lines of weakness 704 .
- the blades 510 may be configured such that all elastic strands 208 extending through the frangible pathway 700 are cut at the lines of weakness 704 such that some of the elastic strands are cut only once and such that some of the elastic strands are cut more than once.
- FIG. 10 A illustrates another configuration of the cutting device 500 adapted to form frangible pathways 700 in the elastic laminate 200 .
- the cutting device 500 may further be adapted to cut elastic strands 208 to create zones of reduced elasticity in the elastic laminate 200 , which may be also referred to as tummy elastic cutting.
- regions of the elastic strands 208 may be intermittently deactivated along the length of the elastic laminate 200 by cutting the elastic strands 208 to create low-stretch zones 701 in intermittently spaced along the machine direction between high-stretch zones 703 , such as discussed above with reference to FIG. 2 A .
- chassis 102 may be subsequently connected with the first and/or second elastic laminates 200 a , 200 b so as to overlap the low-stretch zones 701 . As shown in FIGS.
- the knife roll 502 may include blades 511 adapted to cut elastic strands 208 to form the low-stretch zones 701 .
- the blades 511 may cut elastic strands 208 in unbonded regions where lengths of the elastic strands 208 are not bonded with the first substrate 204 and the second substrate 206 .
- Tummy cut regions 709 where the blades 511 contact the elastic laminate 200 are illustrated generically as cross-hatched areas in FIG. 10 .
- the severed elastic strands 208 may retract from the unbonded regions to form low-stretch zones 701 .
- the blades 511 may cut elastic strands 208 into several pieces along the machine direction MD to form low-stretch zones 701 , such as disclosed for example in U.S. Patent Application No. 63/281,113, filed on Nov. 19, 2021, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- the cutting device 500 may be configured with various aspects of the cutting devices and blades disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,440,043; 10,759,153; and and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2020/0180182 A1, which are incorporated by reference herein.
- the cutting device 500 may be configured to perform cutting operations in various ways, such as with lasers or ultrasonics, for example as disclosed in U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2016/0354254 A1; 2016/0128874 A1; 2017/0266941 A1; 2017/0266057 A1; and 2017/0266056 A1, which are all incorporated by reference herein. It is to be appreciated that the apparatus 300 may be configured to include an additional cutting device that is separate from the cutting device 500 to perform tummy cutting operations.
- the apparatus 300 such as shown in FIG. 6 may be configured to assemble elastomeric laminates 200 that may be cut along the machine direction MD to define separate lanes of elastic of individual elastomeric laminates 200 .
- the continuous elastomeric laminate 200 may advance to a slitting device 350 , wherein the elastomeric laminate 200 is slit and separated along the machine direction MD into lanes, such as for example, a first continuous elastomeric laminate 200 a and a second continuous elastomeric laminate 200 b .
- the elastomeric laminate 200 may be slit with a shear slitting operation or a crush slit operation.
- a crush slit operation the first substrate 204 and the second substrate 206 may be bonded together during the slitting operation.
- the slitting device 350 may be configured to cut the elastic laminate 200 in the machine direction MD through the low stretch zones 701 to create a first low-stretch zones 701 a and second low-stretch zones 701 b .
- the first elastic laminate 200 a may correspond with the first elastic belt 106 and the second elastic laminate 200 b may correspond with the second elastic belt 108 described above.
- the elastic laminate 200 may be converted into a first elastic belt laminate 200 a and/or a second elastic belt laminate 200 b .
- the first elastic belt laminate 200 a and the second elastic belt laminate 200 b may be separated from each other in the cross direction CD.
- chassis 102 may be connected with the low-stretch zones 701 a in the first elastic belt laminate 200 a and/or low stretch zones 701 b in the second elastic belt laminate 200 b .
- the chassis 102 may be folded so as to position the first elastic belt laminate 200 a into a facing relationship with the second elastic belt laminate 200 b .
- the overlapping belt laminates 200 a , 200 b may be bonded together, and subsequently, discrete diaper pants 100 P may be formed by separating the first and second belt laminates 200 a , 200 b into first and second belts 106 , 108 by cutting along the cross direction CD through bonded regions of the first and second belt laminates 200 a , 200 b .
- the bonded regions may be divided to define the first and second side seams 178 , 180 , respectively.
- the first and second elastic laminates 200 a , 200 b may advance through a diverter 352 that separates the first and second elastic laminates 200 a , 200 b from each other in the cross direction CD.
- the diverter 352 may be configured in various ways.
- the diverter 352 may include turn bars angled at 45 degrees or some other angle with respect to the machine direction MD.
- the diverter may include cambered rollers.
- the diverter 352 may include a pivot or tracking table, such as for example, the FIFE-500 Web Guiding System, by Maxcess-FIFE Corporation, which can adjust the positions of the first and second elastic laminates 200 a , 200 b in the cross direction CD.
- a pivot or tracking table such as for example, the FIFE-500 Web Guiding System, by Maxcess-FIFE Corporation, which can adjust the positions of the first and second elastic laminates 200 a , 200 b in the cross direction CD.
- Other suitable pivot or tracking tables are available from Erhardt & Leimer, Inc.
- the diverter may also include instrumentation and web edge control features that allow for precise active control of the substrate positions.
- the apparatus 300 may be configured in various ways and to conduct more or less converting operations and/or in various different orders of execution.
- the first and second elastic laminates 200 a , 200 b may be formed by separate continuous lengths of material similar to the description above, and as such would not require a slitting step and/or a diverting step.
- the elastic laminate 200 may advance first to the slitting device 350 , and the first and second elastic laminates 200 a , 200 b may then advance to the cutting device 500 .
- the first elastic laminate 200 a includes an outer longitudinal edge 200 aa and an inner longitudinal edge 200 ab that may define a substantially constant width, W 1 , in the cross direction CD.
- the second elastic laminate 200 b includes an outer longitudinal edge 200 ba and an inner longitudinal edge 200 bb that may define a substantially constant width, W 2 , in the cross direction CD.
- W 1 and W 2 may be equal or not equal.
- W 2 may be greater than W 1 .
- the first elastic laminate 200 a is separated in the cross direction CD from the second elastic laminate 200 b to define a gap between the inner longitudinal edge 200 ab of the first elastic laminate 200 a and the inner longitudinal edge 200 bb of the second elastic laminate 200 b .
- first elastic laminate 200 a may correspond with and may be converted into the first elastic belt 106 of an assembled diaper pant 100 P
- the second elastic laminate 200 b may correspond with and may be converted into the first elastic belt 108 of an assembled diaper pant 100 P.
- the inner longitudinal edge 200 ab of the first elastic laminate 200 a may correspond with the inner laterally extending edge 107 b of the first elastic belt 106
- the inner longitudinal edge 200 bb of the second elastic laminate 200 b may correspond with the inner laterally extending edge 109 b of the second elastic belt 108 .
- the first and second elastic laminates 200 a , 200 b advance from the diverter 352 and are combined with discrete chassis 102 .
- a continuous length of chassis assemblies 102 a are advanced in a machine direction MD and define a width in a cross direction CD.
- the continuous length of chassis assemblies 102 a may include: absorbent assemblies 140 sandwiched between topsheet material 138 and backsheet material 136 ; leg elastics; barrier leg cuffs; and the like.
- the continuous length of chassis assemblies 102 a may advance to a cutting apparatus 354 and may be cut into discrete chassis 102 .
- the discrete chassis 102 are combined with the first elastic laminate 200 a and the second elastic laminate 200 b .
- the discrete chassis 102 advance from the cutting apparatus 354 to a carrier apparatus 356 , generically represented in FIG. 6 by a dashed bracket.
- the carrier apparatus 356 may operate to change the orientation and/or advancement speed of the chassis 102 and combine the chassis 102 with the advancing first elastic laminate 200 a and the second elastic laminate 200 b , which may also be referred to herein as chassis-belt combing operations.
- carrier apparatuses 356 may be used with the methods herein, such as for example, the carrier apparatuses disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,587,966 and U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2013/0270065 A1; 2013/0270069 A1; 2013/0270066 A1; and 2013/0270067 A1.
- the carrier apparatus 356 may rotate at a variable angular velocity that may be changed or adjusted by a controller in order to change the relative placement of the chassis 102 and the advancing belt laminates 200 a , 200 b.
- the carrier apparatus 356 advances the discrete chassis 102 in the machine direction MD in the orientation shown in FIG. 6 C 1 .
- the carrier apparatus 356 also changes the orientation of the advancing chassis 102 .
- the carrier apparatus 356 may turn each chassis 102 such that the lateral axis 126 of the chassis 102 is parallel or generally parallel with the machine direction MD, such as shown in FIG. 6 C 2 .
- the carrier apparatus 356 may also change the speed at which the chassis 102 advances in the machine direction MD to a different speed.
- FIG. 6 C 2 shows the orientation of the chassis 102 on the carrier apparatus 308 while advancing in the machine direction MD.
- FIG. 6 C 2 shows the chassis 102 with the lateral axis 126 of the chassis 102 generally parallel with the machine direction MD.
- adhesive 358 may be intermittently applied to the first and second belt laminates 200 a , 200 b before combining with the discrete chassis 102 from the carrier apparatus 356 . It is to be appreciated that adhesive 358 may comprise one or more adhesives that may be applied by one or more adhesive applicators.
- the discrete chassis 102 are transferred from the carrier apparatus 356 and combined with advancing, continuous lengths of belt laminates 200 a , 200 b , which are subsequently cut to form first and second elastic belts 106 , 108 on diapers 100 .
- the chassis 102 are transferred from the carrier apparatus 356 and combined with continuous lengths of advancing first elastic laminate 200 a and second elastic laminate 200 b .
- the chassis 102 are spaced apart from each other along the machine direction MD.
- the first waist region 116 of the chassis 102 may be bonded with the second substrate 208 of the first elastic laminate 200 a
- the second waist region 118 of the chassis 102 may be bonded with the second substrate 208 of the second elastic laminate 200 b .
- the first elastic laminate 200 a may correspond with and may be converted into the first elastic belt 106 of an assembled diaper pant 100 P
- the second elastic laminate 200 b may correspond with and may be converted into the first elastic belt 108 of an assembled diaper pant 100 P.
- the first substrate 204 of the first elastic laminate 200 a and the second elastic laminate 200 b may correspond with the first substrate 162 on the first elastic belt 106 and the second elastic belt 108 , respectively.
- the second substrate 206 of the first elastic laminate 200 a and the second elastic laminate 200 b may correspond with the second substrate 164 on the first elastic belt 106 and the second elastic belt 108 , respectively.
- the edge transformation apparatus 360 may be configured as a folding apparatus that operates to fold the first and/or second belt laminates 200 a , 200 b in the cross direction CD along fold lines that extend along the machine direction MD, which may also be referred to herein as waist edge folding operations.
- the edge transformation apparatus 360 operates to fold the first substrate 204 on the first elastic laminate 200 a longitudinally to position the second surface 212 of the first extended portion 204 c of the first substrate 204 in a facing relationship with the first surface 214 of the second substrate 206 .
- the edge transformation apparatus 360 also operates to fold the first substrate 204 on the second elastic laminate 200 b longitudinally to position the second surface 212 of the second extended portion 204 d of the first substrate 204 in a facing relationship with the first surface 214 of the second substrate 206 .
- the edge transformation apparatus 360 creates a fold line 204 h in the first belt laminate 200 a that extends in the machine direction MD.
- the edge transformation apparatus 360 also creates a fold line 204 h in the second belt laminate 200 b that extends in the machine direction MD.
- the fold line 204 h in the first elastic laminate 200 a may correspond with the fold line 162 h that defines an outer longitudinal edge 107 a of the first elastic belt 106 in an assembled diaper pant 100 P
- the fold line 204 h in the second elastic laminate 200 b may correspond with the fold line 162 h that defines an outer longitudinal edge 109 a of the second elastic belt 108 in an assembled diaper pant 100 P as discussed above with reference to FIGS. 3 A and 3 B .
- the edge transformation apparatus 360 forms a folded portion 204 g in the first belt laminate 200 a that extends between the first outer longitudinal edge 204 a of the first substrate 204 and the fold line 200 h .
- the edge transformation apparatus 360 forms a folded portion 204 g in the second belt laminate 200 b that extends between the second longitudinal edge 204 b of the first substrate 204 and the fold line 200 h .
- the folded portions 204 g of the first and second elastic laminates 200 a , 200 b are folded so as to overlap the first and/or second laterally extending end edges 144 , 146 and topsheet 138 of each chassis 102 .
- the folded portions 204 g in the first elastic laminate 200 a may correspond with the folded portion 162 g of the first elastic belt 106 in an assembled diaper pant 100 P
- the fold portion 204 g in the second elastic laminate 200 b may correspond with the folded portion 162 g of the second elastic belt 108 in an assembled diaper pant 100 P as discussed above with reference to FIGS. 3 A and 3 B .
- the folded portions 204 g , the opposing end regions of the topsheets 138 , and the first surface 214 of the second substrate 206 may be bonded together in various ways, such as with adhesive and/or mechanical bonds.
- a continuous length of absorbent articles 100 a are defined by multiple discrete chassis 102 spaced from each other along the machine direction MD and connected with each other by the second belt laminate 200 b and the first belt laminate 200 a .
- the continuous length of absorbent articles 100 a may advance from the edge transformation apparatus 360 to a folding apparatus 362 .
- each chassis 102 is folded in the cross direction CD parallel to or along a lateral axis 126 to place the first waist region 116 , and specifically, the inner, body facing surface 132 into a facing, surface to surface orientation with the inner, body surface 132 of the second waist region 118 .
- the folding of the chassis also positions the second belt laminate 200 b extending between each chassis 102 in a facing relationship with the first belt laminate 200 a extending between each chassis 102 .
- the folding apparatus 364 may be configured in various ways, such as disclosed for example in U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2013/0203580 A1 and 2017/0304124 A1, which are incorporated by reference herein.
- the folded discrete chassis 102 connected with the first and second belt laminates 200 a , 200 b may advance from the folding apparatus 362 to a bonder apparatus 364 .
- the bonder apparatus 364 operates to form bonded regions 250 spaced intermittently along the machine direction that bond first and second elastic laminates 200 a , 200 b together, which may also be referred to herein as side seaming operations. It is to be appreciated that the bonder apparatus 364 may be configured in various ways to create bonded regions in various ways, such as for example with heat, adhesives, pressure, and/or ultrasonics.
- the apparatus 300 may also be configured to refastenably bond the first and second elastic laminates 200 a , 200 b together in addition to or as opposed to permanently bonding.
- the bonded regions 250 may be configured to be refastenable, such as with hooks and loops.
- the continuous length of absorbent articles 100 a are advanced from the bonder 364 to a cutting apparatus 366 where the first belt laminate 200 a and the second belt laminate 200 b are cut along the cross direction CD through the bonded regions 250 to create discrete absorbent articles 100 with first and second bonded regions 250 a , 250 b , which may also be referred to herein as final knife cutting operations.
- the first belt laminate 200 a and the second belt laminate 200 b are cut into discrete pieces to form the first and second elastic belts 106 , 108 , each having a pitch length, PL, extending along the machine direction MD.
- bonded region 250 a may correspond with and form a first side seam 178 on an absorbent article 100
- the bonded region 250 b may correspond with and form a second side seam 180 on a subsequently advancing absorbent article.
- the assembled absorbent articles 100 P may also include frangible pathways 700 in the first elastic belt 106 and/or the second elastic belt 108 , such as discussed above with reference to FIGS. 4 A- 5 B .
- the cutting device 500 may form frangible pathways 700 in various ways and in various shapes and may be positioned in various locations on the first elastic laminate 200 a and/or the second elastic laminate 200 b relative to other features and/or elements formed in other process operations, such as for example: chassis-belt combining operations; waist edge folding operations; side seaming operations; and final knife cutting operations.
- FIG. 11 A shows an example of first and second frangible pathways 700 a , 700 b that may be formed on the first elastic substrate 200 a by the cutting device 500 discussed above with reference to FIGS. 9 and 10 .
- the frangible pathways 700 in FIG. 11 A extend in cross direction CD from the inner longitudinal edge 200 ab of the first elastic laminate 200 a to the outer longitudinal edge 200 aa .
- the frangible pathways 700 herein may each include one or more regions 7000 (such as 7001 , 7002 , . . . , 700 n ) comprising different types, quantities, sizes, and/or orientations of lines of weakness 704 .
- the frangible pathways 700 a , 700 b may each include a first region 7001 extending in the cross direction CD from adjacent the inner longitudinal edge 200 ab of the first elastic laminate 200 a to a second region 7002 .
- the second region 7002 comprises a greater length than the first region 7001 extending in the machine direction MD.
- the frangible pathway may transition from the first region to the second region where the machine direction length increases in the machine direction MD.
- the second region 7002 may extend in the cross direction CD from the first region 7001 and transition to the third region 7003 adjacent the first longitudinal edge 206 a of the second substrate 206 .
- the third region 7003 may extend in the cross direction CD from the second region 7002 to adjacent the first outer longitudinal edge 204 a of the first substrate 204 .
- the third region 7003 may extend from adjacent the first longitudinal edge 206 a of the second substrate 206 across the extended portion 204 c of the first substrate 204 to adjacent the first outer longitudinal edge 204 a of the first substrate 204 .
- first region 7001 , the second region 7002 , and the third region 7003 may define different shapes; different lengths along the machine direction MD; and/or define different widths along the cross direction CD.
- first region 7001 , the second region 7002 , and the third region 7003 may be oriented in various different ways relative to the machine direction MD and/or cross direction CD.
- the frangible pathway 700 comprises a plurality of lines of weakness 704 . As shown in FIG.
- the lines of weakness 704 in the third region 7003 may be sized, shaped, oriented, arranged, and/or positioned to define a pattern that mirrors a pattern of the lines of weakness 704 in the second region 7002 about a reference line extending in the machine direction MD, such as for example, with respect to the first longitudinal edge 206 a of the second substrate 206 .
- a reference line extending in the machine direction MD, such as for example, with respect to the first longitudinal edge 206 a of the second substrate 206 .
- the lines of weakness 704 in the third region 7003 may overlap and may align with the lines of weakness 704 in the second region 7002 , such as shown in FIG. 11 B .
- frangible pathways 700 may be positioned in various locations on the first elastic laminate 200 a and/or the second elastic laminate 200 b relative to other features and/or elements formed in other process operations, such as for example: chassis-belt combining operations; waist edge folding operations; side seaming operations; and final knife cutting operations.
- FIG. 11 C illustrates an example of a bonded region 250 formed during side seaming operations with a bonder apparatus 364 , such as described above with reference to FIGS. 6 and 6 E .
- the bonded region 250 may be positioned between the first frangible pathway 700 a and the second frangible pathway 700 b .
- the first frangible pathway 700 a may be adjacent a first side seam 178 of an assembled diaper pant 100 P and the second frangible pathway 700 b may be adjacent a second side seam 180 of another assembled diaper pant 100 P subsequent to the final knife cutting operations discussed above with reference to FIGS. 6 and 6 G .
- the frangible pathways 700 may include lines of weakness 704 that may be sized, shaped, oriented, arranged, and/or positioned in various different ways and/or so as to define various patterns.
- FIGS. 12 A and 12 B show detailed views of lines of weakness 704 of a portion of a frangible pathway 700 such as discussed above, for example, in the first belt 106 and the second belt of the pant diaper 100 P illustrated in FIGS. 11 A- 11 D .
- the lines of weakness 704 in the frangible pathway 700 cut and separate the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) at least once.
- the lines of weakness 704 in the frangible pathway 700 may also cut and separate the elastic strands into discrete pieces 706 .
- the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) and the discrete pieces 706 of elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) are not shown in FIG. 12 A .
- the lines of weakness 704 are faded in FIG. 12 B to accentuate the visibility of the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) and the discrete pieces 706 of elastic strands 208 ( 168 ).
- the lines of weakness 704 penetrate through the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ), the first substrate 204 , and the second substrate 164 .
- the lines of weakness 704 may penetrate through the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) and only one of the first substrate 204 ( 162 ) and the second substrate 206 ( 164 ).
- the lines of weakness 704 may penetrate through the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) bond the first substrate 204 ( 162 ) with the second substrate 206 ( 164 ). In some configurations, the lines of weakness 704 may sever the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) in such a manner that the severed elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) do not retract from each other at the line of weakness and are not separated from each other at the line of weakness 704 . In some configurations, the lines of weakness 704 may damage the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) at the line of weakness 704 in such a manner that some portion of the damaged elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) are present in and/or extend through the line of weakness 704 .
- the lines of weakness 704 may be arranged in various orientations and sizes.
- the lines of weakness may be oriented to define an offset angle 708 relative to the machine direction MD.
- the site of the offset angle 708 may be configured to help minimize or prevent the separation of opposing sides 704 a , 704 b of the lines of weakness 704 when the elastic laminate 200 a ( 108 ) is subjected to opposing forces in the machine directions or lateral directions, such as when the elastic belts 106 , 108 are stretched laterally some configurations, offset angles 708 may be greater than 10 degrees and less than 80 degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the lines of weakness 704 may be arranged in rows 710 comprising at least a first row 710 a and a second row 710 b neighboring the first row 710 a .
- the lines of weakness 704 in the first row 710 a and the second row 710 b may extend for a length 712 from a first end 704 c to a second end 704 d .
- the length 712 of each line of weakness 704 in the first row 710 a and the second row 710 b may be from about 1 min to about 10 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the lines of weakness 704 in the first row 710 a and the lines of weakness 704 in the second row 710 b are parallel to each other.
- the lines of weakness 704 in the first row 710 a and/or second row 710 h may be separated from each other by a cut line gap distance 714 .
- the cut line gap distance 714 may be from about 1 mm to about 10 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the first ends 704 c of cut lines 704 in the first row 710 b and the first ends 704 c of lines of weakness 704 in the second row 710 b may be aligned along first reference lines 716 that are oriented to define a row angle relative 720 to the lateral axis 126 .
- the row angle 720 may be from about 0 degrees to about degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the second ends 704 d of lines of weakness 704 in the first row 710 a and the second ends 704 d of lines of weakness 704 in the second row 710 b may be aligned along second reference lines 718 .
- the second reference 718 lines are parallel to the first reference lines 716 .
- the second reference line 718 of the first row 710 a may be separated from the first reference line 716 of the second row 710 b by a row gap distance 722 .
- the row gap distance 722 may be expressed as a positive number.
- the row gap distance 722 may be expressed as a negative number.
- the row gap distance 722 may be from about ⁇ 10 mm to about 10 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the lines of weakness 704 in the frangible pathways 700 may cut some of the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) once and may cut some of the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) more than once to separate some of the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) into discrete pieces 706 .
- the discrete pieces 706 of elastic strands ( 208 ) 168 extend for an elastic piece length 724 between a first end 725 and a second end 726 .
- the first elastic piece length 724 of the discrete pieces 706 may be defined by a distance extending may be defined by a distance extending laterally between lines of weakness 704 in the first row 710 a and lines of weakness 704 in the second row 710 b .
- the elastic strands 168 may be continuously bonded with at least one of the first substrate 204 ( 162 ) and the second substrate 206 ( 164 ) or may be intermittently bonded with at least one of the first substrate 204 ( 162 ) and the second substrate 206 ( 164 ).
- the discrete pieces 706 of elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) may be continuously bonded with at least one of the first substrate 204 ( 162 ) and the second substrate 206 ( 164 ) or may be intermittently bonded with at least one of the first substrate 204 ( 162 ) and the second substrate 206 ( 164 ). It is also to be appreciated that the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) and the discrete pieces 706 of elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) may be bonded with adhesive applied to at least one of the first substrate 204 ( 162 ), the second substrate 206 ( 164 ), and the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ).
- the knife roll 502 may include blades 510 extending radially outward to blade edges 604 adapted to rotate about the axis 514 .
- the blade edges 604 may be oriented to cut the elastic strands 208 on the first substrate 200 a to frangible pathways 700 in the elastic laminate 200 a with corresponding lines of weakness 704 and discrete elastic pieces 706 such as described above with reference to FIGS. 12 A and 12 B .
- FIG. 13 shows an example orientation of a portion of a group of blade edges 604 on a knife roll 502 .
- the knife roll 502 may be configured to rotate at a variable angular velocity or a constant angular velocity and may be driven by a servo motor.
- the blade edges 604 may be arranged in various orientations and sizes. For example, as shown in FIG. 13 the blade edges 604 may be oriented to define an offset angle 608 relative to the rotation axis 514 . In some configurations, offset angles 608 may be greater than 45 degrees and less than 90 degrees. With continued reference to FIG. 13 , the blade edges 604 may be arranged in rows 610 comprising at least a first row 610 a and a second row 610 b neighboring the first row 610 a , The blade edges in the first row 610 a and the second row 610 b may extend for a length 612 from a first end 604 c to a second end 604 d .
- each blade edge 604 in the first row 610 a and the second row 610 b may be from about 1 mm to about 10 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the blade edges 604 in the first row 610 a and the blade edges 604 in the second row 610 b are parallel to each other.
- the 604 blade edges in the first row 610 a and/or second row 610 b may be separated from each other by a blade edge gap distance 614 .
- the blade edge gap distance 614 may be from about 1 mm to about 10 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the first ends 604 c of blade edges 604 in the first row 610 b and the first ends 604 c of blade edges 604 in the second row 610 b may be aligned along first reference lines 616 that are oriented to define a row angle relative 620 to the rotation axis 514 .
- the row angle 620 may be from about 0 degrees to about 90 degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. As shown in FIG.
- the second ends 604 d of blade edges 604 in the first row 610 a and the second ends 604 d of blade edges 604 in the second row 610 b may be aligned along second reference lines 618 .
- the second reference 618 lines are parallel to the first reference lines 616 .
- the second reference line 618 of the first row 610 a may be separated from the first reference line 616 of the second row 610 b by a row gap distance 622 .
- the row gap distance 622 may be expressed as a positive number.
- the row gap distance 622 may be expressed as a negative number.
- the row gap distance 622 may be from about ⁇ 10 mm to about 10 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- FIGS. 14 A - 14 D 2 provide illustrations of additional examples of how the cutting device 500 discussed above with reference to FIGS. 6 , 9 , and 10 A may form frangible pathways 700 in various ways and in various shapes that may be positioned in various locations on the first elastic laminate 200 a and/or the second elastic laminate 200 b relative to other features and/or elements formed in other process operations, such as for example: chassis-belt combining operations and waist edge folding operations.
- FIG. 14 A shows the first elastic substrate 200 a advancing in a machine direction upstream of the cutting device 500 discussed above with reference to FIGS. 9 and 10 A .
- the first elastic substrate 200 a includes fastener components 707 , such as discussed above with reference to FIGS. 5 A- 5 C , that may be bonded with the second surface 216 of the second substrate 206 .
- fastener components 707 may be bonded with first elastic laminate 200 a in various ways and at various times relative to other assembly operations.
- FIG. 6 shows a bonding apparatus 368 that may apply fastener components 707 to the advancing elastic laminate 200 .
- the bonding apparatus 368 may positioned upstream of the cutting device 500 .
- the bonding apparatus 368 may also be positioned in other locations of the assembly process, for example, the bonding apparatus 368 may positioned downstream of the cutting device 500 .
- first and second frangible pathways 700 a , 700 b may be formed on the first elastic substrate 200 a of FIG. 14 A by the cutting device 500 discussed above with reference to FIGS. 9 and 10 .
- FIG. 14 B also illustrates examples of a tummy cut region 709 and a low-stretch zone 701 that may be formed by the cutting device 500 .
- the frangible pathways 700 in FIG. 14 B extend in cross direction CD from the inner longitudinal edge 200 ab of the first elastic laminate 200 a to the outer longitudinal edge 200 aa and may comprise various regions.
- the frangible pathways 700 herein may include one or more regions 7000 (such as 7001 , 7002 , . . .
- the frangible pathways 700 a , 700 b may each include a first region 7001 extending in the cross direction CD from adjacent the inner longitudinal edge 200 ab of the first elastic laminate 200 a to a second region 7002 .
- the second region 7002 may include lines of weakness 704 that extend in the machine direction MD and cross direction CD to partially surround the fastener component 707 .
- the frangible pathways 700 in FIG. 14 B may also include a third region 7003 that extends in the cross direction CD from the second region 7002 to adjacent the first longitudinal edge 206 a of the second substrate 206 .
- the frangible pathways 700 may include a fourth region 7004 that may comprise a cluster of lines of weakness 704 .
- the fourth region 7004 may include a first subregion 7004 a and a second subregion 7004 b .
- the first subregion 7004 a may be positioned between the third region 7003 and the first longitudinal edge 206 a of the second substrate 206
- the second subregion 7004 b may extend between the first longitudinal edge 206 a of the second substrate 206 across the extended portion 204 c of the first substrate 204 to adjacent the first outer longitudinal edge 204 a of the first substrate 204 .
- first region 7001 , the second region 7002 , the third region 7003 , and the fourth region 7004 may define different shapes; different lengths along the machine direction MD; and/or define different widths along the cross direction CD.
- first region 7001 , the second region 7002 , the third region 7003 , and the fourth region 7004 may be oriented in various different ways relative to the machine direction MD and/or cross direction CD.
- the frangible pathways 700 comprise a plurality of lines of weakness 704 . As shown in FIG.
- the lines of weakness 704 in the third region 7003 may be sized, shaped, oriented, arranged, and/or positioned to define a pattern that mirrors a pattern of the lines of weakness 704 in the first region 7001 about a reference line extending in the machine direction MD, such as for example, with respect a reference line extending in the machine direction MD that bisects the second region 7002 .
- the lines of weakness 704 in the first frangible pathway 700 a may be sized, shaped, oriented, arranged, and/or positioned to define a pattern that mirrors a pattern of the lines of weakness 704 in the second frangible pathway 700 b about a reference line extending in the cross direction CD, such as for example, with respect to the tummy cut region 709 .
- frangible pathways 700 may be positioned in various locations on the first elastic laminate 200 a and/or the second elastic laminate 200 b relative to other features and/or elements formed in other process operations, such as for example: chassis-belt combining operations.
- FIG. 14 C illustrates an example of a chassis 102 positioned on the first elastic laminate 200 a after chassis combining operations, such as described above with reference to FIGS. 6 , 6 C 1 , 6 C 2 , and 6 D 1 .
- the chassis 102 may be positioned between the first frangible pathway 700 a and the second frangible pathway 700 b .
- portions of the first frangible pathway 700 a and the second frangible pathway 700 b may overlap with the chassis 102 .
- the second regions 7002 of the first frangible pathway 700 a and the second frangible pathway 700 b may be located relative the chassis 102 such that the fastening elements 707 are sandwiched between the first elastic laminate 200 a and the chassis 102 .
- the fastening elements 707 may be sandwiched between the first elastic laminate second surface 216 of the second substrate 206 and the backsheet 134 of the chassis 102 .
- FIGS. 14 D 1 and 14 D 2 show an example of the chassis 102 and first elastic laminated 200 a after being subjected to waist edge folding operations, such as discussed above with reference to FIGS. 6 D 1 and 6 D 2 .
- the extended portion 204 c is folded along the fold line 200 h
- the folded portion 204 g of the first elastic laminates 200 a are folded so as to overlap the first laterally extending end edge 144 of the chassis 102 .
- the second subregions 7004 b of the fourth regions 7004 of first and second frangible pathways 700 a , 700 b are positioned on the folded portion 204 g , as shown in FIG. 14 D 1 .
- first subregions 7004 a of the fourth regions 7004 of first and second frangible pathways 700 a , 700 b are positioned adjacent the fold line 200 h , as shown in FIG. 14 D 2 .
- a plurality of the lines of weakness 704 of the fourth region 7004 may generally align with the lines of weakness 704 of the third region 7003 . Because the fourth region 7004 comprises a cluster of lines of weakness 704 , highly exact alignment of the lines of weakness 704 of the third and fourth regions 7003 , 7004 may not be required during waist edge folding operations.
- the frangible pathways 700 may include lines of weakness 704 that may be sized, shaped, oriented, arranged, and/or positioned in various different ways and/or so as to define various patterns.
- FIGS. 15 A and 15 B show detailed views of lines of weakness 704 of a portion of a frangible pathway 700 such as discussed above, for example, in FIG. 14 B as may be applied in the first belt 106 and the second belt of the pant diaper 100 P as described above.
- the lines of weakness 704 in the frangible pathway 700 cut and separate the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) at least once.
- the lines of weakness 704 in the frangible pathway 700 may also cut and separate the elastic strands into discrete pieces 706 .
- the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) and the discrete pieces 706 of elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) are not shown in FIG. 15 A .
- the lines of weakness 704 are faded in FIG. 15 B to accentuate the visibility of the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) and the discrete pieces 706 of elastic strands 208 ( 168 ).
- the lines of weakness 704 penetrate through the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ), the first substrate 204 , and the second substrate 164 , In some configurations, the lines of weakness 704 may penetrate through the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) and only one of the first substrate 204 ( 162 ) and the second substrate 206 ( 164 ). In some configurations, the lines of weakness 704 may penetrate through the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) bond the first substrate 204 ( 162 ) with the second substrate 206 ( 164 ).
- the lines of weakness 704 may be arranged in various orientations and sizes.
- the lines of weakness may be oriented to define an offset angle 708 relative to the machine direction MD.
- the size of the offset angle 708 may be configured to help minimize or prevent the separation of opposing sides 704 a , 704 b of the lines of weakness 704 when the elastic laminate 200 a ( 108 ) is subjected to opposing forces in the machine directions or lateral directions, such as when the elastic belts 106 , 108 are stretched laterally.
- offset angles 708 may be greater than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees.
- the lines of weakness 704 may be arranged in rows 710 comprising at least a first row 710 a and a second row 710 b neighboring the first row 710 a .
- the lines of weakness 704 in the first row 710 a and the second row 710 b may extend for a length 712 from a first end 704 c to a second end 704 d .
- the length 712 of each line of weakness 704 in the first row 710 a and the second row 710 b may be from about 1 mm to about 50 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the lines of weakness 704 in the first row 710 a and the lines of weakness 704 in the second row 710 b are parallel to each other.
- the lines of weakness 704 in the first row 710 : and/or second row 710 b may be separated from each other by a cut line gap distance 714 .
- the cut line gap distance 714 may be from about 1 mm to about 50 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the first ends 704 c of cut lines 704 in the first row 710 b and the first ends 704 c of lines of weakness 704 in the second row 71011 may be aligned along first reference lines 716 that are oriented to define a row angle relative 720 to the lateral axis 126 .
- the row angle 720 may be from about 0 degrees to about degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the second ends 704 d of lines of weakness 704 in the first row 710 a and the second ends 704 d of lines of weakness 704 in the second row 710 b may be aligned along second reference lines 718 .
- the second reference 718 lines are parallel to the first reference lines 716 .
- the second reference line 718 of the first row 710 a may be separated from the first reference line 716 of the second row 710 b by a row gap distance 722 .
- the row gap distance 722 may be expressed as a positive number.
- the row gap distance 722 may be expressed as a negative number.
- the row gap distance 722 may be about ⁇ 10 mm to about 10 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the lines of weakness 704 in the frangible pathways 700 may cut some of the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) once and may cut some of the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) more than once to separate some of the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) into discrete pieces 706 .
- the discrete pieces 706 of elastic strands ( 208 ) 168 extend for an elastic piece length 724 between a first end 725 and a second end 726 .
- the first elastic piece length 722 of the discrete pieces 706 may be defined by a distance extending may be defined by a distance extending laterally between lines of weakness 704 in the first row 710 a and lines of weakness 704 in the second row 710 b .
- the elastic strands 168 may be continuously bonded with at least one of the first substrate 204 ( 162 ) and the second substrate 206 ( 164 ) or may be intermittently bonded with at least one of the first substrate 204 ( 162 ) and the second substrate 206 ( 164 ).
- the discrete pieces 706 of elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) may be continuously bonded with at least one of the first substrate 204 ( 162 ) and the second substrate 206 ( 164 ) or may be intermittently bonded with at least one of the first substrate 204 ( 162 ) and the second substrate 206 ( 164 ). It is also to be appreciated that the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) and the discrete pieces 706 of elastic strands 208 ( 168 ) may be bonded with adhesive applied to at least one of the first substrate 204 ( 162 ), the second substrate 206 ( 164 ), and the elastic strands 208 ( 168 ).
- the knife roll 502 may include blades 510 extending radially outward to blade edges 604 adapted to rotate about the axis 514 .
- the blade edges 604 may be oriented to cut the elastic strands 208 on the first substrate 200 a to frangible pathways 700 in the elastic laminate 200 a with corresponding lines of weakness 704 and discrete elastic pieces 706 such as described above with reference to FIGS. 15 A and 15 B .
- FIG. 16 shows an example orientation of a portion of a group of blade edges 604 on a knife roll 502 .
- the knife roll 502 may be configured to rotate at a variable angular velocity or a constant angular velocity and may be driven by a servo motor.
- the blade edges 604 may be arranged in various orientations and sizes. For example, as shown in FIG. 16 the blade edges 604 may be oriented to define an offset angle 608 relative to the rotation axis 514 . In some configurations, offset angles 608 may be front about 0 degrees to about 90 degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. With continued reference to FIG. 13 , the blade edges 604 may be arranged in rows 610 comprising at least a first row 610 a and a second row 610 b neighboring the first row 610 a .
- the blade edges in the first row 610 a and the second row 610 b may extend for a length 612 from a first end 604 c to a second end 604 d .
- the length 612 of each blade edge 604 in the first row 610 a and the second row 610 b may be from about 1 mm to about 50 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the blade edges 604 in the first row 610 a and the blade edges 604 in the second row 610 b are parallel to each other.
- the 604 blade edges in the first row 610 a and/or second row 610 h may be separated from each other by a blade edge gap distance 614 .
- the blade edge yap distance 614 may be from about 1 mm to about 50 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the first ends 604 c of blade edges 604 in the first row 610 b and the first ends 604 c of blade edges 604 in the second row 610 b may be aligned along first reference lines 616 that are oriented to define a row angle relative 620 to the rotation axis 514 .
- the row angle 620 may be from about 0 degrees to about 90 degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the second ends 604 d of blade edges 604 in the first row 610 a and the second ends 604 d of blade edges 604 in the second row 610 b may be aligned along second reference lines 618 .
- the second reference 618 lines are parallel to the first reference lines 616 .
- the second reference line 618 of the first row 610 a may be separated from the first reference line 616 of the second row 610 b by a row gap distance 622 .
- the row gap distance 622 may be expressed as a positive number.
- the row gap distance 622 may be expressed as a negative number.
- the row gap distance 622 may be about ⁇ 10 mm to about 10 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- FIGS. 17 A- 17 E illustrate additional variations and configurations of frangible pathways described above with reference to FIGS. 14 B - 14 D 2 .
- the frangible pathways 700 of FIG. 14 B may be altered such that the first regions 7001 includes a first subregion 7001 a and a second subregion 7001 b , wherein the first subregion 7001 a extends at different angle relative to the machine direction than the second subregion 7001 b .
- the third regions 7003 may include a first subregion 7003 a and a second subregion 7003 b , wherein the first subregion 7003 a extends at different angle relative to the machine direction MD than the second subregion 7003 b .
- the first subregion 7003 a may extend at an angle relative to the machine direction MD of about 20 degrees and the second subregion 7003 b may extend at an angle relative to the machine direction MD from about 0 degrees to about 90 degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the second region 7002 may comprise single discrete lines of weakness 704 that define a perimeter extending partially around the fastener component 707 .
- the lines of weakness 704 of the second region 7002 may comprise slits or cuts that extend entirely through the first elastic laminate 200 a . Such slits or cuts may help provide a relatively easier way to begin tearing the elastic belt and/or help provide relatively easier access to the fastener component 707 during use of an assembled absorbent article 100 P.
- the fastener component 707 may be sized relative the second region 7002 such that the lines of weakness 704 also penetrate through portions of the fastener component 707 , such as shown for example, in FIG. 17 B .
- the rows 710 may include more than two lines of weakness 704 .
- FIG. 17 C shows a frangible pathway wherein the rows 710 in the first region 7001 and the third region 7003 may include three lines of weakness 710 .
- the second region 7002 of the frangible pathway 700 may comprise single discrete lines of weakness 704 in combination with a plurality of lines weakness 704 that define a perimeter extending partially around the fastener component 707 .
- absorbent articles 100 such as diaper pants 100 P, may be configured with frangible pathways 700 comprising lines of weakness 704 arranged in various ways to help improve a caregiver's ability to remove a soiled diaper pant 100 P from a wearer without having to remove a soiled diaper pant from a wearer by sliding the soiled diaper pant down the wearer's legs.
- the frangible pathways 700 may be configured to allow the first elastic belt 106 and/or the second elastic belt 108 to be relatively easily torn along the frangible pathway 700 , such as when removing the diaper pant 100 P from a wearer.
- frangible pathways 700 may also be configured to provide access to fastening components 707 that may be used to help hold a soiled product in a disposal configuration.
- fastening components 707 may be used to help hold a soiled product in a disposal configuration.
- frangible pathways 700 may also be configured to provide access to fastening components 707 that may be used to help hold a soiled product in a disposal configuration.
- the following provides a discussion additional example implementations of frangible pathways 700 on diaper pants 100 P in the context of the above description of various details of absorbent articles 100 , fastening components 707 , frangible pathways 700 , and lines weakness 704 . It is to be appreciated that discussion of frangible pathways 700 in the first elastic belt 106 may also apply to frangible pathways 700 in the second elastic belt 108 .
- the fastener components 707 may be positioned in various locations and/or orientations relative to other components of the absorbent article 100 . As shown in FIGS. 18 B and 18 D 1 , the fastener components 707 may comprise a lateral centerline 126 d oriented substantially parallel to the lateral centerline 126 a of the first elastic belt 106 and/or the lateral centerline 126 b of the second elastic belt 108 and/or the lateral centerline 126 c of the chassis 102 .
- the fastener components 707 may comprise a longitudinal centerline 124 d oriented substantially parallel to the longitudinal centerline 124 a of the first elastic belt 106 and/or the longitudinal centerline 124 b of the second elastic belt 108 and/or the longitudinal centerline 124 c of the chassis 102 .
- fastener components 707 may be positioned on and connected with the wearer-facing surface of the first elastic belt 106 and/or the second elastic belt 108 in a region where the first elastic belt 106 and/or second elastic belt 108 overlaps the chassis 102 .
- the fastener component 707 may be sandwiched between the second substrate 164 of the first elastic belt 106 or the second elastic belt 108 and the backsheet 134 of the chassis 102 .
- the fastener component 707 may be positioned at least about 25 mm or at least about 50 mm longitudinally inboard from the front belt waist edge 121 (or rear belt waist edge 122 ), specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In some configurations, the fastener component 707 may be positioned at least about 20 mm or at least about 80 mm laterally inboard from the first longitudinal edge 128 and/or the second longitudinal edge 130 of the chassis 102 , specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the fastener component 707 is positioned approximately equidistant from both the outer laterally extending edge 107 a and the inner laterally extending edge 107 b of the first elastic belt 106 and/or both the outer laterally extending edge 109 a and the inner laterally extending edge 109 b of the second elastic belt 108 .
- the center chassis 102 is connected or bonded to each elastic belt 106 , 108 to form a pant diaper 100 P.
- the elastic belt 106 , 108 may include a separable area 800 configured to separate from the center chassis 102 under relatively low forces applied by a caregiver.
- the separable area 800 may include at least a portion of the fastener component 707 as well as belt material adjacent fastener component 707 .
- the separable area 800 may extend a distance from about 8 mm to about 40 mm outward from the perimeter of the fastener component 707 , specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the separable area 800 may be substantially adhesive-free or may comprise a relatively weak adhesive bond than the remainder of the belt area bonded to the chassis 102 .
- a relatively weaker adhesive bond may be formed in various ways, such as for example, with: a reduced adhesive amount; a geometric pattern of adhesive, such as a relatively lower coverage area of adhesive; an adhesive having a relatively lower adhesive force; or a frangible adhesive. If a lower adhesive force adhesive is used, the adhesive may be applied to the entirety of the elastic belt 106 , 108 in the region overlapping the chassis 102 , as such a region may include both types of adhesives.
- an accessibility opening 802 may be located in the elastic belt 106 , 108 adjacent the fastener component 707 .
- the accessibility opening 802 may be defined in some or all of the layers of the elastic belt 106 , 108 .
- the accessibility opening 802 may be located at least partially in a region of the elastic belt 106 , 108 that includes the fastener component 707 .
- the accessibility opening 802 may be positioned adjacent an edge 707 c of the fastener component 707 or in a region of the elastic belt 106 , 108 surrounding the fastener component 707 extending about 5 mm or less inboard or outboard from the edge 707 c of the fastener component 707 , specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the accessibility opening 802 may comprise one or more components 804 , such as linear slits and/or curved openings.
- the accessibility opening 802 may be disposed only in a vicinity of least a portion of the longitudinally and/or laterally inboard edge of the fastener component 707 or may be disposed in a vicinity of at least a portion of one of such edges and at least a portion of the longitudinally outboard edge of the fastener component 707 .
- the accessibility opening 802 , or components 804 thereof may have a length dimension in the range of about 5 mm to about 50 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In configurations wherein the accessibility opening 802 comprises two or more components 804 , the spacing between each component 804 and a nearest neighbor may be greater than zero and no greater than about 3 mm.
- the accessibility opening 802 may be located at least partially in a region of the elastic belt 106 , 108 that may penetrate through the thickness of at least a portion of the fastener component 707 .
- a first portion 707 a of the fastener component 707 at least partially surrounded by components 804 may be separated from a second portion 707 b of the fastener component 707 .
- the first portion 707 a of the fastener 707 may comprise a lateral centerline 126 d 1 parallel with the lateral centerline 126 d of the fastener component 707 and/or may comprise a longitudinal centerline 124 d 1 parallel with the longitudinal centerline 124 d of the fastener component 707 .
- the first portion 707 a of the fastener component 707 may comprise a lateral width of about 35 mm or between about 10 mm and about 50 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the first portion 707 a of the fastener component 707 may comprise a longitudinal length of about 25 mm or between about 10 mm and about 50 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the frangible pathway 700 may extend from an operable vicinity of the accessibility opening 802 to an operable vicinity of both the outer laterally extending edge 107 a and the inner laterally extending edge 107 b of the first elastic belt 106 .
- operable vicinity refers to a distance across which a tear will propagate reliably in an intended direction, under reasonable forces a caregiver would apply, from one line of weakness to another.
- the caregiver may access the fastener component 707 through the accessibility opening 802 ; grasp at least a portion of the fastener component 707 ; pull the fastener component away from the remainder of the elastic belt 106 ; and open the elastic belt 106 by continuing to pull the fastening component 707 as tears simultaneously propagate away from both longitudinally inboard and outboard edges of the accessibility opening 802 and fastening component 707 until the tears reach the outer laterally extending edge 107 a and the inner laterally extending edge 107 b of the first elastic belt 106 , thus completely separating the elastic belt 106 into multiple discrete sections at a distal terminus 808 and proximal terminus 810 .
- the portion of the fastening component 707 that is separated from the remainder of the elastic belt 106 as a result of the tearing operation may be referred to herein as a disposal fastener 806 .
- the tears may reach and breach the outer laterally extending edge 107 a and the inner laterally extending edge 107 b of the first elastic belt 106 at approximately the same moment in time.
- the distal terminus 808 and/or the proximal terminus 810 of the frangible pathway 700 may be positioned in various locations laterally along the outer laterally extending edge 107 a and the inner laterally extending edge 107 b , respectively, of the first elastic belt 106 .
- the distal terminus 808 and/or the proximal terminus 810 of the frangible pathway 700 may be positioned a lateral distance from the side seam 178 , 180 of about 0 mm to about 100 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- a disposal ear region 812 of the elastic belt 106 may be bounded by the accessibility opening 802 , frangible pathway 700 , and the side seam 178 , 180 , and also including the disposal fastener 806 .
- the caregiver may access at least a portion of the disposal fastener 806 through the accessibility opening 802 .
- the caregiver may grasp the fastening component 707 and pull away from the remainder of the elastic belt 106 , tearing the belt 106 in the process of this action along the entirety of the frangible pathway 700 and through the outer laterally extending edge 107 a and the inner laterally extending edge 107 b of the first elastic belt 106 , freeing the disposal ear region 812 for use in disposal of the diaper pant 100 P.
- the caregiver may then remove the remainder of the diaper pant 100 P from the wearer, roll and wrap the chassis 102 , including the pant leg openings, inside the belt 106 including the disposal ear region 812 , and use the disposal fastener 806 to secure the rolled pant for easy and hygienic disposal, such discussed above for example with reference to FIGS.
- the entirety of the frangible pathway 700 is disposed in the separable area 800 of the belt 106 and a region of the belt 106 disposed laterally outboard the chassis 102 . It is to be appreciated that the frangible pathways 700 and belt 106 may be configured to define various sizes and shapes of the disposal ear region 812 .
- the disposal ear region 812 may have a lateral dimension of between about 100 mm and about 200 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby, as measured from the side seam 178 , 180 to an edge of the disposal ear region 812 closest to the longitudinal centerline 124 c of the chassis 102 prior to separation of the frangible pathway 700 .
- a relatively longer disposal ear region 812 may be provided, which may help a caregiver more easily fully wrap, and close the leg openings of, a soiled pant following removal.
- the frangible pathways 700 herein may include one or more regions 7000 (such as 7001 , 7002 , . . . , 700 n ) comprising different types, quantities, sizes, and/or orientations of lines of weakness 704 .
- the lines of weakness may be arranged in arrays that may have different angles or orientations with respect to the lateral centerline 126 a of the belt 106 .
- Arrays may comprise linear or curvilinear sequences, parallel lines, stepped parallel lines, herringbone patterns, and any other patterns of lines of weakness.
- a region 7000 may also differ from one or more other regions in the number of layers of material involved in a perforation.
- the regions 7000 of the frangible pathways 700 may be configured to define different functional zones of the frangible pathways 700 .
- the frangible pathway 700 may comprise a first region referred to as an initial tear zone 814 .
- the lines of weakness 704 in the initial tear zone 814 may be arranged such that the frangible pathway 700 defines an initial tear zone angle 816 between the frangible pathway and the lateral centerline 126 a of the belt 106 .
- the initial tear zone angle 816 may be in the range of 0 to 45 degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- a relatively smaller initial tear zone angle 816 may be used to help minimize a required longitudinal dimension of the separable area 800 and maximize the area and mechanical integrity of the waist belt to center chassis bonding.
- the lines of weakness 704 in frangible pathway 700 may be arranged in a “railroad track” pattern, wherein the frangible pathway 700 comprises two or more substantially parallel rows of lines of weakness 704 comprising, for example, individual perforations.
- the individual perforations may have lengths in the range of about 10 mm or less, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the angles of the individual perforations versus the lateral centerline 126 a may be different from the angle of the frangible pathway 700 versus the belt lateral centerline 126 a .
- the closest distance between perforations in parallel rows may be in the range of about 0.1 to about 5 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the lines of weakness 704 in the initial tear zone 814 may be arranged in a “shingle down” SD stepped orientation with respect to one another, such as shown in FIG. 18 F .
- each line of weakness 704 in sequence along the frangible pathway 700 such as a line of weakness immediately laterally outboard a preceding line of weakness, overlaps the preceding line of weakness in a longitudinal direction toward the lateral centerline 126 d of the fastening component 707 .
- the amount of overlap may be about 50% of the length of the preceding line of weakness and may be in the range of about 35% to about 60% of the length of the line of weakness 704 .
- the frangible pathway 700 may additionally comprise a waist tear zone 818 .
- the lines of weakness 704 in the waist tear zone 818 may be arranged in a “railroad track” configuration as described above.
- the lines of weakness 704 in the waist tear zone 818 may be arranged such that the frangible pathway 700 defines a waist tear zone angle 820 between the frangible pathway and the lateral centerline 126 a of the belt 106 .
- the lines of weakness 704 in the waist tear zone 814 may be arranged in a “shingle up” SU stepped orientation with respect to one another, such as shown in FIG. 18 F .
- each line of weakness 704 in sequence along the frangible pathway 700 such as a line of weakness immediately laterally outboard a preceding line of weakness, overlaps the preceding line of weakness in a longitudinal direction away from the lateral centerline 126 d of the fastening component 707 .
- the amount of overlap may be about 30% of the length of the preceding line of weakness and may be in the range of about 10% to about 50% of the length of the line of weakness.
- the outer longitudinal edge 107 a of the first elastic belt 106 may be defined by a fold line 162 h .
- the waist tear zone 818 may comprise a base waist zone 818 a and a folded waist zone 818 b disposed longitudinally outboard the base waist zone 818 a and may be folded over and bonded to the base waist zone 818 a in the process of forming the folded belt waist edge 162 h .
- the lines of weakness 704 in the folded waist zone 818 b may overlap or may be in operational vicinity of the lines of weakness 704 in the base waist zone 818 a when in a folded and bonded configuration and may help enable the frangible pathway 700 tearing to propagate to the waist edge 107 a and free the disposal ear region 812 for use.
- One of the base waist zone 818 a and the folded waist zone 818 b may comprise lines of weakness that may have a lateral length greater than the other to achieve overlap or operational vicinity in a folded configuration over the full range of potential manufacturing overlap tolerances, such as shown in FIGS. 14 B - 14 D 2 .
- the frangible pathway 700 in the folded waist zone 818 b may have a similar width versus the base waist zone 818 a or may be larger than the base waist zone 818 a and may have a range of widths of about 10 mm to about 50 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the waist tear zone angle 820 in the base waist zone 818 a and in the folded waist zone 818 b may be mirror images of each other with respect to the lateral centerline 126 a of the waist belt 106 .
- the waist belt edge may be folded over and bonded to form a folded belt edge prior to forming the lines of weakness, including perforations.
- the frangible pathway 700 does not require a mirror image angle and may proceed directly to the waist edge of the belt 121 .
- the absolute value of the angle of these arrays is in the range of about 15 to about 90 degrees with respect to the lateral centerline. Higher angles are preferred to maximize the robustness of the separation of the frangible pathway 700 in this region, especially when more than two nonwoven layers are involved in the tear.
- the force required to tear the frangible pathway 700 in the folded waist zone 818 b may be lower than the force required to tear the frangible pathway 700 in the base waist zone 818 a.
- the frangible pathway 700 may also comprise a leg edge zone 822 .
- the lines of weakness 704 in the leg edge zone 822 may be arranged such that the frangible pathway 700 defines a leg edge zone angle 824 between the frangible pathway 700 and the lateral centerline 126 a of the belt 106 .
- the leg edge zone angle 824 may be in a range of about 15 to about 90 degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. Relatively higher leg edge zone angles 824 may help increase the robustness of the separation of the frangible pathway 700 in the leg edge zone 822 .
- the force required to tear the frangible pathway 700 in the leg edge zone 822 may be higher than the force required to tear the frangible pathway 700 in other regions of the belt 106 to prevent accidental tearing of the frangible pathway 700 by the wearer's leg during motions typical of a wearing activity.
- the frangible pathway 700 may also include transition zones 826 that operatively connect zones to help facilitate the propagation of the tear along the frangible pathway 700 from zone to another zone.
- a transition zone 826 may operatively connect the initial tear zone 814 and the base waist zone 818 a .
- a transition zone may operatively connect the initial tear zone 814 or waist tear zone 818 with the leg edge zone 822 .
- the lines of weakness in the transition zones may be of particular lengths and/or angles relative to lateral centerlines, and row spacing to help provide desired propagation of material failure when, for example, removing a product from a wearer. It is to be appreciated that the lengths, angles, and spacings in transition zones may be different from those in adjacent lines of weakness.
- the elastic belt 106 comprises one fastener component 707 joined to the inner surface of the elastic belt 106 in a location overlapping the longitudinal centerline 124 c of the chassis 102 .
- the longitudinal centerline 124 d of the fastener component 707 is coincident with, or in proximity of, the longitudinal centerline 124 c of the chassis 102 .
- the frangible pathway 700 may divide fastener component 707 into two disposal fasteners 707 a , 707 b of substantially similar size and geometry.
- An accessibility opening 802 may be disposed at, or in proximity of, the longitudinally inboard lateral edge of the fastener component 707 .
- the frangible pathway 700 extends in longitudinal and lateral directions to the waist edge 121 and leg edges 107 b of the first elastic belt 106 .
- a caregiver may access and grasp the fastener component 707 through the accessibility opening 802 and subsequently separate the frangible pathway 700 into the two disposable ear regions 812 , each comprising one of the disposal fasteners 707 a , 707 b .
- an area of higher adhesion between the elastic belt 106 and chassis 102 may be disposed between the fastener component 707 and the longitudinally inboard edge 107 b of the first elastic belt 106 to help prevent inadvertent separation of the belt edge 107 b from the chassis 102 .
- FIGS. 20 A through 20 F An example of a progression of the tear along the frangible pathway 700 as a caregiver pulls the disposal fastener 806 and disposal ear region 812 away from the remainder of the belt 106 is depicted in FIGS. 20 A through 20 F .
- FIG. 20 A shows the frangible pathway 700 prior to opening by the caregiver.
- FIG. 20 B shows the accessibility opening 802 in an open state and the beginning of the separation of the frangible pathway 700 in the initial tear zone 814 as the first perforation is almost open.
- FIG. 20 C shows initial lines of weakness open and the continued propagation of the tear along the frangible pathway 700 .
- FIG. 20 D shows the initial tear zone 814 completely open.
- FIG. 20 E shows the first perforation in the waist tear zone 818 about to open.
- FIG. 20 F shows the continued propagation of the tear along the frangible pathway 700 in the waist tear zone 818 .
- the frangible pathway 700 includes no changes in angle between the accessibility opening 802 and either the waist edge or leg edge of the belt.
- the frangible pathway 700 comprises the initial tear zone 814 , but may not comprise one of more of a waist tear zone 818 , base waist zone 818 a , folded waist zone 818 b , leg edge zone 822 , or transition zones 826 .
- the size and orientation of individual lines of weakness 704 may help provide a desired pant removal experience to the caregiver.
- the length of the perforation may be from about 1 mm to about 10 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the distance between each perforation and a closest neighbor may be between about mm and about 5 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the angle of each individual perforation versus the lateral centerline 126 a of the belt 106 may be no more than about 45 degrees to help prevent unintended opening of the perforation in manufacture or use. In some configurations, the angle of each individual perforation versus the lateral centerline 126 a of the belt 106 may be in the range of about degrees to about 45 degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In some configurations, the cut width of the perforation may be in the range of about 10 microns to about 200 microns, specifically reciting all 1 micron increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.
- the frangible pathway may also be configured such that each elastic is cut along the frangible pathway 700 to help ensure a clean separation of the disposal ear region 812 from the remainder of the belt 106 .
- Each elastic may be cut in one or more locations. That is, one or more perforations, or lines of weakness, may cross each elastic strand along the entirety of the frangible pathway 700 .
- any imaginary line drawn on the belt 106 parallel to the lateral centerline 126 a of the belt 126 may intersect at least one perforation or line of weakness 704 on each side of the longitudinal centerline 124 c of the chassis 102 .
- the number of nonwoven layers in the belt 106 may vary along the longitudinal dimension of the frangible pathway 700 .
- the initial tear zone 814 may comprise two nonwoven layers, while the folded waist zone 818 b may comprise three nonwoven layers.
- the outer nonwoven of the belt 106 may comprise printing or other indicia in, adjacent to, or aligned with, at least a portion of the frangible pathway 700 and/or the lines of weakness 704 comprising the frangible pathway 700 .
- the force required to open the frangible pathway 700 may vary over time depending on the location of the tear along the frangible pathway 700 .
- Average Decitex Average Decitex
- the Average Decitex Method is used to calculate the Average-Dtex on a length-weighted basis for elastic fibers present in an entire article, or in a specimen of interest extracted from an article.
- the decitex value is the mass in grams of a fiber present in 10,000 meters of that material in the relaxed state.
- the decitex value of elastic fibers or elastic laminates containing elastic fibers is often reported by manufacturers as part of a specification for an elastic fiber or an elastic laminate including elastic fibers.
- the Average-Dtex is to be calculated from these specifications if available.
- the decitex value of an individual elastic fiber is measured by determining the cross-sectional area of a fiber in a relaxed state via a suitable microscopy technique such as scanning electron microscopy (SEM), determining the composition of the fiber via Fourier Transform Infrared (FT-IR) spectroscopy, and then using a literature value for density of the composition to calculate the mass in grams of the fiber present in 10,000 meters of the fiber.
- SEM scanning electron microscopy
- FT-IR Fourier Transform Infrared
- the lengths of elastic fibers present in an article or specimen extracted from an article is calculated from overall dimensions of and the elastic fiber pre-strain ratio associated with components of the article with these or the specimen, respectively, if known. Alternatively, dimensions and/or elastic fiber pre-strain ratios are not known, an absorbent article or specimen extracted from an absorbent article is disassembled and all elastic fibers are removed. This disassembly can be done, for example, with gentle heating to soften adhesives, with a cryogenic spray (e.g., Quick-Freeze, Miller-Stephenson Company, Danbury, CT), or with an appropriate solvent that will remove adhesive but not swell, alter, or destroy elastic fibers. The length of each elastic fiber in its relaxed state is measured and recorded in millimeters (mm) to the nearest mm.
- mm millimeters
- the Average-Dtex for that absorbent article or specimen extracted from an absorbent article is defined as:
- n is the total number of elastic fibers present in an absorbent article or specimen extracted from an absorbent article.
- the Average-Dtex is reported to the nearest integer value of decitex (grams per 10 000 m).
- decitex value of any individual fiber is not known from specifications, it is experimentally determined as described below, and the resulting fiber decitex value(s) are used in the above equation to determine Average-Dtex.
- each elastic fiber For each of the elastic fibers removed from an absorbent article or specimen extracted from an absorbent article according to the procedure described above, the length of each elastic fiber L k in its relaxed state is measured and recorded in millimeters (mm) to the nearest mm Each elastic fiber is analyzed via FT-IR spectroscopy to determine its composition, and its density p k is determined from available literature values. Finally, each fiber is analyzed via SEM. The fiber is cut in three approximately equal locations perpendicularly along its length with a sharp blade to create a clean cross-section for SEM analysis.
- Fiber cross sections are mounted on an SEM sample holder in a relaxed state, sputter coated with gold, introduced into an SEM for analysis, and imaged at a resolution sufficient to clearly elucidate fiber cross sections.
- Fiber cross sections are oriented as perpendicular as possible to the detector to minimize any oblique distortion in the measured cross sections.
- Fiber cross sections may vary in shape, and some fibers may consist of a plurality of individual filaments.
- each of the three fiber cross sections is determined (for example, using diameters for round fibers, major and minor axes for elliptical fibers, and image analysis for more complicated shapes), and the average of the three areas a k for the elastic fiber, in units of micrometers squared ( ⁇ m 2 ), is recorded to the nearest 0.1 ⁇ m 2 .
- the decitex d k of the kth elastic fiber measured is calculated by:
- Average-Strand-Spacing d /( n ⁇ 1) where n> 1
- the Average-Pre-Strain of a specimen are measured on a constant rate of extension tensile tester (a suitable instrument is the MTS Insight using Testworks 4.0 Software, as available from MTS Systems Corp., Eden Prairie, MN) using a load cell for which the forces measured are within 1% to 90% of the limit of the cell.
- Articles are conditioned at 23° C. ⁇ 2 C.° and 50% ⁇ 2% relative humidity for 2 hours prior to analysis and then tested under the same environmental conditions.
- the Average-Pre-Strain is calculated from the bend in the curve corresponding to the extension at which the nonwovens in the elastic are engaged. Plot two lines, corresponding to the region of the curve before the bend (primarily the elastics), and the region after the bend (primarily the nonwovens). Read the extension at which these two lines intersect, and calculate the % Pre-Strain from the extension and the corrected gage length. Record as % Pre-strain 0.1%. Calculate the arithmetic mean of three replicate samples for each elastomeric laminate and Average-Pre-Strain to the nearest 0.1%.
- Components of the absorbent articles described herein may at least partially be comprised of bio-based content as described in U.S. Pat. Appl. No. 2007/0219521A1.
- the superabsorbent polymer component may be bio-based via their derivation from bio-based acrylic acid. Bio-based acrylic acid and methods of production are further described in U.S. Pat. Appl. Pub. No. 2007/0219521 and U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,703,450; 9,630,901 and 9,822,197.
- Other components for example nonwoven and film components, may comprise bio-based polyolefin materials. Bio-based polyolefins are further discussed in U.S. Pat. Appl. Pub. Nos.
- Example bio-based polyolefins for use in the present disclosure comprise polymers available under the designations SHA7260TM, SHE150TM, or SGM9450FTM (all available from Braskem S.A.).
- An absorbent article component may comprise a bio-based content value from about 10% to about 100%, from about 25% to about 100%, from about 40% to about 100%, from about 50% to about 100%, from about 75% to about 100%, or from about 90% to about 100%, for example, using ASTM D6866-10, method B.
- Components of the absorbent articles described herein may be recycled for other uses, whether they are formed, at least in part, from recyclable materials.
- absorbent article materials that may be recycled are nonwovens, films, fluff pulp, and superabsorbent polymers.
- the recycling process may use an autoclave for sterilizing the absorbent articles, after which the absorbent articles may be shredded and separated into different byproduct streams.
- Example byproduct streams may comprise plastic, superabsorbent polymer, and cellulose fiber, such as pulp. These byproduct streams may be used in the production of fertilizers, plastic articles of manufacture, paper products, viscose, construction materials, absorbent pads for pets or on hospital beds, and/or for other uses. Further details regarding absorbent articles that aid in recycling, designs of recycle friendly diapers, and designs of recycle friendly and bio-based component diapers, are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 2019/0192723, published on Jun. 27, 2019.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Absorbent Articles And Supports Therefor (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application claims the benefit, under 35 USC 119(e), of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/432,413 filed on Dec. 14, 2022; U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/357,043, filed on Jun. 30, 2022; U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/432,400, filed on Dec. 14, 2022; U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/432,401, filed on Dec. 14, 2022; U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/432,402, filed on Dec. 14, 2022; U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/432,403, filed on Dec. 14, 2022; U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/432,404, filed on Dec. 14, 2022; U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/432,406, filed on Dec. 14, 2022; and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/432,410, filed on Dec. 14, 2022.
- The present disclosure relates to absorbent articles, and more particularly, to methods and apparatuses for making absorbent articles having front and/or back waist regions including one or more frangible pathways.
- Along an assembly line, various types of articles, such as for example, diapers and other absorbent articles, may be assembled by adding components to and/or otherwise modifying an advancing, continuous web of material. For example, in some processes, advancing webs of material are combined with other advancing webs of material. In other examples, individual components created from advancing webs of material are combined with advancing webs of material, which in turn, are then combined with other advancing webs of material. In some cases, individual components created from an advancing web or webs are combined with other individual components created from other advancing webs. Webs of material and component parts used to manufacture diapers may include: backsheets, topsheets, leg cuffs, waist bands, absorbent core components, front and/or back ears, fastening components, and various types of elastic webs and components such as front and/or back waist panels, leg elastics, barrier leg cuff elastics, stretch side panels, and waist elastics. Once the desired component parts are assembled, the advancing web(s) and component parts are subjected to a final knife cut to separate the web(s) into discrete diapers or other absorbent articles.
- Some absorbent articles have components that include elastomeric laminates. Such elastomeric laminates may include an elastic material bonded to one or more nonwovens. The elastic material may include an elastic film and/or elastic strands. In some laminates, a plurality of elastic strands are joined to a nonwoven while the plurality of strands are in a stretched condition so that when the elastic strands relax, the nonwoven gathers, and in turn, forms corrugations and rugosities. The resulting elastomeric laminate is stretchable to the extent that the corrugations allow the elastic strands to elongate.
- Absorbent articles in the form of diaper pants may also be configured with an absorbent chassis connected with front and back elastic belts, wherein opposing end regions of the front and back belts are connected with each other at side seams. In some instances, the elasticity of the front and back belts is removed in regions where the chassis connects with the belts. Thus, in some converting configurations adapted to assemble such diaper pants, stretched elastic strands are glued between two continuous nonwoven webs to form an elastic laminate. Regions of the elastic strands may then be intermittently deactivated along the length of the elastic laminate by cutting the elastic strands in areas to be connected with the chassis, sometimes referred to as tummy elastic cutting.
- Some caregivers of older incontinent babies or toddlers may prefer a closed, pant-style disposable absorbent article to enable application to, and removal from, a child while the child is in a standing position. One disadvantage of this product form is that the removal and disposal of feces-containing products may be unhygienic and inconvenient. For example, pulling the product down could cause feces to smear down the legs of a user. In other examples, a caregiver may tear open the bonded sides using force. In turn, the force used can lead to a rapid release of energy from the diaper, causing the caregiver to lose control of the product and allowing feces to spill out. In contrast, removal and disposal of traditional open or taped diaper forms with fasteners may be readily accomplished while the child is laying on their back. In this case, the fasteners are opened, the diaper is removed from under the child, rolled into a roughly cylindrical shape, and then the fasteners are secured around the rolled, soiled diaper, closing the leg openings for hygienic disposal.
- In order to avoid having to remove soiled diaper pants from a wearer by sliding the soiled diaper pant down the wearer's legs or tearing bonded side seams, some diaper pants may be configured with tear lines in the front belt or back belt. Such tear lines may include perforations that allow a caregiver to more easily separate the belt along the perforation lines. Once the belt is separated, the diaper pant can be more easily removed from the wearer without having to slide the diaper pant down the wearer's legs, in a similar manner as a traditional open taped diaper form. Thus, in addition to the above mentioned assembly operations, elastic laminates to be converted into front and/or back belts may also be subjected to additional handling and converting operations to create such perforation lines.
- For example, in some operations, an elastic laminate may advance through a cutting station that perforates the advancing laminate to form tear lines in finally assembled diaper pants. However, various challenges may be associated with the forming the tear lines. Some elastic laminates may include several elastic strands, and as such, there may be challenges associated with cutting the elastic strands in the location of the perforation line. There may be challenges associated with ensuring that all elastic strands extending through the tear line are also consistently cut. When uncut elastic strands extend through a tear line in a belt of a diaper pant, such uncut elastic strands would need to be broken during removal of a diaper pant from a wearer. Such uncut elastic strands can be very difficult to break or tear. In addition, cutting perforation lines in nonwoven webs while also cutting elastic strands in an elastic laminate may weaken the laminate, which in turn, may result in unintended or premature opening of a belt during use of a diaper pant. Further, such weakening of the laminate may make the laminate relatively more likely to tear during assembly operations, and/or may otherwise result in control and handling difficulties associated with differential stretch characteristics within the laminate. In addition, utilization of a separate cutting station to form tear lines in an elastic laminate can present challenges associated ensuring intended positioning of such tear lines relative to other cutting operations to be performed on the laminate, such as final knife cutting and/or tummy elastic cutting.
- Consequently, it would be beneficial to create pant-style articles that provide the caregiver the ability to remove and dispose soiled products in a similar manner to traditional open diaper forms. In addition, it would be beneficial to provide methods and apparatuses that are configured to form frangible pathways in elastic laminates that consistently cut elastic strands in such frangible pathways in such a way to maintain sufficient strength during use and to reduce web control and handling difficulties.
- In one form, an absorbent article comprises: a chassis comprising a topsheet, a backsheet, and an absorbent core positioned between the topsheet and the backsheet, the chassis further comprising a first end region and a second end region longitudinally separated from the first end region by a crotch region; a first belt connected with the first end region of the chassis; a second belt connected with the second end region of the chassis, wherein laterally opposing end portions of the second belt are connected with laterally opposing end portions of the first belt to form a waist opening; wherein the first belt comprises: a proximal edge and a distal edge; elastic strands positioned between and connected with a first substrate and a second substrate; and a first frangible pathway in the first belt extending between the proximal edge and the distal edge, the first frangible pathway comprising lines of weakness, wherein all elastic strands extending through the first frangible pathway are cut at the lines of weakness such that a first plurality of the elastic strands are cut only once and such that a second plurality of the elastic strands are cut more than once. In another form, a method for assembling absorbent articles comprises steps of: providing a first elastic laminate, the first elastic laminate comprising elastic strands positioned between and connected with a first substrate and a second substrate, the elastic strands extending in a machine direction, the first elastic laminate further comprising a first edge separated from a second edge in a cross direction, wherein the first elastic laminate comprises a first laminate width defined by a distance extending in the cross direction between the first edge and the second edge; advancing the first elastic laminate in the machine direction; and forming a first frangible pathway in the first elastic laminate extending in the cross direction between the first edge and the second edge, the first frangible pathway comprising lines of weakness, wherein all elastic strands extending through the first frangible pathway are cut at the lines of weakness such that a first plurality of the elastic strands are cut only once and such that a second plurality of the elastic strands are cut more than once.
- In yet another form, a cutting apparatus comprises: a knife roll comprising a means for forming a frangible pathway in an elastic laminate and a means for making a low-stretch zone in the elastic laminate.
- In still another form, a cutting apparatus comprises: a knife roll comprising a means for forming a frangible pathway in an elastic laminate and a means for cutting the elastic laminate into discrete pieces.
-
FIG. 1 shows a perspective view of a diaper pant in a pre-fastened configuration. -
FIG. 1A shows a perspective view of a diaper pant with a continuous outer cover in a pre-fastened configuration. -
FIG. 2A shows a plan view of a diaper pant with the portion of the diaper that faces away from a wearer oriented toward the viewer. -
FIG. 2B shows a plan view of a diaper pant with the portion of the diaper that faces toward a wearer oriented toward the viewer. -
FIG. 2C shows a plan view of a diaper pant with the portion of the diaper that faces away from a wearer oriented toward the viewer, illustrating first and second belt size and shape features. -
FIG. 2D shows a plan view of a diaper pant with the portion of the diaper that faces away from a wearer oriented toward the viewer, illustrating first and second belt size and shape features. -
FIG. 2E shows a plan view of a diaper pant with the portion of the diaper that faces away from a wearer oriented toward the viewer, illustrating first and second belt size and shape features. -
FIG. 2F shows a plan view of a diaper pant with a continuous outer cover with the portion of the diaper that faces away from a wearer oriented toward the viewer. -
FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the diaper pant ofFIG. 2A taken along line 3-3 showing first and second elastic belts provided with panel layers. -
FIG. 3A is a cross-sectional detailed view of a first belt provided with panel layers wherein one panel layer is folded over another panel layer. - FIG. 3A1 is a cross-sectional detailed view of another example configuration wherein the first belt is provided with panel layers wherein one panel layer is folded over another panel layer.
- FIG. 3A2 is a cross-sectional detailed view of another example configuration wherein the first belt is provided with panel layers wherein one panel layer is folded over another panel layer.
-
FIG. 3B is a cross-sectional detailed view of a second belt provided with panel layers wherein one panel layer is folded over another panel layer. -
FIG. 3C is a cross-sectional view of the diaper pant ofFIG. 2F taken alongline 3C-3C showing first and second elastic belts provided with panel layers and a continuous outer cover. -
FIG. 4A is perspective view of a diaper pant including frangible pathways in a front belt. -
FIG. 4B is a perspective view of the diaper pant ofFIG. 4A showing the front belt having been torn along one of the frangible pathways. -
FIG. 5A is perspective view of a diaper pant including frangible pathways in a front belt and adjacent an absorbent chassis. -
FIG. 5B is a perspective view of the diaper pant ofFIG. 5A showing the front belt having been torn along one of the frangible pathways. -
FIG. 5C is a perspective view of the diaper pant ofFIG. 5A showing the front belt having been torn along two frangible pathways. -
FIG. 5D shows the diaper pant ofFIG. 5C being rolled up onto itself in a longitudinal direction. -
FIG. 5E shows the diaper pant ofFIG. 5D with fastener components connected with the backsheet of the chassis to maintain the diaper pant in a disposal configuration. -
FIG. 6 is a schematic side view of a converting apparatus adapted to manufacture pre-fastened, pant diapers. -
FIG. 6A is a view of continuous lengths of advancing first and second elastic belt laminates fromFIG. 6 taken along line A-A. -
FIG. 6B is a view of a continuous length of chassis assemblies fromFIG. 6 taken along line B-B. - FIG. 6C1 is a view of a discrete chassis from
FIG. 6 taken along line C1-C1. - FIG. 6C2 is a view of a discrete chassis from
FIG. 6 taken along line C2-C2. - FIG. 6D1 is a view of multiple discrete chassis spaced from each other along the machine direction MD and connected with each other by the first and second elastic belt laminates from
FIG. 6 taken along line D1-D1 and showing outer edges of the first and second elastic belt laminates being folded. - FIG. 6D2 is a view of multiple discrete chassis spaced from each other along the machine direction MD and connected with each other by the first and second elastic belt laminates from
FIG. 6 taken along line D2-D2 and showing outer edges of the first and second elastic belt laminates being folded. -
FIG. 6E is a view of folded multiple discrete chassis with the first and second elastic belt laminates in a facing relationship fromFIG. 6 taken along line E-E. -
FIG. 6F is a view of two discrete absorbent articles advancing the machine direction MD fromFIG. 6 taken along line F-F. -
FIG. 7 is a schematic side view of a converting apparatus adapted to assemble an elastomeric laminate including a plurality of elastic strands positioned between a first substrate and a second substrate. -
FIG. 8 is a view of the converting apparatus ofFIG. 7 taken along line 8-8. -
FIG. 9 is a schematic side view of a cutting apparatus adapted to form frangible pathways in an elastomeric laminate. -
FIG. 10 is a view of the cutting apparatus ofFIG. 9 taken along line 10-10. -
FIG. 10A is a view of another configuration of the cutting apparatus ofFIG. 9 taken along line 10-10. -
FIG. 11A is a side view of an elastic laminate with first configurations of frangible pathways. -
FIG. 11B is a side view of the elastic laminate ofFIG. 11A after waist edge folding operations. -
FIG. 11C is a side view of the elastic laminate ofFIG. 11B after side seaming operations. -
FIG. 11D is a side view of the elastic laminate ofFIG. 11B after final knife cutting operations. -
FIG. 12A is a detailed partial view of a frangible pathway in an elastic laminate showing details of lines of weakness. -
FIG. 12B is a detailed view of a portion of a frangible pathway showing details of lines of weakness and severed elastic strands therein. -
FIG. 13 is a detailed view of a cutting device showing details of blades thereon. -
FIG. 14A is a side view of an elastic laminate with fastener components bonded thereto. -
FIG. 14B is a side view of second configurations of frangible pathways on the elastic laminate ofFIG. 14A . -
FIG. 14C is a side view of the elastic laminate ofFIG. 14B after chassis combing operations. - FIG. 14D1 is a side view of the elastic laminate of
FIG. 14C after waist edge folding operations. - FIG. 14D2 is a side view of the elastic laminate of
FIG. 14C after waist edge folding operations. -
FIG. 15A is a detailed partial view of another configuration of a frangible pathway in an elastic laminate showing details of lines of weakness. -
FIG. 15B is a detailed view of a portion of the frangible pathway ofFIG. 15A showing details of lines of weakness and severed elastic strands therein. -
FIG. 16 is a detailed view of a another cutting device configuration showing details of blades thereon. -
FIG. 17A is a side view of third configurations of frangible pathways on the elastic laminate ofFIG. 14A . -
FIG. 17B is a detailed view of another configuration of a fastener component and frangible pathways. -
FIG. 17C is a side view of fourth configurations of frangible pathways on the elastic laminate ofFIG. 14A . - FIG. 17D1 is a side view of fifth configurations of frangible pathways on the elastic laminate of
FIG. 14A . - FIG. 17D2 is a detailed view of a region of the frangible pathways on the elastic laminate of FIG. 14D1.
-
FIG. 18A is a perspective view of a diaper pant with frangible pathways. -
FIG. 18B shows a front plan view of the diaper pant ofFIG. 18A . -
FIG. 18C shows a front plan view of the diaper pant ofFIG. 18B after one frangible pathway has been torn away. - FIG. 18D1 is a detailed view of a fastening component from
FIG. 18B . - FIG. 18D2 is a detailed view of another fastening component configuration.
-
FIG. 18E shows a front plan view of the diaper pant with another configuration of frangible pathways. -
FIG. 18F shows lines of weakness arranged in shingle up and shingle down patterns. -
FIG. 19 shows a front plan view of a diaper with another configuration of frangible pathways. -
FIGS. 20A-20F show an example of a progression of the tear along a frangible pathway. - The following term explanations may be useful in understanding the present disclosure:
- “Absorbent article” refers to devices, which absorb and contain body exudates and, more specifically, refers to devices, which are placed against or in proximity to the body of the wearer to absorb and contain the various exudates discharged from the body. Exemplary absorbent articles include diapers, training pants, pull-on pant-type diapers (i.e., a diaper having a pre-formed waist opening and leg openings such as illustrated in U.S. Pat. No. 6,120,487), refastenable diapers or pant-type diapers, incontinence briefs and undergarments, diaper holders and liners, feminine hygiene garments such as panty liners, absorbent inserts, menstrual pads and the like.
- “Body-facing” and “garment-facing” refer respectively to the relative location of an element or a surface of an element or group of elements. “Body-facing” implies the element or surface is nearer to the wearer during wear than some other element or surface. “Garment-facing” implies the element or surface is more remote from the wearer during wear than some other element or surface (i.e., element or surface is proximate to the wearer's garments that may be worn over the disposable absorbent article).
- The terms “elastic,” “elastomer” or “elastomeric” refers to materials exhibiting elastic properties, which include any material that upon application of a force to its relaxed, initial length can stretch or elongate to an elongated length more than 10% greater than its initial length and will substantially recover back to about its initial length upon release of the applied force. Elastomeric materials may include elastomeric films, scrims, nonwovens, ribbons, strands and other sheet-like structures.
- As used herein, the term “joined” encompasses configurations whereby an element is directly secured to another element by affixing the element directly to the other element, and configurations whereby an element is indirectly secured to another element by affixing the element to intermediate member(s) which in turn are affixed to the other element.
- As used herein, the term “distal” is used to describe a position situated away from a center of a body or from a point of attachment, and the term “proximal” is used to describe a position situated nearer to a center of a body or a point of attachment.
- The term “substrate” is used herein to describe a material which is primarily two-dimensional (i.e., in an XY plane) and whose thickness (in a Z direction) is relatively small (i.e., 1/10 or less) in comparison to its length (in an X direction) and width (in a Y direction). Non-limiting examples of substrates include a web, layer or layers or fibrous materials, nonwovens, films and foils such as polymeric films or metallic foils. These materials may be used alone or may comprise two or more layers laminated together. As such, a web is a substrate.
- The term “nonwoven” refers herein to a material made from continuous (long) filaments (fibers) and/or discontinuous (short) filaments (fibers) by processes such as spunbonding, meltblowing, carding, and the like. Nonwovens do not have a woven or knitted filament pattern.
- The term “machine direction” (MD) is used herein to refer to the direction of material flow through a process. In addition, relative placement and movement of material can be described as flowing in the machine direction through a process from upstream in the process to downstream in the process.
- The term “cross direction” (CD) is used herein to refer to a direction that is generally perpendicular to the machine direction.
- “Pre-strain” refers to the strain imposed on an elastic or elastomeric material prior to combining it with another element of the elastomeric laminate or the absorbent article. Pre-strain is determined by the following equation Pre-strain=((extended length of the elastic-relaxed length of the elastic)/relaxed length of the elastic)*100.
- “Decitex” also known as Dtex is a measurement used in the textile industry used for measuring yarns or filaments. 1 Decitex=1 gram per 10,000 meters. In other words, if 10,000 linear meters of a yarn or
filament weights 500 grams that yarn or filament would have a decitex of 500. - The term “taped diaper” (also referred to as “open diaper”) refers to disposable absorbent articles having an initial front waist region and an initial back waist region that are not fastened, pre-fastened, or connected to each other as packaged, prior to being applied to the wearer. A taped diaper may be folded about the lateral centerline with the interior of one waist region in surface to surface contact with the interior of the opposing waist region without fastening or joining the waist regions together. Example taped diapers are disclosed in various suitable configurations U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,167,897, 5,360,420, 5,599,335, 5,643,588, 5,674,216, 5,702,551, 5,968,025, 6,107,537, 6,118,041, 6,153,209, 6,410,129, 6,426,444, 6,586,652, 6,627,787, 6,617,016, 6,825,393, and 6,861,571; and U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2013/0072887 A1; 2013/0211356 A1; and 2013/0306226 A1, all of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- The term “pant” (also referred to as “training pant”, “pre-closed diaper”, “diaper pant”, “pant diaper”, and “pull-on diaper”) refers herein to disposable absorbent articles having a continuous perimeter waist opening and continuous perimeter leg openings designed for infant or adult wearers. A pant can be configured with a continuous or closed waist opening and at least one continuous, closed, leg opening prior to the article being applied to the wearer. A pant can be preformed or pre-fastened by various techniques including, but not limited to, joining together portions of the article using any refastenable and/or permanent closure member (e.g., seams, heat bonds, pressure welds, adhesives, cohesive bonds, mechanical fasteners, etc.). A pant can be preformed anywhere along the circumference of the article in the waist region (e.g., side fastened or seamed, front waist fastened or seamed, back waist fastened or seamed). Example diaper pants in various configurations are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,940,464; 5,092,861; 5,246,433; 5,897,545; 5,957,908; 6,120,487; 6,120,489; 7,569,039 and U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2003/0233082 A1; 2005/0107764 A1, 2012/0061016 A1, 2012/0061015 A1; 2013/0255861 A1; 2013/0255862 A1; 2013/0255863 A1; 2013/0255864 A1; and 2013/0255865 A1, all of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- “Closed-form” means opposing waist regions are joined, as packaged, either permanently or refastenably to form a continuous waist opening and leg openings.
- “Open-form” means opposing waist regions are not initially joined to form a continuous waist opening and leg openings but comprise a closure means such as a fastening system to join the waist regions to form the waist and leg openings before or during application to a wearer of the article.
- The present disclosure relates to absorbent articles including elastic laminates, and more particularly, to methods and apparatuses for making absorbent articles having elastic laminates in front and/or back waist regions with frangible pathways. In a method for making an absorbent article, a first elastic laminate and a second elastic laminate may be assembled and converted into first and second elastic belts on an assembled absorbent article. The first and second elastic laminates may comprise elastic strands positioned between and connected with a first substrate and a second substrate, wherein the elastic strands extend in a machine direction. The first and second elastic laminates further comprise a first edge separated from a second edge in a cross direction. The first and second elastic laminates are advanced in the machine direction, and a frangible pathway extending in the cross direction between the first edge and the second edge may be formed in the first elastic laminate and/or the second elastic laminate. Such frangible pathways provide a feature that allows an elastic belt of a diaper pant to be relatively easily torn along the frangible pathway when removing the diaper pant from a wearer, avoiding the need to remove the diaper pant by sliding the diaper pant over a wearer's legs.
- The frangible pathway comprises a plurality of lines of weakness positioned, oriented, and/or configured such that all elastic strands extending through the frangible pathways are severed, so as to help ensure that an elastic belt can be torn along the frangible pathway without having to also break elastic strands in the process. In some configurations, all elastic strands extending through the frangible pathway are cut at the lines of weakness such that a first plurality of the elastic strands are cut only once and such that a second plurality of the elastic strands are cut more than once. In some configurations, some elastic strands may remain intact to strengthen a particular portion of the frangible pathway. In some configurations, an elastic laminate may be advanced in the machine direction through a cutting device adapted to form the lines of weakness that define the frangible pathway and to cut elastic strands extending through the frangible pathway. It is to be appreciated that the cutting device may be configured to create various forms of lines of weakness. For example, the cutting device may be configured to cut through the first substrate and the second substrate such that the lines of weakness comprise discrete cut lines. In another example, the cutting device may pressure bond the first substrate and the second substrate together without cutting through the first and second substrates such that the lines of weakness comprise discrete bonds wherein materials of the first substrate and the second substrate are fused together. In addition, the cutting device may be configured to form more than one frangible pathway in an elastic laminate and may also be configured to perform additional cutting operations, such as a final knife cutting operations or tummy elastic cutting operations. In some configurations, the cutting device may be configured to form one or more frangible pathways in an elastic laminate and may also be configured to perform die cutting operations, such as leg hole forming operations. In some configurations, the cutting device may be configured as a stand alone process that forms one or more frangible pathways in an elastic laminate that is separate process from other cutting operations, such as tummy cutting, final knife cutting, and/or die cutting operations. In some configurations, each line of weakness may be oriented to define an offset angle relative to the machine direction that is less than 90 degrees. In turn, the offset angles of the lines of weakness help to prevent the lines of weakness from opening when forces are applied to the respective first and second substrates during assembly operations and/or during use of the assembled article.
-
FIGS. 1-2B show an example of anabsorbent article 100 in the form of adiaper pant 100P that may include components constructed from elastic laminates assembled in accordance with the configurations disclosed herein. In particular,FIG. 1 shows a perspective views of adiaper pant 100P in a pre-fastened configuration.FIG. 2A shows a plan view of thediaper pant 100P with the portion of the diaper that faces away from a wearer oriented toward the viewer, andFIG. 2B shows a plan view of thediaper pant 100P with the portion of the diaper that faces toward a wearer oriented toward the viewer. Thediaper pant 100P includes achassis 102 and a ring-likeelastic belt 104. As discussed below in more detail, a firstelastic belt 106 and a secondelastic belt 108 are bonded together to form the ring-likeelastic belt 104. - With continued reference to
FIGS. 1-2B , thediaper pant 100P and thechassis 102 each include afirst waist region 116, asecond waist region 118, and acrotch region 119 disposed intermediate the first and second waist regions. It may also be described that thechassis 102 includes afirst end region 116 a, asecond end region 118 a, and acrotch region 119 disposed intermediate the first and 116 a, 118 a. Thesecond end regions first waist region 116 may be configured as a front waist region, and thesecond waist region 118 may be configured as back waist region. Thediaper 100P may also include a laterally extendingfront waist edge 121 in thefront waist region 116 and a longitudinally opposing and laterally extending backwaist edge 122 in theback waist region 118. To provide a frame of reference for the present discussion, thediaper 100P andchassis 102 ofFIGS. 2A and 2B are shown with alongitudinal axis 124 and alateral axis 126. In some embodiments, thelongitudinal axis 124 may extend through thefront waist edge 121 and through theback waist edge 122. And thelateral axis 126 may extend through a first longitudinal orright side edge 128 and through a second longitudinal orleft side edge 130 of thechassis 102. As previously mentioned, thelongitudinal axis 124 extends perpendicularly through thefront waist edge 121 and thehack waist edge 122, and thelateral axis 126 extends perpendicularly to thelongitudinal axis 124. To provide a further frame of reference for the present discussion, thediapers 100P ofFIGS. 2A, 2B, and 18B are shown wherein: the firstelastic belt 106 comprises alongitudinal centerline 124 a andlateral centerline 126 a; the secondelastic belt 108 comprises alongitudinal centerline 124 b andlateral centerline 126 b; and thechassis 102 comprises alongitudinal centerline 124 c andlateral centerline 126 c. The 124 a, 124 b, 124 c are perpendicular to thelongitudinal centerlines 126 a, 126 b, 126 c.lateral center lines - As shown in
FIGS. 1-2B , thediaper pant 100P may include an inner,body facing surface 132, and an outer,garment facing surface 134. Thechassis 102 may include abacksheet 136 and atopsheet 138. Thechassis 102 may also include anabsorbent assembly 140, including anabsorbent core 142, disposed between a portion of thetopsheet 138 and thebacksheet 136. As discussed in more detail below, thediaper 100P may also include other features, such as leg elastics and/or leg cuffs to enhance the fit around the legs of the wearer. - As shown in
FIG. 2A , the periphery of thechassis 102 may be defined by the firstlongitudinal side edge 128, a secondlongitudinal side edge 130, a first laterally extendingend edge 144 disposed in thefirst waist region 116, and a second laterally extendingend edge 146 disposed in thesecond waist region 118. Both side edges 128 and 130 extend longitudinally between thefirst end edge 144 and thesecond end edge 146. As shown inFIG. 2A , the laterally extending 144 and 146 may be located longitudinally inward from the laterally extendingend edges front waist edge 121 in thefront waist region 116 and the laterally extending backwaist edge 122 in theback waist region 118. In some configurations, the laterally extending 144 and 146 may be coterminous with or located longitudinally outward from the laterally extendingend edges front waist edge 121 in thefront waist region 116 and the laterally extending backwaist edge 122 in theback waist region 118. When thediaper pant 100P is worn on the lower torso of a wearer, thefront waist edge 121 and theback waist edge 122 may encircle a portion of the waist of the wearer. At the same time, the side edges 128 and 130 may encircle at least a portion of the legs of the wearer. And thecrotch region 119 may be generally positioned between the legs of the wearer with theabsorbent core 142 extending from thefront waist region 116 through thecrotch region 119 to theback waist region 118. - As previously mentioned, the
diaper pant 100P may include abacksheet 136. Thebacksheet 136 may also define the outer,garment facing surface 134 of thechassis 102. Thebacksheet 136 may also comprise a woven or nonwoven material, polymeric films such as thermoplastic films of polyethylene or polypropylene, and/or a multi-layer or composite materials comprising a film and a nonwoven material. The backsheet may also comprise an elastomeric film. Anexample backsheet 136 may be a polyethylene film having a thickness of from about mm (0.5 mils) to about 0.051 mm (2.0 mils). Further, thebacksheet 136 may permit vapors to escape from the absorbent core (i.e., the backsheet is breathable) while still preventing exudates from passing through thebacksheet 136. - Also described above, the
diaper pant 100P may include atopsheet 138. Thetopsheet 138 may also define all or part of the inner,wearer facing surface 132 of thechassis 102. Thetopsheet 138 may be liquid pervious, permitting liquids (e.g., menses, urine, and/or runny feces) to penetrate through its thickness. Atopsheet 138 may be manufactured from a wide range of materials such as woven and nonwoven materials; apertured or hydroformed thermoplastic films; apertured nonwovens, porous foams; reticulated foams; reticulated thermoplastic films; and thermoplastic scrims. Woven and nonwoven materials may comprise natural fibers such as wood or cotton fibers; synthetic fibers such as polyester, polypropylene, or polyethylene fibers; or combinations thereof. If thetopsheet 138 includes fibers, the fibers may be spunbond, carded, wet-laid, meltblown, hydroentangled, or otherwise processed as is known in the art.Topsheets 138 may be selected from high loft nonwoven topsheets, apertured film topsheets and apertured nonwoven topsheets. Exemplary apertured films may include those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,628,097; 5,916,661; 6,545,197; and 6,107,539, all of which are incorporated by reference herein. - As mentioned above, the
diaper pant 100P may also include anabsorbent assembly 140 that is joined to thechassis 102. As shown inFIG. 2A , theabsorbent assembly 140 may have a laterally extendingfront edge 148 in thefront waist region 116 and may have a longitudinally opposing and laterally extending backedge 150 in theback waist region 118. The absorbent assembly may have a longitudinally extendingright side edge 152 and may have a laterally opposing and longitudinally extendingleft side edge 154, both absorbent assembly side edges 152 and 154 may extend longitudinally between thefront edge 148 and theback edge 150. Theabsorbent assembly 140 may additionally include one or moreabsorbent cores 142 or absorbent core layers. Theabsorbent core 142 may be at least partially disposed between thetopsheet 138 and thebacksheet 136 and may be formed in various sizes and shapes that are compatible with the diaper. Exemplary absorbent structures for use as the absorbent core of the present disclosure are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,610,678; 4,673,402; 4,888,231; and 4,834,735, all of which are incorporated by reference herein. - Some absorbent core embodiments may comprise fluid storage cores that contain reduced amounts of cellulosic airfelt material. For instance, such cores may comprise less than about 40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, or even 1% of cellulosic airfelt material. Such a core may comprise primarily absorbent gelling material in amounts of at least about 60%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or even about 100%, where the remainder of the core comprises a microfiber glue (if applicable). Such cores, microfiber glues, and absorbent gelling materials are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,562,646; 5,669,894; and 6,790,798 as well as U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2004/0158212 A1 and 2004/0097895 A1, all of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- As previously mentioned, the
diaper 100P may also include elasticized leg cuffs 156. It is to be appreciated that the leg cuffs 156 can be and are sometimes also referred to as leg bands, side flaps, barrier cuffs, elastic cuffs or gasketing cuffs. The elasticized leg cuffs 156 may be configured in various ways to help reduce the leakage of body exudates in the leg regions. Example leg cuffs 156 may include those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,860,003; 4,909,803; 4,695,278; 4,795,454; 4,704,115; 4,909,803; and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2009/0312730 A1, all of which are incorporated by reference herein. - As mentioned above, diaper pants may be manufactured with a ring-like
elastic belt 104 and provided to consumers in a configuration wherein thefront waist region 116 and theback waist region 118 are connected to each other as packaged, prior to being applied to the wearer. As such, diaper pants may have a continuousperimeter waist opening 110 and continuousperimeter leg openings 112 such as shown inFIG. 1 . The ring-like elastic belt may be formed by joining a first elastic belt to a second elastic belt with a permanent side seam or with an openable and reclosable fastening system disposed at or adjacent the laterally opposing sides of the belts. - As previously mentioned, the ring-like
elastic belt 104 may be defined by a firstelastic belt 106 connected with a secondelastic belt 108. As shown inFIGS. 2A and 2B , the firstelastic belt 106 extends between a firstlongitudinal side edge 111 a and a secondlongitudinal side edge 111 b and defines first and second opposing 106 a, 106 b and aend regions central region 106 c. And the second elastic 108 belt extends between a firstlongitudinal side edge 113 a and a secondlongitudinal side edge 113 b and defines first and second opposing 108 a, 108 b and aend regions central region 108 c. As measured in an extended state, the distance between the firstlongitudinal side edge 111 a and the secondlongitudinal side edge 111 b defines the pitch length, PL, of the firstelastic belt 106, and the distance between the firstlongitudinal side edge 113 a and the secondlongitudinal side edge 113 b defines the pitch length, PL, of the secondelastic belt 108. Thecentral region 106 c of the first elastic belt is connected with thefirst waist region 116 orfirst end region 116 a of thechassis 102, and thecentral region 108 c of the secondelastic belt 108 is connected with thesecond waist region 118 orsecond end region 118 a of thechassis 102. As shown inFIG. 1 , thefirst end region 106 a of the firstelastic belt 106 is connected with thefirst end region 108 a of the secondelastic belt 108 atfirst side seam 178, and thesecond end region 106 b of the firstelastic belt 106 is connected with thesecond end region 108 b of the secondelastic belt 108 atsecond side seam 180 to define the ring-likeelastic belt 104 as well as thewaist opening 110 andleg openings 112. It is to be appreciated that thefirst belt 106 and thesecond belt 108 may be permanently or refastenably connected with each other at thefirst side seam 178 and thesecond side seam 180. The side seams 178, 180 may comprise a permanent bond, such as a thermal, pressure, or adhesive bond, or may be a releasable bond, such as a mechanical or cohesive fastener. - As shown in
FIGS. 2A and 2B , the firstelastic belt 106 also defines an outer laterally extendingedge 107 a and an inner laterally extendingedge 107 b, and the secondelastic belt 108 defines an outer laterally extendingedge 109 a and an inner laterally extendingedge 109 b. As such, as shown inFIG. 1 , aperimeter edge 112 a of one leg opening may be defined by portions of the inner laterally extendingedge 107 b of the firstelastic belt 106, the inner laterally extendingedge 109 b of the secondelastic belt 108, and the first longitudinal orright side edge 128 of thechassis 102. And aperimeter edge 112 b of the other leg opening may be defined by portions of the inner laterally extendingedge 107 b, the inner laterally extendingedge 109 b, and the second longitudinal orleft side edge 130 of thechassis 102. The outer laterally extending 107 a, 109 a may also define theedges front waist edge 121 and the laterally extending backwaist edge 122 of thediaper pant 100P. - It is to be appreciated that the first
elastic belt 106 and the secondelastic belt 108 may define different sizes and shapes. In some configurations, the firstelastic belt 106 and/or secondelastic belt 108 may define curved contours. For example, the inner 107 b, 109 b of the first and/or secondlateral edges 106, 108 may include non-linear or curved portions in the first and second opposing end regions. Such curved contours may help define desired shapes toelastic belts leg opening 112, such as for example, relatively rounded leg openings. In addition to having curved contours, the 106, 108 may includeelastic belts elastic strands 168 that extend along non-linear or curved paths that may correspond with the curved contours of the inner 107 b, 109 b.lateral edges -
FIG. 2C shows a configuration wherein the firstelastic belt 106 and the secondelastic belt 108 both define generally rectangular shapes. For example, as shown inFIG. 2C , the outer laterally extendingedge 107 a of the firstelastic belt 106 may comprise a lateral width of W1D and the inner laterally extendingedge 107 b may comprise a lateral width of W1P, wherein W1D and W1P are equal or substantially equal. In addition, the outer laterally extendingedge 109 a of the secondelastic belt 108 may comprise a lateral width of W2D and the inner laterally extendingedge 109 b may comprise a lateral width of W2P, wherein W2D and W2P are equal or substantially equal. - In some configurations, at least one of the first
elastic belt 106 and the secondelastic belt 108 may comprise lateral edges having different lengths. For example,FIG. 2D shows a configuration wherein the firstelastic belt 106 defines a generally rectangular shape, such as described with reference toFIG. 2C , and wherein the outer laterally extendingedge 109 a of the secondelastic belt 108 and the inner laterally extendingedge 109 b have different lengths. As shown inFIG. 2D , the outer laterally extendingedge 109 a of the secondelastic belt 108 may comprise a lateral width of W2D and the inner laterally extendingedge 109 b may comprise a lateral width of W2P, wherein W2D is greater than W2P. - In some configurations, both the first
elastic belt 106 and the secondelastic belt 108 may comprise lateral edges having different lengths. For example,FIG. 2E shows a configuration wherein the outer laterally extendingedge 107 a of the firstelastic belt 106 and the inner laterally extendingedge 107 b have different lengths, and wherein the outer laterally extendingedge 109 a of the secondelastic belt 108 and the inner laterally extendingedge 109 b have different lengths. As shown inFIG. 2E , the outer laterally extendingedge 107 a of the first elastic belt 107 may comprise a lateral width of W1D and the inner laterally extendingedge 107 b may comprise a lateral width of W1P, wherein W1D is greater than W1P, and wherein the outer laterally extendingedge 109 a of the secondelastic belt 108 may comprise a lateral width of W2D and the inner laterally extendingedge 109 b may comprise a lateral width of W2P, wherein W2D is greater than W2P. - With reference to
FIGS. 2C-2E , the firstelastic belt 106 may define a longitudinal length LT1 extending between outer laterally extendingedge 107 a and the inner laterally extendingedge 107 b, and the secondelastic belt 108 may define a longitudinal length LT2 extending between outer laterally extendingedge 109 a and the inner laterally extendingedge 109 b. In some configurations, LT1 may be equal to LT2. In some configurations, LT1 may be less or greater than LT2. With continued reference toFIGS. 2C-2E , in some configurations, W1D may be equal to W1P, or W1D may be different than W1P. In some configurations, W2D may be equal to W2P, or W2D may be different than W2P. In some configurations, W1D and/or W1P may be equal to or different W2D and/or W2P. - With reference to
FIGS. 2A, 2B, and 3 , the firstelastic belt 106 and the secondelastic belt 108 may also each include afirst substrate 162 and asecond substrate 164. Thefirst substrates 162 may be oriented to define at least a portion of the garment facing surfaces of the firstelastic belt 106 and the secondelastic belt 108, and thesecond substrates 164 may be oriented to define at least a portion of the wearer facing surfaces of the firstelastic belt 106 and the secondelastic belt 108. Thefirst substrate 162 may extend from aproximal edge 162 b to adistal edge 162 a for a maximum length L1, and thesecond substrate 164 may extend from aproximal edge 164 b to adistal edge 164 a for a maximum length L2. It is to be appreciated that thedistal edge 162 a and/or theproximal edge 162 b of thefirst substrate 162 may be straight and/or curved and/or may be parallel or unparallel to each other. It is also to be appreciated that thedistal edge 164 a and/or theproximal edge 164 b of thesecond substrate 164 may be straight and/or curved and/or may be parallel or unparallel to each other. As such, the maximum length L1 refers to the longest distance extending longitudinally between thedistal edge 162 a and theproximal edge 162 b of thefirst substrate 162, and the maximum length L2 refers to the longest distance extending longitudinally between thedistal edge 164 a and theproximal edge 164 b of thesecond substrate 164. In some configurations, L1 may be equal to, less than, or greater than L2. In some configurations, L1 may be equal to or less than LT1, and L2 may be equal to or less than LT2. In some configurations, thedistal edge 162 a of thefirst substrate 162 may define at least a portion of thefront waist edge 121 and/or at least a portion ofback waist edge 122, and/or thedistal edge 164 a of thesecond substrate 164 may define at least a portion of thefront waist edge 121 and/or at least a portion ofback waist edge 122. As such, in some configurations, thedistal edge 162 a of thefirst substrate 162 and/or thedistal edge 164 a of thesecond substrate 164 may define at least a portion of thewaist opening 110. - It is also to be appreciated that the
first substrate 162 and/or thesecond substrate 164 may extend continuously from thefirst belt 106 to thesecond belt 108. For example, thefirst substrate 162 may be configured to define a continuousouter cover 162′ that extends contiguously from thefirst waist edge 121 to thesecond waist edge 122, such as shown inFIGS. 1A, 2F, and 3C . It is also to be appreciated that diaper pants 100P with continuous outer covers, such as shown inFIGS. 1A, 2F, and 3C may also be configured to include various aspects of the frangible pathways and fastener components discussed herein. - It is to be appreciated that the
first substrate 162 and thesecond substrate 164 may define various lateral widths that may or may not be equal. For example, as shown inFIG. 2B , thefirst substrate 162 may extend laterally between a firstlongitudinal edge 162 e and a secondlongitudinal edge 162 f to define a first lateral width W1, and thesecond substrate 164 may extend laterally between a firstlongitudinal edge 164 e and a secondlongitudinal edge 164 f to define a second lateral width W2. - In some configurations, the
proximal edge 162 b of thefirst substrate 162 and/or theproximal edge 164 b of thesecond substrate 164 may extend laterally across thebacksheet 134. As shown inFIGS. 2A-3 , thefirst substrate 162 includes agarment facing surface 162 c and an opposingwearer facing surface 162 d, and thesecond substrate 164 includes agarment facing surface 164 c and an opposingwearer facing surface 164 d. - In some configurations, the first
elastic belt 106 and/or the secondelastic belt 108 may include a folded portion of at least thefirst substrate 162 and/or thesecond substrate 164. For example, as shown inFIGS. 3A and 3B , the firstelastic belt 106 and/or the secondelastic belt 108 may include a foldedportion 162 g of thefirst substrate 162 extending longitudinally between afold line 162 h in thefirst substrate 162 and alateral edge 162 i. As such, the foldedportion 162 g of thefirst substrate 162 may be connected with thewearer facing surface 164 d of thesecond substrate 164. In some configurations, the foldedportion 162 g of thefirst substrate 162 may also be connected with and/or overlap thechassis 102. In some configurations, the foldedportion 162 g of thefirst substrate 162 may also be connected with thewearer facing surface 162 d of thefirst substrate 162. In some configurations, a portion of the foldedportion 162 g of thefirst substrate 162 may be left unbonded to thechassis 102 and/or thesecond substrate 164, forming a waste pocket having an opening oriented toward thelateral centerline 162 c of thechassis 102. In another example, the firstelastic belt 106 and/or the secondelastic belt 108 may include a folded portion of thesecond substrate 164 extending longitudinally between a fold line in thesecond substrate 164 and a lateral edge. As such, the folded portion of thesecond substrate 164 may be connected with thegarment facing surface 162 c of thefirst substrate 162. As such, in some configurations, a fold line of thefirst substrate 162 and/or a fold line of thesecond substrate 164 may define at least a portion of thewaist opening 110. It is to be appreciated that various waist configurations may be utilized. For example, as shown in FIG. 3A1, the foldedportion 162 g may be sandwiched between thesecond substrate 164 and thebacksheet 136. In another example shown in FIG. 3A2, thesecond substrate 164 may be sandwiched between the foldedportion 162 g and thebacksheet 136. Although FIGS. 3A1 and 3A2 show configurations of thefirst belt 106, it is to be appreciated that such configurations may be applied with thesecond belt 108. - It is to be appreciated that the first
elastic belt 106 and the secondelastic belt 108 may comprise the same materials and/or may have the same structure. In some embodiments, the firstelastic belt 106 and the second elastic belt may comprise different materials and/or may have different structures. It should also be appreciated that components of the firstelastic belt 106 and the secondelastic belt 108, such as thefirst substrate 162, and/orsecond substrate 164 may be constructed from various materials. For example, the first and/or second belts may include afirst substrate 162, and/orsecond substrate 164 that may be manufactured from materials such as plastic films; apertured plastic films; woven or nonwoven webs of natural materials (e.g., wood or cotton fibers), synthetic fibers (e.g., polyolefins, polyamides, polyester, polyethylene, or polypropylene fibers) or a combination of natural and/or synthetic fibers; or coated woven or nonwoven webs. In some configurations, the first and/or second belts may include afirst substrate 162, and/orsecond substrate 164 comprising a nonwoven web of synthetic fibers, and may include a stretchable nonwoven. In some configurations, the first and second elastic belts may include an inner hydrophobic, non-stretchable nonwoven material and an outer hydrophobic, non-stretchable nonwoven material. It is to be appreciated that the belts may configured in various ways, such as disclosed for example, in U.S. Patent Publication No. US 2022/0142828 A1 and Chinese Patent Application No. CN2021/077843, which are both incorporated by reference. -
Elastic material 167 may be positioned between thewearer facing surface 162 d of thefirst substrate 162 and thegarment facing surface 164 c of thesecond substrate 164. It is to be appreciated that theelastic material 167 may include one or more elastic elements such as strands, ribbons, elastic films, or panels extending along the lengths of the elastic belts. As shown inFIGS. 2A and 3 , theelastic material 167 may include a plurality ofelastic strands 168. In some configurations, theelastic material 167 may be an elastic film used to form a zero-strain elastic laminate comprising an elastic film bonded to one or more nonwoven layers and subsequently subjected to mechanical deformation or activation sufficient to weaken the nonwoven layer(s) and enable the laminate to stretch and recover elastically. - It is also to be appreciated that the
first substrate 162,second substrate 164, and/orelastic material 167 of the firstelastic belt 106 and/or secondelastic belt 108 may be bonded together and/or with other components, such as thechassis 102, with adhesive and/or mechanical bonds. It is to be appreciated that adhesive and mechanical bonding methods may be utilized alone or in combination with each other. - In some configurations, adhesive may be applied to at least one of the
first substrate 162,second substrate 164, and/orelastic material 167 when being combined to form the firstelastic belt 106 and/or secondelastic belt 108. In some configurations, mechanical bonding devices may apply mechanical bonds to the to at least one of thefirst substrate 162,second substrate 164, and/orelastic material 167 when being combined to form the firstelastic belt 106 and/or secondelastic belt 108. Such mechanical bonds may be applied with heat, pressure, and/or ultrasonic devices. In some configurations, mechanical bonding devices may apply bonds that bond thefirst substrate 162,second substrate 164, and/orelastic material 167 together and/or may act to trap or immobilize discrete lengths of the contracted elastic strands in the firstelastic belt 106 and/or secondelastic belt 108. - It is also to be appreciated that the
first substrate 162,second substrate 164, and/orelastic material 167 may be bonded together with various methods and apparatuses to create various elastomeric laminates, such as described in U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2018/0168878 A1; 2018/0168877 A1; 2018/0168880 A1; 2018/0170027 A1; 2018/0169964 A1; 2018/0168879 A1; 2018/0170026 A1; 2018/0168889 A1; 2018/0168874 A1; 2018/0168875 A1; 2018/0168890 A1; 2018/0168887 A1; 2018/0168892 A1; 2018/0168876 A1; 2018/0168891 A1; 2019/0070042 A1; 2019/0070041 A1; 2021/0282797 A1; and 2021/0275362 A1, and combinations thereof, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. - It is to be appreciated that components of the first
elastic belt 106 and/or the secondelastic belt 108 may be assembled in various ways and various combinations to create various desirable features that may differ along the lateral width and/or longitudinal length of the firstelastic belt 106 and/or the secondelastic belt 108. Such features may include, for example, Dtex values, bond patterns, aperture arrangements, elastic positioning, Average Dtex values, Average Pre-Strain values, rugosity frequencies, rugosity wavelengths, height values, and/or contact area. It is to be appreciated that differing features may be imparted to various components, such as for example, thefirst substrate 162,second substrate 164, andelastic material 167 before and/or during stages of assembly of the firstelastic belt 106 and/or the secondelastic belt 108. - It is to be appreciated that the first
elastic belt 106 and/or the secondelastic belt 108 may include various configurations of beltelastic materials 167 arranged in relation to each other and to thefirst substrate 162, and thesecond substrate 164. As discussed above, theelastic material 167 may include configurations of one or more elastic elements such as strands, ribbons, films, or panels positioned in various arrangements. In some configurations, theelastic material 167 may comprise various elastics, elastic features and arrangements, and processes for assembly, such as described in 2018/0168889 A1; 2018/0168874 A1; 2018/0168875 A1; 2018/0168890 A1; 2018/0168887 A1; 2018/0168892 A1; 2018/0168876 A1; 2018/0168891 A1; 2019/0298586 A1; 2019/0070042 A1; 2018/0168878 A1; 2018/0168877 A1; 2018/0168880 A1; 2018/0170027 A1; 2018/0169964 A1; 2018/0168879 A1; 2018/0170026 A1; 2019/0070041 A1; 2021/0282797A1; and 2021/0275362 A1, which are all incorporated by reference. It is also to be appreciated theelastic materials 167 herein may be configured with identical or different colors in various different locations on the firstelastic belt 106 and/or the secondelastic belt 108. - In some configurations, the
elastic material 167 may be configured aselastic strands 168 disposed at a constant interval in the longitudinal direction. In other embodiments, theelastic strands 168 may be disposed at different intervals in the longitudinal direction. In some configurations, the Dtex values of theelastic strands 168 may be constant or varied along the longitudinal direction. In some configurations, theelastic material 167 in a stretched condition may be interposed and joined between uncontracted substrate layers. When theelastic material 167 is relaxed, theelastic material 167 returns to an unstretched condition and contracts the substrate layers. Theelastic material 167 may provide a desired variation of contraction force in the area of the ring-like elastic belt. It is to be appreciated that thechassis 102 and 106, 108 may be configured in different ways other than as depicted in attached Figures. It is also to be appreciated that theelastic belts elastic material 167 material may be joined to the substrates continuously or intermittently along the interface between theelastic material 167 material and the substrates. In some configurations, theelastic strands 168 may be in the form of extruded elastic strands, which may also be bonded with thefirst substrate 162 and/orsecond substrate 164 in a pre-corrugated configuration, such as disclosed for example in U.S. Pat. No. 5,681,302, which is incorporated by reference herein. - As discussed above for example with reference to
FIGS. 2A and 3 , theelastic material 167 discussed herein may be in the form ofelastic strands 168. In some configurations, theelastic strands 168 may be parallel with each other and/or with thelateral axis 126. It is to be appreciated that the firstelastic belt 106 and/or secondelastic belt 108 may be configured to include various quantities ofelastic strands 168. In some configurations,elastic strands 168 may be grouped in pairs. In some configurations, the firstelastic belt 106 and/or secondelastic belt 108 may comprise from about 100 to about 1500elastic strands 168. It is also to be appreciated thatelastic strands 168 herein may comprise various Dtex values, strand spacing values, and pre-strain values and suchelastic strands 168 may utilized with other elastic strands to create first and second 106, 108 comprisingelastic belts elastic strands 168 in various combinations of Dtex values, strand spacing values, and pre-strain values. For example, in some configurations, the Average-Dtex of one or moreelastic strands 168 may be greater than 500. In some configurations, the Average-Dtex of one or moreelastic strands 168 may be from about 10 to about 1500, specifically reciting all 1 Dtex increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In some configurations, a plurality ofelastic strands 168 may comprise an Average-Strand-Spacing of less than or equal to 4 mm. In some configurations, a plurality ofelastic strands 168 may comprise an Average-Strand-Spacing from about 0.25 mm to about 4 mm, specifically reciting all mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In some configurations, a plurality ofelastic strands 168 may comprise an Average-Strand-Spacing of greater than 4 mm. In some configurations, the Average-Pre-Strain of each of a plurality of elastic strands may be from about 50% to about 400%, specifically reciting all 1% increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In some configurations, theelastic strands 168 comprise an Average-Strand-Spacing from about 0.25 mm to about 4 mm and an Average-Dtex from about 10 to about 500. In some configurations, theelastic strands 168 may comprise an Average-Pre-Strain from about 75% to about 300%. - In some configurations, a first plurality of elastic strands may comprise a first Average-Pre-Strain from about 75% to about 300%, and a second plurality of elastic strands may comprise a second Average-Pre-Strain that is greater than first Average-Pre-Strain. In some configurations, a first plurality of elastic strands comprises an Average-Strand-Spacing from about 0.25 mm to about 4 mm and an Average-Dtex from about 10 to about 500; and a second plurality of elastic strands may comprise an Average-Strand-Spacing greater than about 4 mm and an Average-Dtex greater than about 450.
- In some configurations, such as shown in
FIG. 2A , theelastic strands 168 may be referred to herein as outer waist elastics 170 andinner waist elastics 172.Elastic strands 168, such as the outer waist elastics 170, may continuously extend laterally between the first and second opposing 106 a, 106 b of the firstend regions elastic belt 106 and between the first and second opposing 108 a, 108 b of the secondend regions elastic belt 108. Someelastic strands 168, such as the inner waist elastics 172, may be configured with discontinuities in areas, such as for example, where the first and second 106, 108 overlap portions of theelastic belts chassis 102, such as theabsorbent assembly 140. - As shown in
FIG. 2A , the firstelastic belt 106 and/or the secondelastic belt 108 may be configured with low-stretch zones 701 and high-stretch zones 703. The firstelastic belt 106 and/or the secondelastic belt 108 may include a first high-stretch zone 703 a and a second high-stretch zone 703 b separated laterally by a low-stretch zone 701. Portions of thechassis 102, such as thebacksheet 136 andabsorbent assembly 140, may be connected with the firstelastic belt 106 and/or the secondelastic belt 108 in the low-stretch zones 701 in thefirst waist region 116 and/or thesecond waist region 118. The high-stretch zones 703 are elasticated by theelastic material 167, such as the 168, 172; and the low-elastic strands stretch zones 701 may comprise cut lines separating theelastic material 167, such as the 168, 172. In some configurations, theelastic strands elastic material 167 may be cut in an unbonded region where the elastic material is not bonded withfirst substrate 162 and the second substrate 164L Thus, theelastic material 167 retracts from the unbonded region and form low-stretch zone 701. In some configurations, theelastic material 167 may be cut into several discrete pieces. In turn, the low-stretch zones 701 define regions of the firstelastic belt 106 and/or the secondelastic belt 108 that have relatively less elasticity than the high-stretch zones 703. The discreteelastic material 167 that has been cut and which are elastically contracted do not add any substantial amount of elastication to the low-stretch zone 701. As such, upon application of a force, the high-stretch zones 703 will elongate more than the low-stretch zones 701. As provided above, the terms “elastic,” “elastomer” or “elastomeric” refers to materials exhibiting elastic properties, which include any material that upon application of a force to its relaxed, initial length can stretch or elongate to an elongated length more than 10% greater than its initial length and will substantially recover back to about its initial length upon release of the applied force. In some configurations, the firstelastic belt 106 and/or the secondelastic belt 108 may be configured with high-stretch zones 703 that are elastic and may be configured with low-stretch zones 701 that are not elastic or “inelastic.” - As discussed above, the diaper pants 100P described with reference to
FIGS. 1-3C may include one or more frangible pathways in thefirst belt 106 and/or thesecond belt 108. For example,FIGS. 4A-5B show example diaper pants 100P with afirst belt 106 that includesfrangible pathways 700. Thefrangible pathways 700 may be configured to allow the firstelastic belt 106 to be relatively easily torn along thefrangible pathway 700, such as when removing thediaper pant 100P from a wearer.FIGS. 4B and 5B show view of the diaper pants 100P fromFIGS. 4A and 5A , respectively, illustrating that thefirst belt 106 after having been torn along thefrangible pathway 700 through both the outer longitudinal outer laterally extendingedge 107 a and the inner laterally extendingedge 107 b of thefirst belt 106. As such, the firstelastic belts 106 shown inFIGS. 4B and 5B are separated by opposing tear lines 705. It is to be appreciated the firstelastic belt 106 may torn along bothfrangible pathways 700 inFIGS. 4B and 5B . For example,FIG. 5C shows the diaper pant ofFIG. 5A showing the front belt having been torn along twofrangible pathways 700. As shown inFIG. 5C , thecentral region 106 c of the firstelastic belt 106 may remain bonded with thechassis 102 after separating the first and second opposing 106 a, 106 b from theend regions central region 106 c by tearing theelastic belt 106 along thefrangible pathways 700. - As discussed in more detail below, the
frangible pathways 700 comprise a plurality of lines ofweakness 704 configures such that allelastic strands 168 in the firstelastic belt 106 are severed at least once in thefrangible pathway 700. Severing theelastic strands 168 in thefrangible pathway 700 helps make it relatively easier to tear the firstelastic belt 106 along thefrangible pathway 700. For example, when theelastic strands 168 are severed, the first substrate 1_62 andsecond substrate 164 of the firstelastic belt 106 need only need to be torn without having to also tear uncutelastic strands 168. It is to be appreciated that thediaper pant 100P may include various quantities offrangible pathways 700 that may be: positioned in various locations; define various shapes; and extend for various lengths. For example, the firstelastic belt 106 may comprises a first belt length defined by a longitudinal distance between theproximal edge 107 b and thedistal edge 107 a, and thefrangible pathway 700 may extend for a total length from an outermost edge of a line ofweakness 704 nearest the proximal edge 107 h of thefirst belt 106 to an outermost edge of a line ofweakness 704 nearest thedistal edge 107 a of thefirst belt 106. In some configurations, thefrangible pathway 700 may extend for a total length that is greater than, equal to, or less than the first belt length. In some configurations, the lines ofweakness 704 may extend for a length from a first end to a second end, and a sum of the all the lengths of lines ofweakness 704 in thefrangible pathway 700 may be greater than the frangible pathway total length. - In some configurations, diaper pants 100P may be configured such that one or both of the first
elastic belt 106 and the secondelastic belt 108 include one or morefrangible pathways 700. Thefrangible pathways 700 may be positioned in various locations on the first and second 106, 108. For example, as shown inelastic belts FIGS. 4A and 4B ,frangible pathways 700 may be positioned laterally between the first and second side seams 178, 180 and thechassis 102. In another example, such as shown inFIGS. 5A-5C ,frangible pathways 700 may extend to overlap with thechassis 102. In some configurations, thefrangible pathways 700 may extend in straight lines and/or may be curved and/or have curved portions. In some configurations, thefrangible pathways 700 may extend longitudinally for the entire length or less than the entire length of thefirst belt 106 and/orsecond belt 108. - In some configurations, the
frangible pathways 700 may be configured and/or positioned to provide access to and: or function with other features, such as disposal features. For example, thediaper pant 100P shown inFIGS. 5A-5C includesfastener components 707 positioned on the wearing facing surface of the firstelastic belt 106. In some configurations, thefastener components 707 may be positioned between the firstelastic belt 106 and thechassis 102. Thefastener component 707 may be configured to refastenably connect with other portions of thediaper pant 100P, such as for example, the garment facing surfaces of the firstelastic belt 106, the secondelastic belt 108, or thechassis 102. As such, once the firstelastic belt 106 is torn along thefrangible pathways 700, thediaper pant 100P may be removed from a wearer and rolled or folded up for disposal, and thefastener component 707 may be connected with another portion of thediaper pant 100P to help maintain thediaper pant 100P in a disposal configuration. For example,FIG. 5C shows adiaper pant 100P after tearing the firstelastic belt 106 along two frangible pathways.FIG. 5D shows thediaper pant 100P of Figure SC with thechassis 102 being rolled up onto itself in a longitudinal direction. And Figure SE shows thediaper pant 100P ofFIG. 5D withfastener components 707 connected with thebacksheet 134 of thechassis 102 to maintain thediaper pant 100P in a disposal configuration. In some configurations, when tearing the elastic belt along thefrangible pathway 700, the tearing process may begin h tearing from theouter edge 107 a or theinner edge 107 b of theelastic belt 106. In some configurations, the firstelastic belt 106 may also include an opening, such as a slit located adjacent to or in the proximity of thefastener component 707 and the weakenedregion 700 to help facilitate starting to tear thefrangible pathway 700 in a region of theelastic belt 106 longitudinally between theouter edge 107 a and theinner edge 107 b. - It is also to be appreciated that the
fastener component 707 may be configured various ways, such as hooks, loops, and/or adhesive. For example, thefastener component 707 may comprise hook elements or adhesive adapted to refastenably connect with another surface of thediaper pant 100P. In some configurations, thefastener component 707 may comprise loop elements adapted to refastenably connect with hook surface on thediaper pant 100P. Thefastener component 707 may be a separate element connected with theelastic belt 106 in various ways, such as mechanical bonding, adhesive bonding, or both. In some configurations, thefastener component 707 may be integrally formed from materials of the 106, 108. In some configurations, theelastic belt fastener component 707 may be printed and/or comprise materials of various different colors such that thefastener component 707 may be visible from outside thediaper pant 100P. - As previously mentioned, the
fastener component 707 may comprise a hook material that can refastenably engage with substrates, such as nonwovens for example, on an exterior surface of thediaper pant 100P. For example, thefastener component 707 may comprise a substrate comprising hooks, with the substrate bonded to the 106, 108, such as theelastic belt second substrate 164, which may be in the form of a nonwoven. It is to be appreciated that the substrate may be bonded to the 106, 108 in various ways, such as for example, with mechanical bonds, thermal bonds, ultrasonic bonds, and/or adhesive bonds or combinations thereof. In some configurations, hooks may be integrally formed from theelastic belt second substrate 164, which may be in the form of a nonwoven. Thefastener component 707 may comprise one material or a combination of two or more materials arranged in at least partially overlapping configuration. In some configurations, thefastener component 707 may comprise other fastener types as known in the art. - It is to be appreciated that the
fastener component 707 may comprise any of a wide variety of shapes, including rectangles or other polygons, circles, ovals, shapes having exterior convexities or concavities or combinations thereof, or one or a plurality of lines or geometric shapes forming an array. It is to be appreciated that thefastener component 707 may comprise various sizes. For example, in some configurations, thefastener component 707 may have a lateral width of between about 5 mm and about 100 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In some configurations, thefastener component 707 may have a longitudinal length of between about 10 mm and about 100 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. Thefastener component 707 may be aligned parallel the 126 a, 126 b of thelateral centerline 106, 108 or may be oriented at an angle relative theelastic belt 126 a, 126 of thelongitudinal centerline 106, 108 of between 0 and 90 degrees. Theelastic belt fastener component 707 may comprise an array of two or more spaced-apart fastening elements. Thefastener component 707 may have a color that is visible through any layers of the 106, 108 on which theelastic belt fastener component 707 is located. The 106, 108 and/orelastic belt chassis 102 may include printing or other indicia highlighting to a caregiver the location, function, and/or usage of thefastener component 707. The bond, or bond pattern, attaching thefastener component 707 to the 106, 108 may be visually or tactilely distinct from the surrounding belt material in order to provide the caregiver a signal or a mechanical grip advantage.elastic belt - It is also to be appreciated that the frangible pathways may comprise lures of
weakness 704 that are: configured in various ways; positioned in various locations and orientations relative to each other; defined by various shapes; and extend for various lengths. For example, in some configurations, the lines ofweakness 704 comprise discrete cut lines that penetrate through some or all the layers of theelastic belt 106. In some configurations, the lines ofweakness 704 comprise discrete bonds wherein materials of the first substrate and the second substrate are fused together. In some configurations, the lines ofweakness 704 may be linear, curvilinear, or have a regular or irregular geometry and may comprise one or more of a perforation, a bond, an aperture, or a mechanically thinned region of a material such as a nonwoven, or a combination thereof. It is also to be appreciated that the lines ofweakness 704 can be formed with different lengths and spacings to achieve different separation forces. - It is to be appreciated that various apparatuses and methods according to the present disclosure may be utilized to assemble various components of
pre-fastened pant diapers 100 described herein. For example,FIG. 6 shows a schematic view of a convertingapparatus 300 adapted to manufacturepant diapers 100P withfrangible pathways 700. The method of operation of the convertingapparatus 300 may be described with reference to the various components ofpant diapers 100 described above and shown inFIGS. 1-5B . Although the following methods are provided in the context of thediaper 100 shown inFIGS. 1-5B , it is to be appreciated that various embodiments of diaper pants can be manufactured according to the methods disclosed herein, such as for example, the absorbent articles disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,569,039; U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2005/0107764 A1, 2012/0061016 A1, and 2012/0061015 A1, which are all hereby incorporated by reference herein. When assembling thediapers 100 shown inFIGS. 1-5B , the machine direction MD of the 106, 108 discussed below inelastic belts FIG. 6 may be parallel with the 126 a, 126 b of thelateral centerlines 106, 108.elastic belts - As described in more detail below, the converting
apparatus 300 shown inFIG. 6 may operate to provide and advance anelastic laminate 200 and form frangible pathways in theelastic laminate 200 as well as cut elastic strands that extend through the frangible pathways. The elastic laminate may also be slit and separated along the machine direction MD into lanes, such as for example, a firstelastomeric laminate 200 a and a secondelastomeric laminate 200 b. In addition, a continuous length ofchassis assemblies 102 a may be advanced and cut intodiscrete chassis 102. Thediscrete chassis 102 may be spaced apart from each other along the machine direction MD, and opposing waist regions of the spaced apartchassis 102 are then connected with the advancing first and second 200 a, 200 b. Edge portions of theelastic belt laminates first belt laminate 200 a may then be folded onto itself, and edge portions of thesecond belt laminate 200 b may then be folded inward and onto itself. Thechassis 102 may be folded to bring the first and second 200 a, 200 b into a facing relationship, and the first and secondelastic belt laminates 200 a, 200 b are bonded together. The first and secondelastic belt laminates 200 a, 200 b are then cut in the cross direction CD through bonded regions to createelastic laminates discrete pant diapers 100P, such as shown inFIGS. 1-5B . - As previously mentioned, the
apparatus 300 may include various apparatuses and utilize various methods to produceelastomeric laminates 200 according to the present disclosure that may be used to construct diaper components, such as 106, 108. For example, theelastic belts apparatus 300 shown inFIG. 6 may include a convertingapparatus 301 shown inFIGS. 7 and 8 that is adapted to manufactureelastomeric laminates 200. As described in more detail below, the convertingapparatus 301 shown inFIGS. 7 and 8 operates to advance a continuous length ofelastic material 202, a continuous length of afirst substrate 204, and a continuous length of asecond substrate 206 along a machine direction MD. It is also to be appreciated that in some configurations, the first substrate and 204, 206 herein may be defined by two discrete substrates or may be defined by folded portions of a single substrate. Thesecond substrate apparatus 300 stretches theelastic material 202 and joins the stretchedelastic material 202 with the first and 204, 206 to produce ansecond substrates elastomeric laminate 200. Although theelastic material 202 is illustrated and referred to herein asstrands 208, it is to be appreciated that in some configurations,elastic material 202 may include one or more continuous lengths of elastic strands, ribbons, and/or films. - It is to be appreciated that the methods and apparatuses herein may be adapted to operate with various types of absorbent article assembly processes, such as disclosed for example in U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2013/0255861 A1; 2013/0255862 A1; 2013/0255863 A1; 2013/0255864 A1; and 2013/0255865 A1, which are all incorporated by reference herein. For example, the
elastomeric laminates 200 may be used as a continuous length of elastomeric belt material that may be converted into the first and second 106, 108 discussed above with reference toelastic belts FIGS. 1-5B . As such, theelastic material 202 may correspond with the beltelastic material 168 interposed between theouter layer 162 and theinner layer 164, which in turn, may correspond with either the first and/or 204, 206. In other examples, thesecond substrates elastomeric laminates 200 may be used to construct waistbands and/or side panels in taped diaper configurations. - It is to be appreciated that
elastic laminate 200 may be assembled and/or supplied in various ways. For example,FIGS. 7 and 8 show an example of a convertingapparatus 301 for producing anelastomeric laminate 200 that may include afirst metering device 312 and asecond metering device 314. Thefirst metering device 312 may be configured as an elastic strand supply apparatus, such as one ormore unwinders 302 generically represented by a dash line rectangle, that may include one or more spools ofelastic strands 208. During operation, theelastic strands 208 advance in the machine direction MD from theunwinder 302 to thesecond metering device 314. In addition, theelastic strands 208 may be stretched along the machine direction MD while advancing between theunwinder 302 and thesecond metering device 314. The stretchedelastic strands 208 are also joined with thefirst substrate 204 and thesecond substrate 206 at thesecond metering device 314 to produce anelastomeric laminate 200. It is to be appreciated that theelastic strands 208 may advance along and/or around one or more guide rollers. It is also to be appreciated that theelastic strands 208 may be stretched along a continuous path while advancing in the machine direction MD or may be stretched in various steps that provide multiple increases in elongation while advancing in the machine direction MD. - As shown in
FIG. 7 , thesecond metering device 314 may include: afirst roller 316 having an outercircumferential surface 318 and rotates about a first axis ofrotation 320, and asecond roller 322 having an outercircumferential surface 324 and rotates about a second axis ofrotation 326. Thefirst roller 316 and thesecond roller 322 rotate in opposite directions, and thefirst roller 316 is adjacent thesecond roller 322 to define a nip 328 between thefirst roller 316 and thesecond roller 322. Thefirst roller 316 may rotate such that the outercircumferential surface 318 has a surface speed S1, and thesecond roller 322 may rotate such that the outercircumferential surface 324 has the same, or substantially the same, surface speed S1. - As shown in
FIG. 7 , thefirst substrate 204 includes afirst surface 210 and an opposingsecond surface 212, and thefirst substrate 204 advances to thefirst roller 316. In particular, thefirst substrate 204 advances at speed S1 to thefirst roller 316 where thefirst substrate 204 partially wraps around the outercircumferential surface 318 of thefirst roller 316 and advances through thenip 328. As such, thefirst surface 210 of thefirst substrate 204 travels in the same direction as and in contact with the outercircumferential surface 318 of thefirst roller 316. In addition, thesecond substrate 206 includes afirst surface 214 and an opposingsecond surface 216, and thesecond substrate 206 advances to thesecond roller 322. In particular, thesecond substrate 206 advances at speed S1 to thesecond roller 322 where thesecond substrate 206 partially wraps around the outercircumferential surface 324 of thesecond roller 322 and advances through thenip 328. As such, thesecond surface 216 of thesecond substrate 206 travels in the same direction as and in contact with the outercircumferential surface 324 of thesecond roller 322. It is to be appreciated that the first and/or 204, 206 may advance at various speeds S1. In some configurations, thesubstrates first substrate 204 and/or thesecond substrate 206 may advance at speed S1 from about 150 meters/minute to about 500 meters/minute, specifically reciting all 1 meter/minute increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. - In some configurations, the
elastic strands 208 may also be stretched in the machine direction MD and combined with thefirst substrate 204 and thesecond substrate 206 in the stretched state. For example, with continued reference toFIGS. 7 and 8 , theunwinder 302 may unwind or otherwise supply theelastic strands 208 advancing at a speed S2 in the machine direction MD to thenip 328. In some configurations, the speed S2 is less than the speed S1, and as such, theelastic strands 208 are stretched in the machine direction MD. In turn, the stretchedelastic strands 208 advance through thenip 328 between the first and 204, 206 such that thesecond substrates elastic strands 208 are joined with thesecond surface 212 of thefirst substrate 204 and thefirst surface 214 of thesecond substrate 206 to produce a continuous length ofelastomeric laminate 200. - As shown in
FIG. 8 , thefirst substrate 204 defines a width in the cross direction CD between opposing first and second 204 a, 204 b. And thelongitudinal edges second substrate 206 defines a width in the cross direction CD between opposing first and second 206 a, 206 b. As shown inlongitudinal edges FIG. 8 , the width of thefirst substrate 204 may be greater than the width of thesecond substrate 206. As such, a firstextended portion 204 c of thefirst substrate 204 may extend outward in the cross direction from thefirst edge 206 a of thesecond substrate 206 to thefirst edge 204 a of thefirst substrate 204, and a secondextended portion 204 d of thefirst substrate 204 may extend outward in the cross direction from thesecond edge 206 b of thesecond substrate 206 to thesecond edge 204 b of thefirst substrate 204. It is to be appreciated that in some embodiments, the width of thesecond substrate 206 may be the same as or greater than the width of thefirst substrate 204. - As previously mentioned, the
apparatus 301 may include an elastic strand supply apparatus, such as one or more unwinders 302, that supplies a plurality ofelastic strands 208. It is to be appreciated theunwinders 302 herein may be configured in various ways. For example, theunwinder 302 may be configured with individual spools with mandrel and/or surface driven unwinders, overend unwinders, and/or beam unwinders (also referred to as warp beams). Various types of unwinders are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,676,054; 7,878,447; 7,905,446; 9,156,648; 4,525,905; 5,060,881; and 5,775,380; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 17/189,476, filed on Mar. 2, 2021; and U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2004/0219854 A1; 2018/0168879 A1; and 2018/0170026 A1, all of which are incorporated by reference herein. Additional examples of elastics and associated handling equipment are available from Karl Mayer Corporation. It is to be appreciated that theapparatus 301 may be configured to assembleelastomeric laminates 200 withelastic strands 208 unwound from more than one unwinder 302 in combination with elastic strands supplied from the same and/or different types of elastic unwinder configurations. It is also to be appreciated that theelastic strands 208 may include various types of spin finish, also referred herein as yarn finish, configured as coating on theelastic strands 208 that may be intended to help prevent the elastic strands from adhering to themselves, each other, and/or downstream handling equipment. As such, the apparatus may also be configured to remove or partially remove the spin finish from the elastic strands, such as disclosed for example in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2018/0168877 A1, which is incorporated by reference herein. - As previously mentioned, the
apparatus 301 may include one ormore unwinders 302 that may supply various quantities of elastic strands. In some configurations, theunwinders 302 herein may include from 1 to about 3000 spools positioned thereon, and thus, may have from 1 to about 3000elastic strands 208 advancing therefrom, specifically reciting all 1 spool and strand increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In turn, theelastomeric laminates 200 herein may include from 1 to about 3000elastic strands 208 spaced apart from each other in the cross direction CD, specifically reciting all 1 elastic strand increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. - It is also to be appreciated that the apparatuses and processes may be configured such that
elastic strands 208 may be advanced from theunwinders 302 and directly to the assembly process without having to touch additional machine components, such as for example, guide rollers. It is also to be appreciated that in some configurations,elastic strands 208 may be advanced from theunwinders 302 and may be redirected and/or otherwise touched by and/or redirected by machine components, such as for example guide rollers, before advancing to the assembly process. - As shown in
FIGS. 7 and 8 , theelastic strands 208 may also advance through astrand guide 310 before being combined with thefirst substrate 204 and thesecond substrate 206. Thestrand guide 310 may space or separate neighboringelastic strands 208 from each other at a desired distance in a cross direction CD before being combined with thefirst substrate 204 and thesecond substrate 206. As shown inFIGS. 7 and 8 , the elastic strands may advance through astrand guide 310 positioned between theunwinder 302 and thenip 328. Thestrand guide 310 may operate to change and/or dictate and/or fix the cross directional CD separation distance between neighboringelastic strands 208 advancing into thenip 328 and in the assembledelastomeric laminate 200. It is to be appreciated that theelastic strands 208 may be separated from each other by various distances in the cross direction CD advancing into thenip 328 and in the assembledelastomeric laminate 200. In some configurations, neighboringelastic strands 208 may be separated from each other by about 0.5 mm to about 4 mm in the cross direction CD, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. It is to be appreciated that thestrand guide 310 may be configured in various ways. In some configurations, thestrand guide 310 may be configured as a comb that may comprise a plurality of tines or reeds. In turn, the advancingelastic strands 208 are separated and spaced apart from each other by the tines or reeds in the cross direction CD from each other. In some configurations, thestrand guide 310 may include a plurality of rollers that separate and space the elastic strands in the cross direction CD from each other. - It is to be appreciated that different components may be used to construct the
elastomeric laminates 200 in accordance with the methods and apparatuses herein. For example, the first and/or 204, 206 may include nonwovens and/or films. In addition, thesecond substrates elastic strands 208 may be configured in various ways and may have various decitex values. In some configurations, theelastic strands 208 may be configured with decitex values ranging from about decitex to about 1000 decitex, specifically reciting all 1 decitex increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. - As discussed above, it is to be appreciated that the
elastomeric laminates 200 assembled herein may include various quantities ofelastic strands 208 spaced apart from each other by various distances and may include various decitex values. For example, theelastomeric laminates 200 herein may have various elastic densities, wherein the elastic density may be defined as decitex per elastomeric laminate width. For example, someelastomeric laminates 200 may have an elastic density from about 30 decitex/mm to about 150 decitex/mm, specifically reciting all 1 decitex/mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In another example, theelastomeric laminates 200 herein may have various numbers of elastic strands arranged in the cross direction CD per meter of elastomeric laminate cross directional width. For example, someelastomeric laminates 200 may have from about 500 elastic strands/meter of elastomeric laminate width to about 2000 elastic strands/meter of elastomeric laminate width, specifically reciting all 1 elastic strand/meter increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. - As shown in
FIG. 7 , theapparatus 301 may include one or moreadhesive applicator devices 334 that may apply adhesive 218 to at least one of theelastic strands 208, thefirst substrate 204, and thesecond substrate 206 before being combined to form theelastomeric laminate 200. For example, thefirst substrate 204 may advance past an adhesive applicator device 334 a that applies adhesive 218 to thesecond surface 212 of thefirst substrate 204 before advancing to thenip 328. It is to be appreciated that the adhesive 218 may be applied to thefirst substrate 204 upstream of thefirst roller 316 and/or while thefirst substrate 204 is partially wrapped around the outercircumferential surface 318 of thefirst roller 316. In another example, thesecond substrate 206 may advance past anadhesive applicator device 334 b that applies adhesive 218 to thefirst surface 214 of thesecond substrate 206 before advancing to thenip 328. It is to be appreciated that the adhesive 218 may be applied to thesecond substrate 206 upstream of thesecond roller 322 and/or while thesecond substrate 206 is partially wrapped around the outercircumferential surface 324 of thesecond roller 324. In another example, anadhesive applicator device 334 c may be configured to apply adhesive 218 to theelastic strands 208 before and/or while being joined withfirst substrate 204 andsecond substrate 206. - It is to be appreciated that the adhesive applicator devices herein 334 be configured in various ways, such as for example, spray nozzles and/or slot coating devices. In some configurations, the
adhesive applicator devices 334 may be configured in accordance with the apparatuses and/or methods disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,186,296; 9,265,672; 9,248,054; and 9,295,590 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2014/0148773 A1, all of which are incorporated by reference herein. - It is to be appreciated that the
elastic strands 208 may be joined to thefirst substrate 204 and/or thesecond substrate 206 continuously or intermittently along the interface between theelastic strands 208 material and the 204, 206. Thus, thesubstrates elastic laminate 200 may include non-bonded regions intermittently spaced between bonded regions along the machine direction MD, wherein theelastic strands 208 are not bonded to either thefirst substrate 204 or thesecond substrate 206 in the non-bonded regions. As such, theelastic strands 208 may be severed in the non-bonded regions in a subsequent process step and thus, for example, may form low-stretch zones 701 mentioned above. - In some configurations, adhesive 334 may be applied intermittently on the
first substrate 204, thesecond substrate 206, and/or theelastic strands 208 to create intermittent bonds along the lengths of theelastic strands 208 between thefirst substrate 204 and/or thesecond substrate 206. It is to be appreciated that intermittent application of adhesive 334 may be created with spray nozzles and/or slot coat devices that apply intermittent patterns ofadhesive 334. In some configurations, adhesive 334 may be applied intermittently along the length of the advancingelastic strands 208 to create intermittent bonds along the lengths of theelastic strands 208 between thefirst substrate 204 and/or thesecond substrate 206. In some configurations, slot coat devices may be configured to continuously apply adhesive 334 at relatively low basis weights onto thefirst substrate 204 and/or thesecond substrate 206, wherein the relatively low basis weights of adhesive results in the creation of intermittent bonding between thefirst substrate 204 and/or thesecond substrate 206 along the lengths of theelastic strands 208. In some configurations, slot coat devices may be configured to continuously apply adhesive 334 at relatively high basis weights onto thefirst substrate 204 and/or thesecond substrate 206, wherein the relatively high basis weights of adhesive results in the creation of continuous bonding between thefirst substrate 204 and/or thesecond substrate 206 along the lengths of theelastic strands 208. In some configurations, adhesive 334 may be applied continuously along the length of the advancingelastic strands 208 to create continuous bonds along the lengths of theelastic strands 208 between thefirst substrate 204 and/or thesecond substrate 206. - In some configurations, the
apparatus 301 may include a mechanical bonding device that applies the mechanical bonds to theelastomeric laminate 200, such as for example, bonds that may be applied with heat, pressure, and/or ultrasonic devices. Examples of ultrasonic bonding devices, which may include linear or rotary type configurations, are disclosed for example in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,113,225; 3,562,041; 3,733,238; 5,110,403; 6,036,796; 6,508,641; and 6,645,330. In some configurations, the ultrasonic bonding device may be configured as a linear oscillating type sonotrode, such as for example, available from Herrmann Ultrasonic, Inc. Additional examples of mechanical bonding devices and methods are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,854,984; 6,291,039; 6,248,195; 8,778,127; and 9,005,392; and U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2014/0377513 A1; and 2014/0377506 A1, all of which are incorporated by reference herein. It is to be appreciated that the mechanical bonding device may apply mechanical bonds to the elastomeric laminate at or downstream of thenip 328. The mechanical bonding device may apply bonds that bond thefirst substrate 204, thesecond substrate 206, and/orelastic strands 208 together and/or may act to trap or immobilize discrete lengths of the contractedelastic strands 208 in theelastomeric laminate 200. It is also to be appreciated that the apparatuses herein may include one of, some of, or all of 334 a, 334 b, 334 c and mechanical bonding device mentioned herein.adhesive applicator devices - It is also to be appreciated that the
elastic strands 208 may be bonded with thefirst substrate 204 and/orsecond substrate 206 with various methods and apparatuses to create various elastomeric laminates, such as described in U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2018/0168878 A1; 2018/0168877 A1; 2018/0168880 A1; 2018/0170027 A1; 2018/0169964 A1; 2018/0168879 A1; 2018/0170026 A1; 2018/0168889 A1; 2018/0168874 A1; 2018/0168875 A1; 2018/0168890 A1; 2018/0168887 A1; 2018/0168892 A1; 2018/0168876 A1; 2018/0168891 A1; 2019/0070042 A1; and 2019/0070041 A1 and combinations thereof, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. - It is to be appreciated that the
apparatuses 301 herein may be configured in various ways with various features described herein to assembleelastomeric laminates 200 having various stretch characteristics. For example, when theelastomeric laminate 200 is elongated, someelastic strands 208 may exert contraction forces in the machine direction MD that are different from contraction forces exerted by otherelastic strands 208. Such differential stretch characteristics can be achieved by stretching someelastic strands 208 more or less than otherelastic strands 208 before joining the elastic strands with the first and 204, 206. As discussed above, the spools ofsecond substrates elastic strands 208 may be unwound from one ormore unwinders 302 at different speeds from each other, and as such, theelastic strands 208 may be stretched more or less than each when combined with the first and second substrates. For example, as previously discussed, thefirst substrate 204 and thesecond substrate 206 may each advance at a speed S1. In some configurations, someelastic strands 208 may advance at speed S2 that is less than the speed S1 are also different from the advancement speeds of other elastic strands. As such, someelastic strands 208 are stretched by different amounts in the machine direction MD when combined with the first and 204, 206.second substrates - As discussed herein, the
elastic strands 208 may be pre-strained prior to joining theelastic strands 208 to the first or second substrate layers 204, 206. In some configurations, theelastic strands 208 may be pre-strained from about 75% to about 300%, specifically reciting all 1% increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In some configurations, theelastic strands 208 may be pre-strained from about 80% to about 250%, specifically reciting all 1% increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. Pre-strain refers to the strain imposed on an elastic or elastomeric material prior to combining it with another element of the elastomeric laminate or the absorbent article. Pre-strain is determined by the following equation: Pre-strain=((extended length of the elastic-relaxed length of the elastic)/relaxed length of the elastic)*100. - It is also to be appreciated that the
elastic strands 208 may have various different material constructions and/or decitex values to createelastomeric laminates 200 having different stretch characteristics in different regions. In some configurations, the spools ofelastic strands 208 having different decitex values may be positioned on and advanced from one or more unwinders 302. In some configurations, theelastomeric laminate 200 may have regions where theelastic strands 208 are spaced relatively close to one another in the cross direction CD and other regions where theelastic strands 208 are spaced relatively far apart from each other in the cross direction CD to create different stretch characteristics in different regions. In some configurations, theelastic strands 208 may be supplied on the spool in a stretched state, and as such, may not require additional stretching (or may require relatively less additional stretching) before being combined with thefirst substrate 204 and/or thesecond substrate 206. In some configurations, differential stretch characteristics in anelastomeric laminate 200 may be created by bonding another substrate and/or elastomeric laminate and/or an elastic film to a particular region of an elastomeric laminate. In some configurations, differential stretch characteristics in anelastomeric laminate 200 may be created by folding a portion of an elastomeric laminate onto itself in a particular region of the elastomeric laminate. - In some configurations, the
elastic strands 208 may be joined with the first and 204, 206 such that thesecond substrates elastomeric laminate 200 may have different stretch characteristics in different regions along the cross direction CD, such as disclosed in U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2006/0094319 A1; 2006/0032578 A1; 2018/0168878 A1; 2018/0168877 A1; 2018/0168880 A1; 2018/0170027 A1; 2018/0169964 A1; 2018/0168879 A1; 20180170026 A1; 2018/0168889 A1; 2018/0168874 A1; 2018/0168875 A1; 2018/0168890 A1; 2018/0168887 A1; 2018/0168892 A1; 2018/0168876 A1; 2018/0168891 A1; 2019/0070042 A1; and 2019/0070041 A1, which are all incorporated by reference herein. In some configurations, theelastomeric laminate 200 may include different tension zones that may help make some web handling operations less cumbersome, such as disclosed in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2002/0009940 A1, which is incorporated by reference herein. - Referring again to
FIG. 6 , theelastic laminate 200 may advance in the machine direction MD to acutting device 500 adapted to formfrangible pathways 700 in theelastic laminate 200. As shown inFIGS. 9 and 10 , thecutting device 500 may include aknife roll 502 positioned adjacent ananvil roll 504 to define a nip 506 therebetween. Theknife roll 502 may include an outercircumferential surface 508 andblades 510 extending radially outward toblade edges 604 and adapted to rotate about anaxis 514 in a first direction Dir1. Theanvil roll 504 may include an outercircumferential surface 516 adapted to rotate about anaxis 518 in a second direction Dir2 opposite the first direction Dir1. As theelastic laminate 200 advances through thenip 506 between theknife roll 502 and theanvil roll 504, theblades 510 operate to formfrangible pathways 700 in theelastic laminate 200. As discussed in more detail below, the blade edges 604 act on theelastic laminate 200 to create discrete lines ofweakness 704 that define eachfrangible pathway 700. When forming the lines ofweakness 704, the blade edges 604 may also cutelastic strands 208 that extend through the lines ofweakness 704. As discussed in more detail below, theblades 510 may be configured such that allelastic strands 208 extending through thefrangible pathway 700 are cut at the lines ofweakness 704 such that some of the elastic strands are cut only once and such that some of the elastic strands are cut more than once. - It is to be appreciated that the
cutting device 500 may configured in various ways with various different blade configurations adapted to form different configurations offrangible pathways 700, For example,FIG. 10A illustrates another configuration of thecutting device 500 adapted to formfrangible pathways 700 in theelastic laminate 200. - In some configurations, the
cutting device 500 may further be adapted to cutelastic strands 208 to create zones of reduced elasticity in theelastic laminate 200, which may be also referred to as tummy elastic cutting. For example, regions of theelastic strands 208 may be intermittently deactivated along the length of theelastic laminate 200 by cutting theelastic strands 208 to create low-stretch zones 701 in intermittently spaced along the machine direction between high-stretch zones 703, such as discussed above with reference toFIG. 2A . In turn,chassis 102 may be subsequently connected with the first and/or second 200 a, 200 b so as to overlap the low-elastic laminates stretch zones 701. As shown inFIGS. 9 and 10 , theknife roll 502 may includeblades 511 adapted to cutelastic strands 208 to form the low-stretch zones 701. For example, theblades 511 may cutelastic strands 208 in unbonded regions where lengths of theelastic strands 208 are not bonded with thefirst substrate 204 and thesecond substrate 206. Tummy cutregions 709 where theblades 511 contact theelastic laminate 200 are illustrated generically as cross-hatched areas inFIG. 10 . As such, the severedelastic strands 208 may retract from the unbonded regions to form low-stretch zones 701. In some configurations, theblades 511 may cutelastic strands 208 into several pieces along the machine direction MD to form low-stretch zones 701, such as disclosed for example in U.S. Patent Application No. 63/281,113, filed on Nov. 19, 2021, which is incorporated herein by reference. Thecutting device 500 may be configured with various aspects of the cutting devices and blades disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,440,043; 10,759,153; and and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2020/0180182 A1, which are incorporated by reference herein. As opposed to or in addition to blades, it is to be appreciated that thecutting device 500 may be configured to perform cutting operations in various ways, such as with lasers or ultrasonics, for example as disclosed in U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2016/0354254 A1; 2016/0128874 A1; 2017/0266941 A1; 2017/0266057 A1; and 2017/0266056 A1, which are all incorporated by reference herein. It is to be appreciated that theapparatus 300 may be configured to include an additional cutting device that is separate from thecutting device 500 to perform tummy cutting operations. - In some configurations, the
apparatus 300 such as shown inFIG. 6 may be configured to assembleelastomeric laminates 200 that may be cut along the machine direction MD to define separate lanes of elastic of individualelastomeric laminates 200. For example, as shown inFIGS. 6, 9, and 10 , the continuouselastomeric laminate 200 may advance to aslitting device 350, wherein theelastomeric laminate 200 is slit and separated along the machine direction MD into lanes, such as for example, a first continuouselastomeric laminate 200 a and a second continuouselastomeric laminate 200 b. It is to be appreciated that theelastomeric laminate 200 may be slit with a shear slitting operation or a crush slit operation. In a crush slit operation, thefirst substrate 204 and thesecond substrate 206 may be bonded together during the slitting operation. - With continued reference to
FIG. 10 , theslitting device 350 may be configured to cut theelastic laminate 200 in the machine direction MD through thelow stretch zones 701 to create a first low-stretch zones 701 a and second low-stretch zones 701 b. It is to be appreciated that the firstelastic laminate 200 a may correspond with the firstelastic belt 106 and the secondelastic laminate 200 b may correspond with the secondelastic belt 108 described above. As discussed in more detail below, when assemblingdiaper pants 100P, theelastic laminate 200 may be converted into a first elastic belt laminate 200 a and/or a secondelastic belt laminate 200 b. The first elastic belt laminate 200 a and the secondelastic belt laminate 200 b may be separated from each other in the cross direction CD. In turn, opposing end regions ofchassis 102 may be connected with the low-stretch zones 701 a in the first elastic belt laminate 200 a and/orlow stretch zones 701 b in the secondelastic belt laminate 200 b. During subsequent assembly operations, thechassis 102 may be folded so as to position the first elastic belt laminate 200 a into a facing relationship with the secondelastic belt laminate 200 b. The overlapping 200 a, 200 b may be bonded together, and subsequently, discrete diaper pants 100P may be formed by separating the first and second belt laminates 200 a, 200 b into first andbelt laminates 106, 108 by cutting along the cross direction CD through bonded regions of the first and second belt laminates 200 a, 200 b. As such, the bonded regions may be divided to define the first and second side seams 178, 180, respectively.second belts - From the
slitting device 350, the first and second 200 a, 200 b may advance through aelastic laminates diverter 352 that separates the first and second 200 a, 200 b from each other in the cross direction CD. It is to be appreciated that theelastic laminates diverter 352 may be configured in various ways. For example, in some embodiments, thediverter 352 may include turn bars angled at 45 degrees or some other angle with respect to the machine direction MD. In some embodiments, the diverter may include cambered rollers. In some embodiments, thediverter 352 may include a pivot or tracking table, such as for example, the FIFE-500 Web Guiding System, by Maxcess-FIFE Corporation, which can adjust the positions of the first and second 200 a, 200 b in the cross direction CD. Other suitable pivot or tracking tables are available from Erhardt & Leimer, Inc. The diverter may also include instrumentation and web edge control features that allow for precise active control of the substrate positions.elastic laminates - It is to be appreciated that the
apparatus 300 may be configured in various ways and to conduct more or less converting operations and/or in various different orders of execution. For example, the first and second 200 a, 200 b may be formed by separate continuous lengths of material similar to the description above, and as such would not require a slitting step and/or a diverting step. In some configurations, theelastic laminates elastic laminate 200 may advance first to theslitting device 350, and the first and second 200 a, 200 b may then advance to theelastic laminates cutting device 500. - With reference to
FIGS. 6 and 6A , the firstelastic laminate 200 a includes an outerlongitudinal edge 200 aa and an innerlongitudinal edge 200 ab that may define a substantially constant width, W1, in the cross direction CD. The secondelastic laminate 200 b includes an outerlongitudinal edge 200 ba and an innerlongitudinal edge 200 bb that may define a substantially constant width, W2, in the cross direction CD. In some configurations, W1 and W2 may be equal or not equal. For example, in some configurations, W2 may be greater than W1. The firstelastic laminate 200 a is separated in the cross direction CD from the secondelastic laminate 200 b to define a gap between the innerlongitudinal edge 200 ab of the firstelastic laminate 200 a and the innerlongitudinal edge 200 bb of the secondelastic laminate 200 b. It is to be appreciated that the firstelastic laminate 200 a may correspond with and may be converted into the firstelastic belt 106 of an assembleddiaper pant 100P, and the secondelastic laminate 200 b may correspond with and may be converted into the firstelastic belt 108 of an assembleddiaper pant 100P. As such, the innerlongitudinal edge 200 ab of the firstelastic laminate 200 a may correspond with the inner laterally extendingedge 107 b of the firstelastic belt 106, and the innerlongitudinal edge 200 bb of the secondelastic laminate 200 b may correspond with the inner laterally extendingedge 109 b of the secondelastic belt 108. As discussed in more detail below, the first and second 200 a, 200 b advance from theelastic laminates diverter 352 and are combined withdiscrete chassis 102. - Referring now to
FIGS. 6 and 6B , a continuous length ofchassis assemblies 102 a are advanced in a machine direction MD and define a width in a cross direction CD. The continuous length ofchassis assemblies 102 a may include:absorbent assemblies 140 sandwiched betweentopsheet material 138 andbacksheet material 136; leg elastics; barrier leg cuffs; and the like. - As shown in
FIGS. 6, 6B , and 6C1, the continuous length ofchassis assemblies 102 a may advance to acutting apparatus 354 and may be cut intodiscrete chassis 102. In turn, thediscrete chassis 102 are combined with the firstelastic laminate 200 a and the secondelastic laminate 200 b. In some configurations, thediscrete chassis 102 advance from thecutting apparatus 354 to acarrier apparatus 356, generically represented inFIG. 6 by a dashed bracket. Thecarrier apparatus 356 may operate to change the orientation and/or advancement speed of thechassis 102 and combine thechassis 102 with the advancing firstelastic laminate 200 a and the secondelastic laminate 200 b, which may also be referred to herein as chassis-belt combing operations. It is to be appreciated that various forms ofcarrier apparatuses 356 may be used with the methods herein, such as for example, the carrier apparatuses disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,587,966 and U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2013/0270065 A1; 2013/0270069 A1; 2013/0270066 A1; and 2013/0270067 A1. In some embodiments, thecarrier apparatus 356 may rotate at a variable angular velocity that may be changed or adjusted by a controller in order to change the relative placement of thechassis 102 and the advancing 200 a, 200 b.belt laminates - In an example operation shown in
FIGS. 6 and 6C1, after the discreteabsorbent chassis 102 are cut by thecutting apparatus 354, thecarrier apparatus 356 advances thediscrete chassis 102 in the machine direction MD in the orientation shown in FIG. 6C1. Thecarrier apparatus 356 also changes the orientation of the advancingchassis 102. In changing the chassis orientation, thecarrier apparatus 356 may turn eachchassis 102 such that thelateral axis 126 of thechassis 102 is parallel or generally parallel with the machine direction MD, such as shown in FIG. 6C2. Thecarrier apparatus 356 may also change the speed at which thechassis 102 advances in the machine direction MD to a different speed. FIG. 6C2 shows the orientation of thechassis 102 on the carrier apparatus 308 while advancing in the machine direction MD. More particularly, FIG. 6C2 shows thechassis 102 with thelateral axis 126 of thechassis 102 generally parallel with the machine direction MD. As shown inFIG. 6 , adhesive 358 may be intermittently applied to the first and second belt laminates 200 a, 200 b before combining with thediscrete chassis 102 from thecarrier apparatus 356. It is to be appreciated that adhesive 358 may comprise one or more adhesives that may be applied by one or more adhesive applicators. - As discussed below with reference to
FIGS. 6 , 6D1, 6D2, 6E, and 6F, thediscrete chassis 102 are transferred from thecarrier apparatus 356 and combined with advancing, continuous lengths of 200 a, 200 b, which are subsequently cut to form first and secondbelt laminates 106, 108 onelastic belts diapers 100. - As shown in
FIGS. 6 , 6D1, and 6D2, thechassis 102 are transferred from thecarrier apparatus 356 and combined with continuous lengths of advancing firstelastic laminate 200 a and secondelastic laminate 200 b. Thechassis 102 are spaced apart from each other along the machine direction MD. Thefirst waist region 116 of thechassis 102 may be bonded with thesecond substrate 208 of the firstelastic laminate 200 a, and thesecond waist region 118 of thechassis 102 may be bonded with thesecond substrate 208 of the secondelastic laminate 200 b. As previously mentioned, the firstelastic laminate 200 a may correspond with and may be converted into the firstelastic belt 106 of an assembleddiaper pant 100P, and the secondelastic laminate 200 b may correspond with and may be converted into the firstelastic belt 108 of an assembleddiaper pant 100P. As such, thefirst substrate 204 of the firstelastic laminate 200 a and the secondelastic laminate 200 b may correspond with thefirst substrate 162 on the firstelastic belt 106 and the secondelastic belt 108, respectively. And thesecond substrate 206 of the firstelastic laminate 200 a and the secondelastic laminate 200 b may correspond with thesecond substrate 164 on the firstelastic belt 106 and the secondelastic belt 108, respectively. - As shown in
FIG. 6 , the combinedchassis 102,first belt laminate 200 a, andsecond belt laminate 200 b advance to anedge transformation apparatus 360. In some configurations, theedge transformation apparatus 360 may be configured as a folding apparatus that operates to fold the first and/or second belt laminates 200 a, 200 b in the cross direction CD along fold lines that extend along the machine direction MD, which may also be referred to herein as waist edge folding operations. For example, as shown in FIGS. 6D1 and 6D2, theedge transformation apparatus 360 operates to fold thefirst substrate 204 on the firstelastic laminate 200 a longitudinally to position thesecond surface 212 of the firstextended portion 204 c of thefirst substrate 204 in a facing relationship with thefirst surface 214 of thesecond substrate 206. Theedge transformation apparatus 360 also operates to fold thefirst substrate 204 on the secondelastic laminate 200 b longitudinally to position thesecond surface 212 of the secondextended portion 204 d of thefirst substrate 204 in a facing relationship with thefirst surface 214 of thesecond substrate 206. - As such, the
edge transformation apparatus 360 creates a fold line 204 h in thefirst belt laminate 200 a that extends in the machine direction MD. Theedge transformation apparatus 360 also creates a fold line 204 h in thesecond belt laminate 200 b that extends in the machine direction MD. In turn, the fold line 204 h in the firstelastic laminate 200 a may correspond with thefold line 162 h that defines an outerlongitudinal edge 107 a of the firstelastic belt 106 in an assembleddiaper pant 100P, and the fold line 204 h in the secondelastic laminate 200 b may correspond with thefold line 162 h that defines an outerlongitudinal edge 109 a of the secondelastic belt 108 in an assembleddiaper pant 100P as discussed above with reference toFIGS. 3A and 3B . - As shown in FIG. 6D2, the
edge transformation apparatus 360 forms a foldedportion 204 g in thefirst belt laminate 200 a that extends between the first outerlongitudinal edge 204 a of thefirst substrate 204 and thefold line 200 h. And theedge transformation apparatus 360 forms a foldedportion 204 g in thesecond belt laminate 200 b that extends between the secondlongitudinal edge 204 b of thefirst substrate 204 and thefold line 200 h. As shown in FIG. 6D2, the foldedportions 204 g of the first and second 200 a, 200 b are folded so as to overlap the first and/or second laterally extendingelastic laminates 144, 146 and topsheet 138 of eachend edges chassis 102. In turn, the foldedportions 204 g in the firstelastic laminate 200 a may correspond with the foldedportion 162 g of the firstelastic belt 106 in an assembleddiaper pant 100P, and thefold portion 204 g in the secondelastic laminate 200 b may correspond with the foldedportion 162 g of the secondelastic belt 108 in an assembleddiaper pant 100P as discussed above with reference toFIGS. 3A and 3B . It is to be appreciated that the foldedportions 204 g, the opposing end regions of thetopsheets 138, and thefirst surface 214 of thesecond substrate 206 may be bonded together in various ways, such as with adhesive and/or mechanical bonds. - Referring back to
FIGS. 6 , 6D1, and 6D2 a continuous length ofabsorbent articles 100 a are defined by multiplediscrete chassis 102 spaced from each other along the machine direction MD and connected with each other by thesecond belt laminate 200 b and thefirst belt laminate 200 a. As shown inFIG. 6 , the continuous length ofabsorbent articles 100 a may advance from theedge transformation apparatus 360 to afolding apparatus 362. At thefolding apparatus 362, eachchassis 102 is folded in the cross direction CD parallel to or along alateral axis 126 to place thefirst waist region 116, and specifically, the inner,body facing surface 132 into a facing, surface to surface orientation with the inner,body surface 132 of thesecond waist region 118. The folding of the chassis also positions thesecond belt laminate 200 b extending between eachchassis 102 in a facing relationship with thefirst belt laminate 200 a extending between eachchassis 102. It is to be appreciated that thefolding apparatus 364 may be configured in various ways, such as disclosed for example in U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2013/0203580 A1 and 2017/0304124 A1, which are incorporated by reference herein. - As shown in
FIGS. 6 and 6E , the foldeddiscrete chassis 102 connected with the first and second belt laminates 200 a, 200 b may advance from thefolding apparatus 362 to abonder apparatus 364. Thebonder apparatus 364 operates to form bondedregions 250 spaced intermittently along the machine direction that bond first and second 200 a, 200 b together, which may also be referred to herein as side seaming operations. It is to be appreciated that theelastic laminates bonder apparatus 364 may be configured in various ways to create bonded regions in various ways, such as for example with heat, adhesives, pressure, and/or ultrasonics. It is also to be appreciated that in some embodiments, theapparatus 300 may also be configured to refastenably bond the first and second 200 a, 200 b together in addition to or as opposed to permanently bonding. Thus, the bondedelastic laminates regions 250 may be configured to be refastenable, such as with hooks and loops. - Referring now to
FIGS. 6 and 6F , the continuous length ofabsorbent articles 100 a are advanced from thebonder 364 to acutting apparatus 366 where thefirst belt laminate 200 a and thesecond belt laminate 200 b are cut along the cross direction CD through the bondedregions 250 to create discreteabsorbent articles 100 with first and second bonded 250 a, 250 b, which may also be referred to herein as final knife cutting operations. As shown inregions FIG. 6F , thefirst belt laminate 200 a and thesecond belt laminate 200 b are cut into discrete pieces to form the first and second 106, 108, each having a pitch length, PL, extending along the machine direction MD. As such, bondedelastic belts region 250 a may correspond with and form afirst side seam 178 on anabsorbent article 100, and the bondedregion 250 b may correspond with and form asecond side seam 180 on a subsequently advancing absorbent article. In addition, the assembledabsorbent articles 100P may also includefrangible pathways 700 in the firstelastic belt 106 and/or the secondelastic belt 108, such as discussed above with reference toFIGS. 4A-5B . - As discussed above with reference to
FIGS. 6, 9, and 10 and as discussed below with reference toFIGS. 11A-12B , thecutting device 500 may formfrangible pathways 700 in various ways and in various shapes and may be positioned in various locations on the firstelastic laminate 200 a and/or the secondelastic laminate 200 b relative to other features and/or elements formed in other process operations, such as for example: chassis-belt combining operations; waist edge folding operations; side seaming operations; and final knife cutting operations. -
FIG. 11A shows an example of first and second 700 a, 700 b that may be formed on the firstfrangible pathways elastic substrate 200 a by thecutting device 500 discussed above with reference toFIGS. 9 and 10 . Thefrangible pathways 700 inFIG. 11A extend in cross direction CD from the innerlongitudinal edge 200 ab of the firstelastic laminate 200 a to the outerlongitudinal edge 200 aa. Thefrangible pathways 700 herein may each include one or more regions 7000 (such as 7001, 7002, . . . , 700 n) comprising different types, quantities, sizes, and/or orientations of lines ofweakness 704. For example, the 700 a, 700 b may each include afrangible pathways first region 7001 extending in the cross direction CD from adjacent the innerlongitudinal edge 200 ab of the firstelastic laminate 200 a to asecond region 7002. As shown inFIG. 11A , thesecond region 7002 comprises a greater length than thefirst region 7001 extending in the machine direction MD. As such, the frangible pathway may transition from the first region to the second region where the machine direction length increases in the machine direction MD. Thesecond region 7002 may extend in the cross direction CD from thefirst region 7001 and transition to thethird region 7003 adjacent the firstlongitudinal edge 206 a of thesecond substrate 206. And thethird region 7003 may extend in the cross direction CD from thesecond region 7002 to adjacent the first outerlongitudinal edge 204 a of thefirst substrate 204. As such, thethird region 7003 may extend from adjacent the firstlongitudinal edge 206 a of thesecond substrate 206 across theextended portion 204 c of thefirst substrate 204 to adjacent the first outerlongitudinal edge 204 a of thefirst substrate 204. - It is to be appreciated that the
first region 7001, thesecond region 7002, and thethird region 7003 may define different shapes; different lengths along the machine direction MD; and/or define different widths along the cross direction CD. In addition, thefirst region 7001, thesecond region 7002, and thethird region 7003 may be oriented in various different ways relative to the machine direction MD and/or cross direction CD. For example, as discussed above, thefrangible pathway 700 comprises a plurality of lines ofweakness 704. As shown inFIG. 11A , the lines ofweakness 704 in thethird region 7003 may be sized, shaped, oriented, arranged, and/or positioned to define a pattern that mirrors a pattern of the lines ofweakness 704 in thesecond region 7002 about a reference line extending in the machine direction MD, such as for example, with respect to the firstlongitudinal edge 206 a of thesecond substrate 206. As such, when the firstelastic laminate 200 a is subjected to waist edge folding operations, such as discussed above with reference to FIGS. 6D1 and 6D2, when theextended portion 204 c is folded along thefold line 200 h, the lines ofweakness 704 in thethird region 7003 may overlap and may align with the lines ofweakness 704 in thesecond region 7002, such as shown inFIG. 11B . - As discussed above,
frangible pathways 700 may be positioned in various locations on the firstelastic laminate 200 a and/or the secondelastic laminate 200 b relative to other features and/or elements formed in other process operations, such as for example: chassis-belt combining operations; waist edge folding operations; side seaming operations; and final knife cutting operations. For example,FIG. 11C illustrates an example of a bondedregion 250 formed during side seaming operations with abonder apparatus 364, such as described above with reference toFIGS. 6 and 6E . As shown inFIG. 11C , the bondedregion 250 may be positioned between the firstfrangible pathway 700 a and the secondfrangible pathway 700 b. Thus, as shown inFIG. 11D , the firstfrangible pathway 700 a may be adjacent afirst side seam 178 of an assembleddiaper pant 100P and the secondfrangible pathway 700 b may be adjacent asecond side seam 180 of another assembleddiaper pant 100P subsequent to the final knife cutting operations discussed above with reference toFIGS. 6 and 6G . - As discussed above, the
frangible pathways 700 may include lines ofweakness 704 that may be sized, shaped, oriented, arranged, and/or positioned in various different ways and/or so as to define various patterns.FIGS. 12A and 12B show detailed views of lines ofweakness 704 of a portion of afrangible pathway 700 such as discussed above, for example, in thefirst belt 106 and the second belt of thepant diaper 100P illustrated inFIGS. 11A-11D . As shown inFIGS. 12A and 12B, the lines ofweakness 704 in thefrangible pathway 700 cut and separate the elastic strands 208 (168) at least once. The lines ofweakness 704 in thefrangible pathway 700 may also cut and separate the elastic strands intodiscrete pieces 706. For the purposes of clarity, the elastic strands 208 (168) and thediscrete pieces 706 of elastic strands 208 (168) are not shown inFIG. 12A . The lines ofweakness 704 are faded inFIG. 12B to accentuate the visibility of the elastic strands 208 (168) and thediscrete pieces 706 of elastic strands 208 (168). In some configurations, the lines ofweakness 704 penetrate through the elastic strands 208 (168), thefirst substrate 204, and thesecond substrate 164. In some configurations, the lines ofweakness 704 may penetrate through the elastic strands 208 (168) and only one of the first substrate 204 (162) and the second substrate 206 (164). In some configurations, the lines ofweakness 704 may penetrate through the elastic strands 208 (168) bond the first substrate 204 (162) with the second substrate 206 (164). In some configurations, the lines ofweakness 704 may sever the elastic strands 208 (168) in such a manner that the severed elastic strands 208 (168) do not retract from each other at the line of weakness and are not separated from each other at the line ofweakness 704. In some configurations, the lines ofweakness 704 may damage the elastic strands 208 (168) at the line ofweakness 704 in such a manner that some portion of the damaged elastic strands 208 (168) are present in and/or extend through the line ofweakness 704. - It is to be appreciated that the descriptions provided with respect to details relating to the
frangible pathways 700 and lines ofweakness 704 described with reference toFIGS. 12A and 12B are also applicable to thefrangible pathways 700 shown in other Figures described herein. When applying the descriptions of thefrangible pathways 700 of theelastic laminate 200 a inFIGS. 12A and 12B to thefrangible pathways 700 and the lines ofweakness 704 in Figures showing assembled diaper pants 100P, the orientations of thefrangible pathways 700 and the lines ofweakness 704 relative to the machine direction MD and cross direction CD, may be also taken relative to thelateral axis 126 andlongitudinal axis 124, respectively, of thefirst belt 106 of an assembleddiaper pant 100P. - It is to be appreciated that the lines of
weakness 704 may be arranged in various orientations and sizes. For example, as shown inFIG. 12A the lines of weakness may be oriented to define an offsetangle 708 relative to the machine direction MD. The site of the offsetangle 708 may be configured to help minimize or prevent the separation of opposing 704 a, 704 b of the lines ofsides weakness 704 when theelastic laminate 200 a (108) is subjected to opposing forces in the machine directions or lateral directions, such as when the 106, 108 are stretched laterally some configurations, offsetelastic belts angles 708 may be greater than 10 degrees and less than 80 degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. - With continued reference to
FIG. 12A , the lines ofweakness 704 may be arranged inrows 710 comprising at least afirst row 710 a and asecond row 710 b neighboring thefirst row 710 a. The lines ofweakness 704 in thefirst row 710 a and thesecond row 710 b may extend for alength 712 from afirst end 704 c to asecond end 704 d. In some configurations, thelength 712 of each line ofweakness 704 in thefirst row 710 a and thesecond row 710 b may be from about 1 min to about 10 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In some configurations, the lines ofweakness 704 in thefirst row 710 a and the lines ofweakness 704 in thesecond row 710 b are parallel to each other. The lines ofweakness 704 in thefirst row 710 a and/or second row 710 h may be separated from each other by a cutline gap distance 714. In some configurations, the cutline gap distance 714 may be from about 1 mm to about 10 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. The first ends 704 c ofcut lines 704 in thefirst row 710 b and the first ends 704 c of lines ofweakness 704 in thesecond row 710 b may be aligned alongfirst reference lines 716 that are oriented to define a row angle relative 720 to thelateral axis 126. In some configurations, therow angle 720 may be from about 0 degrees to about degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. As shown inFIG. 12A , the second ends 704 d of lines ofweakness 704 in thefirst row 710 a and the second ends 704 d of lines ofweakness 704 in thesecond row 710 b may be aligned along second reference lines 718. In some configurations, thesecond reference 718 lines are parallel to the first reference lines 716. In addition, thesecond reference line 718 of thefirst row 710 a may be separated from thefirst reference line 716 of thesecond row 710 b by arow gap distance 722. When thesecond reference line 718 of thefirst row 710 a is positioned downstream in the machine direction MD of thefirst reference line 716 of thesecond row 710 b, therow gap distance 722 may be expressed as a positive number. When thesecond reference line 718 of thefirst row 710 a is positioned upstream in the machine direction MD of thefirst reference line 716 of thesecond row 710 b, therow gap distance 722 may be expressed as a negative number. In some configurations, therow gap distance 722 may be from about −10 mm to about 10 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. - As previously mentioned, the lines of
weakness 704 in thefrangible pathways 700 may cut some of the elastic strands 208 (168) once and may cut some of the elastic strands 208 (168) more than once to separate some of the elastic strands 208 (168) intodiscrete pieces 706. As shown inFIG. 12B , thediscrete pieces 706 of elastic strands (208) 168 extend for anelastic piece length 724 between afirst end 725 and asecond end 726. In some configurations, the firstelastic piece length 724 of thediscrete pieces 706 may be defined by a distance extending may be defined by a distance extending laterally between lines ofweakness 704 in thefirst row 710 a and lines ofweakness 704 in thesecond row 710 b. As previously mentioned, theelastic strands 168 may be continuously bonded with at least one of the first substrate 204 (162) and the second substrate 206 (164) or may be intermittently bonded with at least one of the first substrate 204 (162) and the second substrate 206 (164). As such, thediscrete pieces 706 of elastic strands 208 (168) may be continuously bonded with at least one of the first substrate 204 (162) and the second substrate 206 (164) or may be intermittently bonded with at least one of the first substrate 204 (162) and the second substrate 206 (164). It is also to be appreciated that the elastic strands 208 (168) and thediscrete pieces 706 of elastic strands 208 (168) may be bonded with adhesive applied to at least one of the first substrate 204 (162), the second substrate 206 (164), and the elastic strands 208 (168). - As mentioned above, the
knife roll 502 may includeblades 510 extending radially outward toblade edges 604 adapted to rotate about theaxis 514. As such, the blade edges 604 may be oriented to cut theelastic strands 208 on thefirst substrate 200 a tofrangible pathways 700 in theelastic laminate 200 a with corresponding lines ofweakness 704 and discreteelastic pieces 706 such as described above with reference toFIGS. 12A and 12B .FIG. 13 shows an example orientation of a portion of a group of blade edges 604 on aknife roll 502. It is to be appreciated that theknife roll 502 may be configured to rotate at a variable angular velocity or a constant angular velocity and may be driven by a servo motor. - It is to be appreciated that the blade edges 604 may be arranged in various orientations and sizes. For example, as shown in
FIG. 13 the blade edges 604 may be oriented to define an offsetangle 608 relative to therotation axis 514. In some configurations, offsetangles 608 may be greater than 45 degrees and less than 90 degrees. With continued reference toFIG. 13 , the blade edges 604 may be arranged inrows 610 comprising at least afirst row 610 a and asecond row 610 b neighboring thefirst row 610 a, The blade edges in thefirst row 610 a and thesecond row 610 b may extend for alength 612 from afirst end 604 c to asecond end 604 d. In some configurations, thelength 612 of eachblade edge 604 in thefirst row 610 a and thesecond row 610 b may be from about 1 mm to about 10 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In some configurations, the blade edges 604 in thefirst row 610 a and the blade edges 604 in thesecond row 610 b are parallel to each other. The 604 blade edges in thefirst row 610 a and/orsecond row 610 b may be separated from each other by a bladeedge gap distance 614. In some configurations, the bladeedge gap distance 614 may be from about 1 mm to about 10 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. The first ends 604 c of blade edges 604 in thefirst row 610 b and the first ends 604 c of blade edges 604 in thesecond row 610 b may be aligned alongfirst reference lines 616 that are oriented to define a row angle relative 620 to therotation axis 514. In some configurations, therow angle 620 may be from about 0 degrees to about 90 degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. As shown inFIG. 13 , the second ends 604 d of blade edges 604 in thefirst row 610 a and the second ends 604 d of blade edges 604 in thesecond row 610 b may be aligned along second reference lines 618. In some configurations, thesecond reference 618 lines are parallel to the first reference lines 616. In addition, thesecond reference line 618 of thefirst row 610 a may be separated from thefirst reference line 616 of thesecond row 610 b by arow gap distance 622. When thesecond reference line 618 of thefirst row 610 a is positioned upstream in the machine direction MD of thefirst reference line 616 of the second row 61011, therow gap distance 622 may be expressed as a positive number. When thesecond reference line 618 of thefirst row 610 a is positioned downstream in the machine direction MD of thefirst reference line 616 of thesecond row 610 b, therow gap distance 622 may be expressed as a negative number. In some configurations, therow gap distance 622 may be from about −10 mm to about 10 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. -
FIGS. 14A -14D2 provide illustrations of additional examples of how thecutting device 500 discussed above with reference toFIGS. 6, 9, and 10A may formfrangible pathways 700 in various ways and in various shapes that may be positioned in various locations on the firstelastic laminate 200 a and/or the secondelastic laminate 200 b relative to other features and/or elements formed in other process operations, such as for example: chassis-belt combining operations and waist edge folding operations. -
FIG. 14A shows the firstelastic substrate 200 a advancing in a machine direction upstream of thecutting device 500 discussed above with reference toFIGS. 9 and 10A . The firstelastic substrate 200 a includesfastener components 707, such as discussed above with reference toFIGS. 5A-5C , that may be bonded with thesecond surface 216 of thesecond substrate 206. It is to be appreciated thatsuch fastener components 707 may be bonded with firstelastic laminate 200 a in various ways and at various times relative to other assembly operations. For example,FIG. 6 shows abonding apparatus 368 that may applyfastener components 707 to the advancingelastic laminate 200. As shown inFIG. 6 , thebonding apparatus 368 may positioned upstream of thecutting device 500. It is to be appreciated that thebonding apparatus 368 may also be positioned in other locations of the assembly process, for example, thebonding apparatus 368 may positioned downstream of thecutting device 500. - Referring now to
FIG. 14B , examples of first and second 700 a, 700 b may be formed on the firstfrangible pathways elastic substrate 200 a ofFIG. 14A by thecutting device 500 discussed above with reference toFIGS. 9 and 10 .FIG. 14B also illustrates examples of atummy cut region 709 and a low-stretch zone 701 that may be formed by thecutting device 500. Thefrangible pathways 700 inFIG. 14B extend in cross direction CD from the innerlongitudinal edge 200 ab of the firstelastic laminate 200 a to the outerlongitudinal edge 200 aa and may comprise various regions. As discussed above, thefrangible pathways 700 herein may include one or more regions 7000 (such as 7001, 7002, . . . , 700 n) comprising different types, quantities, sizes, and/or orientations of lines ofweakness 704. For example, the 700 a, 700 b may each include afrangible pathways first region 7001 extending in the cross direction CD from adjacent the innerlongitudinal edge 200 ab of the firstelastic laminate 200 a to asecond region 7002. As shown inFIG. 14B , thesecond region 7002 may include lines ofweakness 704 that extend in the machine direction MD and cross direction CD to partially surround thefastener component 707. Thefrangible pathways 700 inFIG. 14B may also include athird region 7003 that extends in the cross direction CD from thesecond region 7002 to adjacent the firstlongitudinal edge 206 a of thesecond substrate 206. In addition, thefrangible pathways 700 may include afourth region 7004 that may comprise a cluster of lines ofweakness 704. Thefourth region 7004 may include afirst subregion 7004 a and asecond subregion 7004 b. Thefirst subregion 7004 a may be positioned between thethird region 7003 and the firstlongitudinal edge 206 a of thesecond substrate 206, and thesecond subregion 7004 b may extend between the firstlongitudinal edge 206 a of thesecond substrate 206 across theextended portion 204 c of thefirst substrate 204 to adjacent the first outerlongitudinal edge 204 a of thefirst substrate 204. - It is to be appreciated that the
first region 7001, thesecond region 7002, thethird region 7003, and thefourth region 7004 may define different shapes; different lengths along the machine direction MD; and/or define different widths along the cross direction CD. In addition, thefirst region 7001, thesecond region 7002, thethird region 7003, and thefourth region 7004 may be oriented in various different ways relative to the machine direction MD and/or cross direction CD. For example, as discussed above, thefrangible pathways 700 comprise a plurality of lines ofweakness 704. As shown inFIG. 14B , the lines ofweakness 704 in thethird region 7003 may be sized, shaped, oriented, arranged, and/or positioned to define a pattern that mirrors a pattern of the lines ofweakness 704 in thefirst region 7001 about a reference line extending in the machine direction MD, such as for example, with respect a reference line extending in the machine direction MD that bisects thesecond region 7002. Further, the lines ofweakness 704 in the firstfrangible pathway 700 a may be sized, shaped, oriented, arranged, and/or positioned to define a pattern that mirrors a pattern of the lines ofweakness 704 in the secondfrangible pathway 700 b about a reference line extending in the cross direction CD, such as for example, with respect to the tummy cutregion 709. - As discussed above,
frangible pathways 700 may be positioned in various locations on the firstelastic laminate 200 a and/or the secondelastic laminate 200 b relative to other features and/or elements formed in other process operations, such as for example: chassis-belt combining operations. For example,FIG. 14C illustrates an example of achassis 102 positioned on the firstelastic laminate 200 a after chassis combining operations, such as described above with reference toFIGS. 6 , 6C1, 6C2, and 6D1. As shown inFIG. 14C , thechassis 102 may be positioned between the firstfrangible pathway 700 a and the secondfrangible pathway 700 b. In addition, portions of the firstfrangible pathway 700 a and the secondfrangible pathway 700 b may overlap with thechassis 102. For example, thesecond regions 7002 of the firstfrangible pathway 700 a and the secondfrangible pathway 700 b may be located relative thechassis 102 such that thefastening elements 707 are sandwiched between the firstelastic laminate 200 a and thechassis 102. In a particular example, thefastening elements 707 may be sandwiched between the first elastic laminatesecond surface 216 of thesecond substrate 206 and thebacksheet 134 of thechassis 102. - FIGS. 14D1 and 14D2 show an example of the
chassis 102 and first elastic laminated 200 a after being subjected to waist edge folding operations, such as discussed above with reference to FIGS. 6D1 and 6D2. As illustrated, when theextended portion 204 c is folded along thefold line 200 h, the foldedportion 204 g of the firstelastic laminates 200 a are folded so as to overlap the first laterally extendingend edge 144 of thechassis 102. In addition, thesecond subregions 7004 b of thefourth regions 7004 of first and second 700 a, 700 b are positioned on the foldedfrangible pathways portion 204 g, as shown in FIG. 14D1. And thefirst subregions 7004 a of thefourth regions 7004 of first and second 700 a, 700 b are positioned adjacent thefrangible pathways fold line 200 h, as shown in FIG. 14D2. Further, as shown in FIGS. 14D1 and 14D2, a plurality of the lines ofweakness 704 of thefourth region 7004 may generally align with the lines ofweakness 704 of thethird region 7003. Because thefourth region 7004 comprises a cluster of lines ofweakness 704, highly exact alignment of the lines ofweakness 704 of the third and 7003, 7004 may not be required during waist edge folding operations.fourth regions - As discussed above, the
frangible pathways 700 may include lines ofweakness 704 that may be sized, shaped, oriented, arranged, and/or positioned in various different ways and/or so as to define various patterns.FIGS. 15A and 15B show detailed views of lines ofweakness 704 of a portion of afrangible pathway 700 such as discussed above, for example, inFIG. 14B as may be applied in thefirst belt 106 and the second belt of thepant diaper 100P as described above. As shown inFIGS. 15A and 15B , the lines ofweakness 704 in thefrangible pathway 700 cut and separate the elastic strands 208 (168) at least once. The lines ofweakness 704 in thefrangible pathway 700 may also cut and separate the elastic strands intodiscrete pieces 706. For the purposes of clarity, the elastic strands 208 (168) and thediscrete pieces 706 of elastic strands 208 (168) are not shown inFIG. 15A . The lines ofweakness 704 are faded inFIG. 15B to accentuate the visibility of the elastic strands 208 (168) and thediscrete pieces 706 of elastic strands 208 (168). In some configurations, the lines ofweakness 704 penetrate through the elastic strands 208 (168), thefirst substrate 204, and thesecond substrate 164, In some configurations, the lines ofweakness 704 may penetrate through the elastic strands 208 (168) and only one of the first substrate 204 (162) and the second substrate 206 (164). In some configurations, the lines ofweakness 704 may penetrate through the elastic strands 208 (168) bond the first substrate 204 (162) with the second substrate 206 (164). - It is to be appreciated that the descriptions provided with respect to details relating to the
frangible pathways 700 and lines ofweakness 704 described with reference toFIGS. 15A and 15B are also applicable to thefrangible pathways 700 shown in other Figures described herein. When applying the descriptions of thefrangible pathways 700 of theelastic laminate 200 a inFIGS. 15A and 15B to thefrangible pathways 700 and the lines ofweakness 704 in Figures showing assembled diaper pants 100P, the orientations of thefrangible pathways 700 and the lines ofweakness 704 relative to the machine direction MD and cross direction CD, may be also taken relative to thelateral axis 126 andlongitudinal axis 124, respectively, of thefirst belt 106 of an assembleddiaper pant 100P. - It is to be appreciated that the lines of
weakness 704 may be arranged in various orientations and sizes. For example, as shown inFIG. 15A the lines of weakness may be oriented to define an offsetangle 708 relative to the machine direction MD. The size of the offsetangle 708 may be configured to help minimize or prevent the separation of opposing 704 a, 704 b of the lines ofsides weakness 704 when theelastic laminate 200 a (108) is subjected to opposing forces in the machine directions or lateral directions, such as when the 106, 108 are stretched laterally. In some configurations, offsetelastic belts angles 708 may be greater than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees. - With continued reference to
FIG. 15A , the lines ofweakness 704 may be arranged inrows 710 comprising at least afirst row 710 a and asecond row 710 b neighboring thefirst row 710 a. The lines ofweakness 704 in thefirst row 710 a and thesecond row 710 b may extend for alength 712 from afirst end 704 c to asecond end 704 d. In some configurations, thelength 712 of each line ofweakness 704 in thefirst row 710 a and thesecond row 710 b may be from about 1 mm to about 50 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In some configurations, the lines ofweakness 704 in thefirst row 710 a and the lines ofweakness 704 in thesecond row 710 b are parallel to each other. The lines ofweakness 704 in the first row 710: and/orsecond row 710 b may be separated from each other by a cutline gap distance 714. In some configurations, the cutline gap distance 714 may be from about 1 mm to about 50 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. The first ends 704 c ofcut lines 704 in thefirst row 710 b and the first ends 704 c of lines ofweakness 704 in the second row 71011 may be aligned alongfirst reference lines 716 that are oriented to define a row angle relative 720 to thelateral axis 126. In some configurations, therow angle 720 may be from about 0 degrees to about degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. As shown inFIG. 15A , the second ends 704 d of lines ofweakness 704 in thefirst row 710 a and the second ends 704 d of lines ofweakness 704 in thesecond row 710 b may be aligned along second reference lines 718. In some configurations, thesecond reference 718 lines are parallel to the first reference lines 716. In addition, thesecond reference line 718 of thefirst row 710 a may be separated from thefirst reference line 716 of thesecond row 710 b by arow gap distance 722. When thesecond reference line 718 of thefirst row 710 a is positioned downstream in the machine direction MD of thefirst reference line 716 of thesecond row 710 b, therow gap distance 722 may be expressed as a positive number. When thesecond reference line 718 of thefirst row 710 a is positioned upstream in the machine direction MD of thefirst reference line 716 of thesecond row 710 b, therow gap distance 722 may be expressed as a negative number. In some configurations, therow gap distance 722 may be about −10 mm to about 10 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. - As previously mentioned, the lines of
weakness 704 in thefrangible pathways 700 may cut some of the elastic strands 208 (168) once and may cut some of the elastic strands 208 (168) more than once to separate some of the elastic strands 208 (168) intodiscrete pieces 706. As shown inFIG. 15B , thediscrete pieces 706 of elastic strands (208) 168 extend for anelastic piece length 724 between afirst end 725 and asecond end 726. In some configurations, the firstelastic piece length 722 of thediscrete pieces 706 may be defined by a distance extending may be defined by a distance extending laterally between lines ofweakness 704 in thefirst row 710 a and lines ofweakness 704 in thesecond row 710 b. As previously mentioned, theelastic strands 168 may be continuously bonded with at least one of the first substrate 204 (162) and the second substrate 206 (164) or may be intermittently bonded with at least one of the first substrate 204 (162) and the second substrate 206 (164). As such, thediscrete pieces 706 of elastic strands 208 (168) may be continuously bonded with at least one of the first substrate 204 (162) and the second substrate 206 (164) or may be intermittently bonded with at least one of the first substrate 204 (162) and the second substrate 206 (164). It is also to be appreciated that the elastic strands 208 (168) and thediscrete pieces 706 of elastic strands 208 (168) may be bonded with adhesive applied to at least one of the first substrate 204 (162), the second substrate 206 (164), and the elastic strands 208 (168). - As mentioned above, the
knife roll 502 may includeblades 510 extending radially outward toblade edges 604 adapted to rotate about theaxis 514. As such, the blade edges 604 may be oriented to cut theelastic strands 208 on thefirst substrate 200 a tofrangible pathways 700 in theelastic laminate 200 a with corresponding lines ofweakness 704 and discreteelastic pieces 706 such as described above with reference toFIGS. 15A and 15B .FIG. 16 shows an example orientation of a portion of a group of blade edges 604 on aknife roll 502. It is to be appreciated that theknife roll 502 may be configured to rotate at a variable angular velocity or a constant angular velocity and may be driven by a servo motor. - It is to be appreciated that the blade edges 604 may be arranged in various orientations and sizes. For example, as shown in
FIG. 16 the blade edges 604 may be oriented to define an offsetangle 608 relative to therotation axis 514. In some configurations, offsetangles 608 may be front about 0 degrees to about 90 degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. With continued reference toFIG. 13 , the blade edges 604 may be arranged inrows 610 comprising at least afirst row 610 a and asecond row 610 b neighboring thefirst row 610 a. The blade edges in thefirst row 610 a and thesecond row 610 b may extend for alength 612 from afirst end 604 c to asecond end 604 d. In some configurations, thelength 612 of eachblade edge 604 in thefirst row 610 a and thesecond row 610 b may be from about 1 mm to about 50 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In some configurations, the blade edges 604 in thefirst row 610 a and the blade edges 604 in thesecond row 610 b are parallel to each other. The 604 blade edges in thefirst row 610 a and/or second row 610 h may be separated from each other by a bladeedge gap distance 614. In some configurations, the bladeedge yap distance 614 may be from about 1 mm to about 50 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. The first ends 604 c of blade edges 604 in thefirst row 610 b and the first ends 604 c of blade edges 604 in thesecond row 610 b may be aligned alongfirst reference lines 616 that are oriented to define a row angle relative 620 to therotation axis 514. In some configurations, therow angle 620 may be from about 0 degrees to about 90 degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. As shown inFIG. 16 , the second ends 604 d of blade edges 604 in thefirst row 610 a and the second ends 604 d of blade edges 604 in thesecond row 610 b may be aligned along second reference lines 618. In some configurations, thesecond reference 618 lines are parallel to the first reference lines 616. In addition, thesecond reference line 618 of thefirst row 610 a may be separated from thefirst reference line 616 of thesecond row 610 b by arow gap distance 622. When thesecond reference line 618 of thefirst row 610 a is positioned upstream in the machine direction MD of thefirst reference line 616 of thesecond row 610 b, therow gap distance 622 may be expressed as a positive number. When thesecond reference line 618 of thefirst row 610 a is positioned downstream in the machine direction MD of thefirst reference line 616 of thesecond row 610 b, therow gap distance 622 may be expressed as a negative number. In some configurations, therow gap distance 622 may be about −10 mm to about 10 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. -
FIGS. 17A-17E illustrate additional variations and configurations of frangible pathways described above with reference toFIGS. 14B -14D2. For example, as shown inFIG. 17A , thefrangible pathways 700 ofFIG. 14B may be altered such that thefirst regions 7001 includes afirst subregion 7001 a and asecond subregion 7001 b, wherein thefirst subregion 7001 a extends at different angle relative to the machine direction than thesecond subregion 7001 b. In addition, thethird regions 7003 may include afirst subregion 7003 a and asecond subregion 7003 b, wherein thefirst subregion 7003 a extends at different angle relative to the machine direction MD than thesecond subregion 7003 b. For example, in some configurations, thefirst subregion 7003 a may extend at an angle relative to the machine direction MD of about 20 degrees and thesecond subregion 7003 b may extend at an angle relative to the machine direction MD from about 0 degrees to about 90 degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. - In yet another example, the
second region 7002 may comprise single discrete lines ofweakness 704 that define a perimeter extending partially around thefastener component 707. In some configurations, the lines ofweakness 704 of thesecond region 7002 may comprise slits or cuts that extend entirely through the firstelastic laminate 200 a. Such slits or cuts may help provide a relatively easier way to begin tearing the elastic belt and/or help provide relatively easier access to thefastener component 707 during use of an assembledabsorbent article 100P. In some configurations, thefastener component 707 may be sized relative thesecond region 7002 such that the lines ofweakness 704 also penetrate through portions of thefastener component 707, such as shown for example, inFIG. 17B . - As discussed above with reference to the
frangible pathways 700 with reference toFIGS. 14B, 15B, and 15C , therows 710 may include more than two lines ofweakness 704. For example,FIG. 17C shows a frangible pathway wherein therows 710 in thefirst region 7001 and thethird region 7003 may include three lines ofweakness 710. In yet another variation shown in FIGS. 17D1 and 17D2, thesecond region 7002 of thefrangible pathway 700 may comprise single discrete lines ofweakness 704 in combination with a plurality oflines weakness 704 that define a perimeter extending partially around thefastener component 707. - As discussed above,
absorbent articles 100, such as diaper pants 100P, may be configured withfrangible pathways 700 comprising lines ofweakness 704 arranged in various ways to help improve a caregiver's ability to remove a soileddiaper pant 100P from a wearer without having to remove a soiled diaper pant from a wearer by sliding the soiled diaper pant down the wearer's legs. As discussed above, thefrangible pathways 700 may be configured to allow the firstelastic belt 106 and/or the secondelastic belt 108 to be relatively easily torn along thefrangible pathway 700, such as when removing thediaper pant 100P from a wearer. In addition, thefrangible pathways 700 may also be configured to provide access tofastening components 707 that may be used to help hold a soiled product in a disposal configuration. The following provides a discussion additional example implementations offrangible pathways 700 ondiaper pants 100P in the context of the above description of various details ofabsorbent articles 100,fastening components 707,frangible pathways 700, andlines weakness 704. It is to be appreciated that discussion offrangible pathways 700 in the firstelastic belt 106 may also apply tofrangible pathways 700 in the secondelastic belt 108. - It is to be appreciated that the
fastener components 707 may be positioned in various locations and/or orientations relative to other components of theabsorbent article 100. As shown inFIGS. 18B and 18D1, thefastener components 707 may comprise alateral centerline 126 d oriented substantially parallel to thelateral centerline 126 a of the firstelastic belt 106 and/or thelateral centerline 126 b of the secondelastic belt 108 and/or thelateral centerline 126 c of thechassis 102. Thefastener components 707 may comprise alongitudinal centerline 124 d oriented substantially parallel to thelongitudinal centerline 124 a of the firstelastic belt 106 and/or thelongitudinal centerline 124 b of the secondelastic belt 108 and/or thelongitudinal centerline 124 c of thechassis 102. In some configurations,fastener components 707 may be positioned on and connected with the wearer-facing surface of the firstelastic belt 106 and/or the secondelastic belt 108 in a region where the firstelastic belt 106 and/or secondelastic belt 108 overlaps thechassis 102. In some configurations, thefastener component 707 may be sandwiched between thesecond substrate 164 of the firstelastic belt 106 or the secondelastic belt 108 and thebacksheet 134 of thechassis 102. To help prevent contact of thefastener component 707 with a wearer's skin while wearing thediaper pant 100P, thefastener component 707 may be positioned at least about 25 mm or at least about 50 mm longitudinally inboard from the front belt waist edge 121 (or rear belt waist edge 122), specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In some configurations, thefastener component 707 may be positioned at least about 20 mm or at least about 80 mm laterally inboard from the firstlongitudinal edge 128 and/or the secondlongitudinal edge 130 of thechassis 102, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In some configurations, thefastener component 707 is positioned approximately equidistant from both the outer laterally extendingedge 107 a and the inner laterally extendingedge 107 b of the firstelastic belt 106 and/or both the outer laterally extendingedge 109 a and the inner laterally extendingedge 109 b of the secondelastic belt 108. - As described above, the
center chassis 102 is connected or bonded to each 106, 108 to form aelastic belt pant diaper 100P. As shown inFIGS. 18B and 18D1, the 106, 108 may include aelastic belt separable area 800 configured to separate from thecenter chassis 102 under relatively low forces applied by a caregiver. Theseparable area 800 may include at least a portion of thefastener component 707 as well as belt materialadjacent fastener component 707. In some configurations, theseparable area 800 may extend a distance from about 8 mm to about 40 mm outward from the perimeter of thefastener component 707, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. Theseparable area 800 may be substantially adhesive-free or may comprise a relatively weak adhesive bond than the remainder of the belt area bonded to thechassis 102. A relatively weaker adhesive bond may be formed in various ways, such as for example, with: a reduced adhesive amount; a geometric pattern of adhesive, such as a relatively lower coverage area of adhesive; an adhesive having a relatively lower adhesive force; or a frangible adhesive. If a lower adhesive force adhesive is used, the adhesive may be applied to the entirety of the 106, 108 in the region overlapping theelastic belt chassis 102, as such a region may include both types of adhesives. - To help provide a caregiver relatively easier access the
fastener component 707 with a finger or thumb, anaccessibility opening 802 may be located in the 106, 108 adjacent theelastic belt fastener component 707. Theaccessibility opening 802 may be defined in some or all of the layers of the 106, 108. Theelastic belt accessibility opening 802 may be located at least partially in a region of the 106, 108 that includes theelastic belt fastener component 707. In some configurations, theaccessibility opening 802 may be positioned adjacent an edge 707 c of thefastener component 707 or in a region of the 106, 108 surrounding theelastic belt fastener component 707 extending about 5 mm or less inboard or outboard from the edge 707 c of thefastener component 707, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. Theaccessibility opening 802 may comprise one ormore components 804, such as linear slits and/or curved openings. Theaccessibility opening 802 may be disposed only in a vicinity of least a portion of the longitudinally and/or laterally inboard edge of thefastener component 707 or may be disposed in a vicinity of at least a portion of one of such edges and at least a portion of the longitudinally outboard edge of thefastener component 707. Theaccessibility opening 802, orcomponents 804 thereof, may have a length dimension in the range of about 5 mm to about 50 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In configurations wherein theaccessibility opening 802 comprises two ormore components 804, the spacing between eachcomponent 804 and a nearest neighbor may be greater than zero and no greater than about 3 mm. - In some configurations, the
accessibility opening 802 may be located at least partially in a region of the 106, 108 that may penetrate through the thickness of at least a portion of theelastic belt fastener component 707. For example, as shown in FIG. 18D2, afirst portion 707 a of thefastener component 707 at least partially surrounded bycomponents 804 may be separated from asecond portion 707 b of thefastener component 707. In some configurations, thefirst portion 707 a of thefastener 707 may comprise alateral centerline 126d 1 parallel with thelateral centerline 126 d of thefastener component 707 and/or may comprise alongitudinal centerline 124d 1 parallel with thelongitudinal centerline 124 d of thefastener component 707. In some configurations, thefirst portion 707 a of thefastener component 707 may comprise a lateral width of about 35 mm or between about 10 mm and about 50 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In some configurations, thefirst portion 707 a of thefastener component 707 may comprise a longitudinal length of about 25 mm or between about 10 mm and about 50 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. - As shown in
FIGS. 18A and 18B , thefrangible pathway 700 may extend from an operable vicinity of theaccessibility opening 802 to an operable vicinity of both the outer laterally extendingedge 107 a and the inner laterally extendingedge 107 b of the firstelastic belt 106. The term “operable vicinity” refers to a distance across which a tear will propagate reliably in an intended direction, under reasonable forces a caregiver would apply, from one line of weakness to another. When removing and disposing of a soiled pant, the caregiver may access thefastener component 707 through theaccessibility opening 802; grasp at least a portion of thefastener component 707; pull the fastener component away from the remainder of theelastic belt 106; and open theelastic belt 106 by continuing to pull thefastening component 707 as tears simultaneously propagate away from both longitudinally inboard and outboard edges of theaccessibility opening 802 andfastening component 707 until the tears reach the outer laterally extendingedge 107 a and the inner laterally extendingedge 107 b of the firstelastic belt 106, thus completely separating theelastic belt 106 into multiple discrete sections at adistal terminus 808 andproximal terminus 810. The portion of thefastening component 707 that is separated from the remainder of theelastic belt 106 as a result of the tearing operation, such as thefirst portion 707 a discussed above, may be referred to herein as adisposal fastener 806. In some configurations, the tears may reach and breach the outer laterally extendingedge 107 a and the inner laterally extendingedge 107 b of the firstelastic belt 106 at approximately the same moment in time. Thedistal terminus 808 and/or theproximal terminus 810 of thefrangible pathway 700 may be positioned in various locations laterally along the outer laterally extendingedge 107 a and the inner laterally extendingedge 107 b, respectively, of the firstelastic belt 106. In some configurations, thedistal terminus 808 and/or theproximal terminus 810 of thefrangible pathway 700 may be positioned a lateral distance from the 178, 180 of about 0 mm to about 100 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby.side seam - As shown in
FIG. 18C , once the tearing operation described above is completed, adisposal ear region 812 of theelastic belt 106 may be bounded by theaccessibility opening 802,frangible pathway 700, and the 178, 180, and also including theside seam disposal fastener 806. As previously described, for the purpose of removing the pant from the wearer, the caregiver may access at least a portion of thedisposal fastener 806 through theaccessibility opening 802. The caregiver may grasp thefastening component 707 and pull away from the remainder of theelastic belt 106, tearing thebelt 106 in the process of this action along the entirety of thefrangible pathway 700 and through the outer laterally extendingedge 107 a and the inner laterally extendingedge 107 b of the firstelastic belt 106, freeing thedisposal ear region 812 for use in disposal of thediaper pant 100P. The caregiver may then remove the remainder of thediaper pant 100P from the wearer, roll and wrap thechassis 102, including the pant leg openings, inside thebelt 106 including thedisposal ear region 812, and use thedisposal fastener 806 to secure the rolled pant for easy and hygienic disposal, such discussed above for example with reference toFIGS. 5A-5E . To facilitate this functionality, the entirety of thefrangible pathway 700 is disposed in theseparable area 800 of thebelt 106 and a region of thebelt 106 disposed laterally outboard thechassis 102. It is to be appreciated that thefrangible pathways 700 andbelt 106 may be configured to define various sizes and shapes of thedisposal ear region 812. In some configurations, thedisposal ear region 812 may have a lateral dimension of between about 100 mm and about 200 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby, as measured from the 178, 180 to an edge of theside seam disposal ear region 812 closest to thelongitudinal centerline 124 c of thechassis 102 prior to separation of thefrangible pathway 700. In configurations wherein thefastener component 707 is positioned relatively closer to thelongitudinal centerline 124 c of thechassis 102, a relatively longerdisposal ear region 812 may be provided, which may help a caregiver more easily fully wrap, and close the leg openings of, a soiled pant following removal. - As discussed above with reference to
FIGS. 10 -17D2, thefrangible pathways 700 herein may include one or more regions 7000 (such as 7001, 7002, . . . , 700 n) comprising different types, quantities, sizes, and/or orientations of lines ofweakness 704. In some examples, the lines of weakness may be arranged in arrays that may have different angles or orientations with respect to thelateral centerline 126 a of thebelt 106. Arrays may comprise linear or curvilinear sequences, parallel lines, stepped parallel lines, herringbone patterns, and any other patterns of lines of weakness. It is to be appreciated that aregion 7000 may also differ from one or more other regions in the number of layers of material involved in a perforation. In turn, theregions 7000 of thefrangible pathways 700 may be configured to define different functional zones of thefrangible pathways 700. - For example, as shown in
FIG. 18E , thefrangible pathway 700 may comprise a first region referred to as aninitial tear zone 814. The lines ofweakness 704 in theinitial tear zone 814 may be arranged such that thefrangible pathway 700 defines an initialtear zone angle 816 between the frangible pathway and thelateral centerline 126 a of thebelt 106. In some configurations, the initialtear zone angle 816 may be in the range of 0 to 45 degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In some configurations, a relatively smaller initialtear zone angle 816 may be used to help minimize a required longitudinal dimension of theseparable area 800 and maximize the area and mechanical integrity of the waist belt to center chassis bonding. - The lines of
weakness 704 infrangible pathway 700 may be arranged in a “railroad track” pattern, wherein thefrangible pathway 700 comprises two or more substantially parallel rows of lines ofweakness 704 comprising, for example, individual perforations. The individual perforations may have lengths in the range of about 10 mm or less, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. The angles of the individual perforations versus thelateral centerline 126 a may be different from the angle of thefrangible pathway 700 versus the beltlateral centerline 126 a. The closest distance between perforations in parallel rows may be in the range of about 0.1 to about 5 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. - In some configurations, the lines of
weakness 704 in theinitial tear zone 814 may be arranged in a “shingle down” SD stepped orientation with respect to one another, such as shown inFIG. 18F . In a “shingle down” SD configuration, each line ofweakness 704 in sequence along thefrangible pathway 700, such as a line of weakness immediately laterally outboard a preceding line of weakness, overlaps the preceding line of weakness in a longitudinal direction toward thelateral centerline 126 d of thefastening component 707. The amount of overlap may be about 50% of the length of the preceding line of weakness and may be in the range of about 35% to about 60% of the length of the line ofweakness 704. - With continued reference to
FIG. 18E , thefrangible pathway 700 may additionally comprise awaist tear zone 818. The lines ofweakness 704 in thewaist tear zone 818 may be arranged in a “railroad track” configuration as described above. The lines ofweakness 704 in thewaist tear zone 818 may be arranged such that thefrangible pathway 700 defines a waisttear zone angle 820 between the frangible pathway and thelateral centerline 126 a of thebelt 106. - In some configurations, the lines of
weakness 704 in thewaist tear zone 814 may be arranged in a “shingle up” SU stepped orientation with respect to one another, such as shown inFIG. 18F . In a “shingle up” SU configuration, each line ofweakness 704 in sequence along thefrangible pathway 700, such as a line of weakness immediately laterally outboard a preceding line of weakness, overlaps the preceding line of weakness in a longitudinal direction away from thelateral centerline 126 d of thefastening component 707. The amount of overlap may be about 30% of the length of the preceding line of weakness and may be in the range of about 10% to about 50% of the length of the line of weakness. - As discussed above, the outer
longitudinal edge 107 a of the firstelastic belt 106 may be defined by afold line 162 h. Withabsorbent articles 100P comprising a foldedwaist belt edge 162 h, thewaist tear zone 818 may comprise abase waist zone 818 a and a foldedwaist zone 818 b disposed longitudinally outboard thebase waist zone 818 a and may be folded over and bonded to thebase waist zone 818 a in the process of forming the foldedbelt waist edge 162 h. In such configurations, the lines ofweakness 704 in the foldedwaist zone 818 b may overlap or may be in operational vicinity of the lines ofweakness 704 in thebase waist zone 818 a when in a folded and bonded configuration and may help enable thefrangible pathway 700 tearing to propagate to thewaist edge 107 a and free thedisposal ear region 812 for use. One of thebase waist zone 818 a and the foldedwaist zone 818 b may comprise lines of weakness that may have a lateral length greater than the other to achieve overlap or operational vicinity in a folded configuration over the full range of potential manufacturing overlap tolerances, such as shown inFIGS. 14B -14D2. Thefrangible pathway 700 in the foldedwaist zone 818 b may have a similar width versus thebase waist zone 818 a or may be larger than thebase waist zone 818 a and may have a range of widths of about 10 mm to about 50 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. The waisttear zone angle 820 in thebase waist zone 818 a and in the foldedwaist zone 818 b may be mirror images of each other with respect to thelateral centerline 126 a of thewaist belt 106. Alternatively, the waist belt edge may be folded over and bonded to form a folded belt edge prior to forming the lines of weakness, including perforations. In these embodiments, thefrangible pathway 700 does not require a mirror image angle and may proceed directly to the waist edge of thebelt 121. In a finished belt state, whether having a folded waist edge or not, the absolute value of the angle of these arrays is in the range of about 15 to about 90 degrees with respect to the lateral centerline. Higher angles are preferred to maximize the robustness of the separation of thefrangible pathway 700 in this region, especially when more than two nonwoven layers are involved in the tear. The force required to tear thefrangible pathway 700 in the foldedwaist zone 818 b may be lower than the force required to tear thefrangible pathway 700 in thebase waist zone 818 a. - With continued reference to
FIG. 18E , thefrangible pathway 700 may also comprise aleg edge zone 822. The lines ofweakness 704 in theleg edge zone 822 may be arranged such that thefrangible pathway 700 defines a legedge zone angle 824 between thefrangible pathway 700 and thelateral centerline 126 a of thebelt 106. The legedge zone angle 824 may be in a range of about 15 to about 90 degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. Relatively higher leg edge zone angles 824 may help increase the robustness of the separation of thefrangible pathway 700 in theleg edge zone 822. The force required to tear thefrangible pathway 700 in theleg edge zone 822 may be higher than the force required to tear thefrangible pathway 700 in other regions of thebelt 106 to prevent accidental tearing of thefrangible pathway 700 by the wearer's leg during motions typical of a wearing activity. - In some configurations, the
frangible pathway 700 may also includetransition zones 826 that operatively connect zones to help facilitate the propagation of the tear along thefrangible pathway 700 from zone to another zone. For example, atransition zone 826 may operatively connect theinitial tear zone 814 and thebase waist zone 818 a. In another example, a transition zone may operatively connect theinitial tear zone 814 orwaist tear zone 818 with theleg edge zone 822. The lines of weakness in the transition zones may be of particular lengths and/or angles relative to lateral centerlines, and row spacing to help provide desired propagation of material failure when, for example, removing a product from a wearer. It is to be appreciated that the lengths, angles, and spacings in transition zones may be different from those in adjacent lines of weakness. - In another configuration shown in
FIG. 19 , theelastic belt 106 comprises onefastener component 707 joined to the inner surface of theelastic belt 106 in a location overlapping thelongitudinal centerline 124 c of thechassis 102. Thelongitudinal centerline 124 d of thefastener component 707 is coincident with, or in proximity of, thelongitudinal centerline 124 c of thechassis 102. Thefrangible pathway 700 may dividefastener component 707 into two 707 a, 707 b of substantially similar size and geometry. Andisposal fasteners accessibility opening 802 may be disposed at, or in proximity of, the longitudinally inboard lateral edge of thefastener component 707. Longitudinally outboard the lateral edges of thefastener component 707, thefrangible pathway 700 extends in longitudinal and lateral directions to thewaist edge 121 andleg edges 107 b of the firstelastic belt 106. A caregiver may access and grasp thefastener component 707 through theaccessibility opening 802 and subsequently separate thefrangible pathway 700 into the twodisposable ear regions 812, each comprising one of the 707 a, 707 b. In this embodiment, an area of higher adhesion between thedisposal fasteners elastic belt 106 andchassis 102 may be disposed between thefastener component 707 and the longitudinallyinboard edge 107 b of the firstelastic belt 106 to help prevent inadvertent separation of thebelt edge 107 b from thechassis 102. - An example of a progression of the tear along the
frangible pathway 700 as a caregiver pulls thedisposal fastener 806 anddisposal ear region 812 away from the remainder of thebelt 106 is depicted inFIGS. 20A through 20F .FIG. 20A shows thefrangible pathway 700 prior to opening by the caregiver.FIG. 20B shows theaccessibility opening 802 in an open state and the beginning of the separation of thefrangible pathway 700 in theinitial tear zone 814 as the first perforation is almost open.FIG. 20C shows initial lines of weakness open and the continued propagation of the tear along thefrangible pathway 700.FIG. 20D shows theinitial tear zone 814 completely open.FIG. 20E shows the first perforation in thewaist tear zone 818 about to open.FIG. 20F shows the continued propagation of the tear along thefrangible pathway 700 in thewaist tear zone 818. - In some configurations, the
frangible pathway 700 includes no changes in angle between theaccessibility opening 802 and either the waist edge or leg edge of the belt. In these configurations, thefrangible pathway 700 comprises theinitial tear zone 814, but may not comprise one of more of awaist tear zone 818,base waist zone 818 a, foldedwaist zone 818 b,leg edge zone 822, ortransition zones 826. - The size and orientation of individual lines of
weakness 704, including perforations, may help provide a desired pant removal experience to the caregiver. In some configurations, the length of the perforation may be from about 1 mm to about 10 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In some configurations, the distance between each perforation and a closest neighbor may be between about mm and about 5 mm, specifically reciting all 0.1 mm increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. The angle of each individual perforation versus thelateral centerline 126 a of thebelt 106 may be no more than about 45 degrees to help prevent unintended opening of the perforation in manufacture or use. In some configurations, the angle of each individual perforation versus thelateral centerline 126 a of thebelt 106 may be in the range of about degrees to about 45 degrees, specifically reciting all 1 degree increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. In some configurations, the cut width of the perforation may be in the range of about 10 microns to about 200 microns, specifically reciting all 1 micron increments within the above-recited range and all ranges formed therein or thereby. - As discussed above, the frangible pathway may also be configured such that each elastic is cut along the
frangible pathway 700 to help ensure a clean separation of thedisposal ear region 812 from the remainder of thebelt 106. Each elastic may be cut in one or more locations. That is, one or more perforations, or lines of weakness, may cross each elastic strand along the entirety of thefrangible pathway 700. In some configurations, any imaginary line drawn on thebelt 106 parallel to thelateral centerline 126 a of thebelt 126 may intersect at least one perforation or line ofweakness 704 on each side of thelongitudinal centerline 124 c of thechassis 102. - It is to be appreciated that the number of nonwoven layers in the
belt 106 may vary along the longitudinal dimension of thefrangible pathway 700. For example, theinitial tear zone 814 may comprise two nonwoven layers, while the foldedwaist zone 818 b may comprise three nonwoven layers. To aid the caregiver in the understanding of the usage of the product, the outer nonwoven of thebelt 106 may comprise printing or other indicia in, adjacent to, or aligned with, at least a portion of thefrangible pathway 700 and/or the lines ofweakness 704 comprising thefrangible pathway 700. - As the
disposal ear region 812 is separated from the remainder of the waist belt along thefrangible pathway 700, the force required to open thefrangible pathway 700 may vary over time depending on the location of the tear along thefrangible pathway 700. - Average Decitex (Average-DTEX)
- The Average Decitex Method is used to calculate the Average-Dtex on a length-weighted basis for elastic fibers present in an entire article, or in a specimen of interest extracted from an article. The decitex value is the mass in grams of a fiber present in 10,000 meters of that material in the relaxed state. The decitex value of elastic fibers or elastic laminates containing elastic fibers is often reported by manufacturers as part of a specification for an elastic fiber or an elastic laminate including elastic fibers. The Average-Dtex is to be calculated from these specifications if available. Alternatively, if these specified values are not known, the decitex value of an individual elastic fiber is measured by determining the cross-sectional area of a fiber in a relaxed state via a suitable microscopy technique such as scanning electron microscopy (SEM), determining the composition of the fiber via Fourier Transform Infrared (FT-IR) spectroscopy, and then using a literature value for density of the composition to calculate the mass in grams of the fiber present in 10,000 meters of the fiber. The manufacturer-provided or experimentally measured decitex values for the individual elastic fibers removed from an entire article, or specimen extracted from an article, are used in the expression below in which the length-weighted average of decitex value among elastic fibers present is determined.
- The lengths of elastic fibers present in an article or specimen extracted from an article is calculated from overall dimensions of and the elastic fiber pre-strain ratio associated with components of the article with these or the specimen, respectively, if known. Alternatively, dimensions and/or elastic fiber pre-strain ratios are not known, an absorbent article or specimen extracted from an absorbent article is disassembled and all elastic fibers are removed. This disassembly can be done, for example, with gentle heating to soften adhesives, with a cryogenic spray (e.g., Quick-Freeze, Miller-Stephenson Company, Danbury, CT), or with an appropriate solvent that will remove adhesive but not swell, alter, or destroy elastic fibers. The length of each elastic fiber in its relaxed state is measured and recorded in millimeters (mm) to the nearest mm.
- For each of the individual elastic fibers fi of relaxed length Li and fiber decitex value di (obtained either from the manufacturer's specifications or measured experimentally) present in an absorbent article, or specimen extracted from an absorbent article, the Average-Dtex for that absorbent article or specimen extracted from an absorbent article is defined as:
-
- where n is the total number of elastic fibers present in an absorbent article or specimen extracted from an absorbent article. The Average-Dtex is reported to the nearest integer value of decitex (grams per 10 000 m).
- If the decitex value of any individual fiber is not known from specifications, it is experimentally determined as described below, and the resulting fiber decitex value(s) are used in the above equation to determine Average-Dtex.
- For each of the elastic fibers removed from an absorbent article or specimen extracted from an absorbent article according to the procedure described above, the length of each elastic fiber Lk in its relaxed state is measured and recorded in millimeters (mm) to the nearest mm Each elastic fiber is analyzed via FT-IR spectroscopy to determine its composition, and its density pk is determined from available literature values. Finally, each fiber is analyzed via SEM. The fiber is cut in three approximately equal locations perpendicularly along its length with a sharp blade to create a clean cross-section for SEM analysis. Three fiber segments with these cross sections exposed are mounted on an SEM sample holder in a relaxed state, sputter coated with gold, introduced into an SEM for analysis, and imaged at a resolution sufficient to clearly elucidate fiber cross sections. Fiber cross sections are oriented as perpendicular as possible to the detector to minimize any oblique distortion in the measured cross sections. Fiber cross sections may vary in shape, and some fibers may consist of a plurality of individual filaments. Regardless, the area of each of the three fiber cross sections is determined (for example, using diameters for round fibers, major and minor axes for elliptical fibers, and image analysis for more complicated shapes), and the average of the three areas ak for the elastic fiber, in units of micrometers squared (μm2), is recorded to the nearest 0.1 μm2. The decitex dk of the kth elastic fiber measured is calculated by:
-
d k=10000m×a k ×p k×10−6 - where dk is in units of grams (per calculated 10,000 meter length), ak is in units of μm2, and pk is in units of grams per cubic centimeter (g/cm3). For any elastic fiber analyzed, the experimentally determined Lk and dk values are subsequently used in the expression above for Average-Dtex.
- Using a ruler calibrated against a certified NIST ruler and accurate to 0.5 mm, measure the distance between the two distal strands within a section to the nearest 0.5 mm, and then divide by the number of strands in that section—1
-
Average-Strand-Spacing=d/(n−1) where n>1 - report to the nearest 0.1 mm
- The Average-Pre-Strain of a specimen are measured on a constant rate of extension tensile tester (a suitable instrument is the MTS Insight using Testworks 4.0 Software, as available from MTS Systems Corp., Eden Prairie, MN) using a load cell for which the forces measured are within 1% to 90% of the limit of the cell. Articles are conditioned at 23° C.±2 C.° and 50%±2% relative humidity for 2 hours prior to analysis and then tested under the same environmental conditions.
- Program the tensile tester to perform an elongation to break after an initial gage length adjustment. First raise the cross head at 10 mm/min up to a force of 0.05N. Set the current gage to the adjusted gage length. Raise the crosshead at a rate of 100 mm/min until the specimen breaks (force drops 20% after maximum peak force). Return the cross head to its original position. Force and extension data is acquired at a rate of 100 Hz throughout the experiment.
- Set the nominal gage length to 40 mm using a calibrated caliper block and zero the crosshead. Insert the specimen into the upper grip such that the middle of the test strip is positioned 20 mm below the grip. The specimen may be folded perpendicular to the pull axis, and placed in the grip to achieve this position. After the grip is closed the excess material can be trimmed. Insert the specimen into the lower grips and close. Once again, the strip can be folded, and then trimmed after the grip is closed. Zero the load cell. The specimen should have a minimal slack but less than 0.05 N of force on the load cell. Start the test program.
- From the data construct a Force (N) verses Extension (mm). The Average-Pre-Strain is calculated from the bend in the curve corresponding to the extension at which the nonwovens in the elastic are engaged. Plot two lines, corresponding to the region of the curve before the bend (primarily the elastics), and the region after the bend (primarily the nonwovens). Read the extension at which these two lines intersect, and calculate the % Pre-Strain from the extension and the corrected gage length. Record as % Pre-strain 0.1%. Calculate the arithmetic mean of three replicate samples for each elastomeric laminate and Average-Pre-Strain to the nearest 0.1%.
-
-
- A1. An absorbent article comprising: a chassis comprising a topsheet, a backsheet, and an absorbent core positioned between the topsheet and the backsheet, the chassis further comprising a first end region and a second end region longitudinally separated from the first end region by a crotch region; a first belt connected with the first end region of the chassis; a second belt connected with the second end region of the chassis, wherein laterally opposing end portions of the second belt are connected with laterally opposing end portions of the first belt to form a waist opening; wherein the first belt comprises: a proximal edge and a distal edge; elastic strands positioned between and connected with a first substrate and a second substrate; and a first frangible pathway in the first belt extending between the proximal edge and the distal edge, the first frangible pathway comprising lines of weakness, wherein all elastic strands extending through the first frangible pathway are cut at the lines of weakness such that a first plurality of the elastic strands are cut only once and such that a second plurality of the elastic strands are cut more than once.
- A2. The absorbent article of paragraph A1, further comprising a second frangible pathway in the first belt laterally separated from the first frangible pathway.
- A3. The absorbent article of paragraph A2, wherein the first end region of the chassis is positioned between the first frangible pathway and the second frangible pathway.
- A4. The absorbent article of either paragraphs A2 or A3, wherein the first end region of the chassis overlaps portions of the first frangible pathway and the second frangible pathway.
- A5. The absorbent article of any of paragraphs A1-A4, further comprising a low-stretch zone in the first, belt, wherein the first end region of the chassis overlaps the low-stretch zone.
- A6. The absorbent article of any of paragraphs A1-A5, wherein the first frangible pathway comprises a first region and a second region; and wherein a portion of the first substrate is folded onto the second substrate and the first end region of the chassis such that the first region of the first frangible pathway overlaps the second region of the first frangible pathway.
- A7. The absorbent article of any of paragraphs A1-A6, further comprising a fastener component positioned between the first belt and the backsheet.
- A8. The absorbent article of paragraph A7, wherein the first frangible pathway comprises a first region and a second region longitudinally separated from the first region by a third region, and wherein the fastener component is positioned adjacent the third region of the frangible pathway.
- A9. The absorbent article of either paragraph A7 or A8, further comprising a slit in the third region adjacent the fastening component.
- A10. The absorbent article of any of paragraphs A7-A9, wherein the fastener component comprises hooks that are refastenably attachable with an outer surface of at least one of the chassis, the first belt, and the second belt.
- A11. The absorbent article of any of paragraphs A1-A10, wherein the lines of weakness comprise discrete cut lines.
- A12. The absorbent article of any of paragraphs A1-A11, wherein the first substrate and the second substrate comprise nonwovens and wherein the lines of weakness comprise discrete bonds wherein materials of the nonwovens are fused together.
- A13. The absorbent article of any of paragraphs A1-A12, wherein the first frangible pathway extends for a first frangible pathway total length from an outermost edge of a line of weakness nearest the proximal edge of the first belt, to an outermost edge of a line of weakness nearest the distal edge of the first belt.
- A14. The absorbent article of paragraph A13, wherein the first belt comprises a first belt length defined by a longitudinal distance between the proximal edge and the distal edge, and the first frangible pathway total length is equal to or less than the first belt length.
- A15. The absorbent article of paragraph A13, wherein the first belt comprises a first belt length defined by a longitudinal distance between the proximal edge and the distal edge, and wherein the first frangible pathway total length is greater than the first belt length.
- A16. The absorbent article of paragraph A13, wherein lines of weakness extend for a length from a first end to a second end, and wherein a sum of the all the lengths of lines of weakness in the first frangible pathway is greater than the first frangible pathway total length.
- A17. The absorbent article of any of paragraphs A1-A16, wherein the first frangible pathway comprises a first region and a second region, each region comprising individual lines of weakness, wherein the lines of weakness in the first region differ from the lines of weakness in the second region by at least one of: type, number, size, shape, number of layers, lateral orientation, and longitudinal orientation.
- A18. The absorbent article of paragraph A17, further comprising a third region comprising individual lines of weakness, wherein the lines of weakness in the third region differ from the lines of weakness in the first and second regions by at least one of: type, number, size, shape, number of layers, lateral orientation, and longitudinal orientation.
- A19. The absorbent article of any of paragraphs A1-A18, wherein the first frangible pathway comprises a first region and a second region, each region comprising arrays of lines of weakness, wherein the arrays in the first region differ from the arrays in the second region by at least one of: type, number, size, shape, number of layers, lateral orientation, and longitudinal orientation.
- A20. The absorbent article of paragraph A19, further comprising a third region comprising arrays of lines of weakness, wherein the arrays in the third region differ from the arrays in the first and second regions by at least one of: type, number, size, shape, number of layers, lateral orientation, and longitudinal orientation.
- A21. The absorbent article of any of paragraphs A1-A20, wherein the first frangible pathway comprises two or more of an initial tear zone, a waist tear zone, a leg edge zone, and a transition zone.
- A22. The absorbent article of any of paragraphs A1-A21, wherein the lines of weakness are arranged in at least one of shingle up pattern and a shingle down pattern.
- A23. The absorbent article of paragraph A22, wherein a line of weakness overlaps at least one adjacent line of weakness h between about 35% and about 60% of a length of the adjacent line of weakness.
- A24. The absorbent article of any of paragraphs A1-A23, wherein the lines of weakness are arranged in a railroad track pattern, each of the lines of weakness having lengths of less of than about 10 mm, and having a closest distance between adjacent lines of weakness in parallel rows in the range of about 0.1 to about 5 mm
- A25. The absorbent article of any of paragraphs A1-A24, wherein the first frangible pathway comprises a first region and a second region; and wherein a portion of the first substrate is folded onto the second substrate and the first end region of the chassis such that the first region of the first frangible pathway overlaps the second region of the first frangible pathway.
- B1. A method for assembling absorbent articles, the method comprising steps of: providing a first elastic laminate, the first elastic laminate comprising elastic strands positioned between and connected with a first substrate and a second substrate, the elastic strands extending in a machine direction, the first elastic laminate further comprising a first edge separated from a second edge in a cross direction, wherein the first elastic laminate comprises a first laminate width defined by a distance extending in the cross direction between the first edge and the second edge; advancing the first elastic laminate in the machine direction; and forming a first frangible pathway in the first elastic laminate extending in the cross direction between the first edge and the second edge, the first frangible pathway comprising lines of weakness, wherein all elastic strands extending through the first frangible pathway are cut at the lines of weakness such that a first plurality of the elastic strands are cut only once and such that a second plurality of the elastic strands are cut more than once.
- B2. The method of paragraph B1, further comprising a step of forming a second frangible pathway in the first elastic laminate separated from the first frangible pathway in the machine direction.
- B3. The method of either paragraph B1 or B2, further comprising steps of: providing a second elastic laminate; providing a chassis that comprises a body facing surface and a garment facing surface, and an absorbent core positioned between the body facing surface and the garment facing surface, the chassis further comprising a first end region and a second end region separated in a cross direction from the first end region by the crotch region; and bonding the first end region of the chassis with the first elastic laminate and bonding the second end region of the chassis with the second elastic laminate.
- B4. The method of paragraph B3, wherein the first end region of the chassis is positioned between the first frangible pathway and the second frangible pathway.
- B5. The method of any of paragraphs B1-B4, wherein the first end region of the chassis overlaps portions of the first frangible pathway and the second frangible pathway.
- B6. The method of any of paragraphs B1-B4, further comprising a step of forming a low-stretch zone in the first elastic laminate.
- B7. The method of paragraph B6, wherein the first end region of the chassis overlaps the low-stretch zone.
- B8. The method of either paragraph B6 or B7, wherein the step of forming the low-stretch zone further comprises steps of: intermittently bonding the elastic strands with the first substrate and the second substrate to form an unbonded region wherein the strands are not bonded with the first substrate and the second substrate; and cutting elastic strands in the unbonded region such that the strands retract from the unbonded region.
- B9. The method of either paragraph B6 or B7, wherein the step of forming the low-stretch zone further comprises a step of cutting the elastic strands into a plurality of discrete pieces.
- B10. The method of any of paragraphs B1-B9, further comprising steps of: folding the chassis in the crotch region to position the first elastic laminate in a facing relationship with the second elastic laminate; forming bonds between the first elastic laminate and the second elastic laminate, wherein the bonds are positioned between the first frangible pathway and the second frangible pathway; and cutting the first elastic laminate and the second elastic laminate in the cross direction through the bonds to form a discrete absorbent article.
- B11. The method of any of paragraphs B1-B10, further comprising steps of: forming a first region of the first frangible pathway and a second region of the first frangible pathway in the first elastic laminate; subsequent to the step of forming the first and second regions of the first frangible pathway, bonding the first end region of the chassis with the first elastic laminate; and subsequent to the step of bonding the first end region of the chassis with the first elastic laminate, folding a portion of the first substrate onto the second substrate and the first end region of the chassis such that the first region of the first frangible pathway overlaps the second region of the first frangible pathway.
- B12. The method of any of paragraphs B1-B10, further comprising a step of bonding a fastener component with the first elastic laminate.
- B13. The method of paragraph B12, wherein the first frangible pathway comprises a first region and a second region separated in the cross direction from the first region by a third region, and wherein the fastener component is positioned adjacent the third region of the frangible pathway.
- B14. The method of paragraph B12, wherein the fastener component is positioned between the first end region of the chassis and the first elastic laminate.
- B15. The method of any of paragraph B11-B14, wherein the fastener component comprises hooks that are refastenably attachable with an outer surface of at least one of the chassis, the first elastic laminate, and the second elastic laminate.
- B16. The method of any of paragraphs B11-B15, further comprising cutting a slit in the third region adjacent the fastening component.
- B17. The method of any of paragraphs B1-B16, wherein each line of weakness is oriented to define an offset angle relative to the machine direction that is greater than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees.
- B18. The method of any of paragraphs B1-B17, wherein the step of forming the first frangible pathway further comprises cutting through the first substrate and the second substrate such that the lines of weakness comprise discrete cut lines.
- B19. The method of any of paragraphs B1-B18, wherein the step of forming the first frangible pathway further comprises pressure bonding the first substrate and the second substrate together such that the lines of weakness comprise discrete bonds wherein materials of the first substrate and the second substrate are fused together.
- B20. The method of any of paragraphs B1-B19, wherein the second plurality of elastics are that are cut more than once in the first frangible pathway form first discrete pieces and second discrete pieces of elastic strands, wherein the first discrete pieces of elastic strands comprise a first length and wherein the second discrete pieces of elastic strands comprise a second length, wherein the second length is greater than the first length.
- B21. The method of paragraph B20, wherein the lines of weakness are arranged in a first row and a second row neighboring the first row.
- B22, The method of paragraph B21, wherein the first length of the first discrete pieces of elastic strands is defined by a distance extending in the machine direction between neighboring lines of weakness in the first row.
- B23. The method of paragraph B22, wherein the second length of the second discrete pieces of elastic strands is defined by a distance extending in the machine direction between lines of weakness in the first row and lines of weakness in the second row.
- B24. The method of any of paragraphs B1-B23, wherein the first frangible pathway extends for a first frangible pathway total length from an outermost edge of a line of weakness nearest the first edge of the first elastic laminate to an outermost edge of a line of weakness nearest the second edge of the first elastic laminate.
- B25. The method of paragraph B24, wherein the first frangible pathway total length is equal to or less than the first laminate width.
- B26. The method of paragraph B24, wherein the first frangible pathway total length is greater than the first laminate width.
- B27. The method of any of paragraphs B1-B26, wherein lines of weakness extend for a length from a first end to a second end, and wherein a sum of the all the lengths of lines of weakness in the first frangible pathway is greater than the first frangible pathway total length.
- C1. A cutting apparatus comprising: a knife roll comprising a means for forming a frangible pathway in an elastic laminate and a means for making a low-stretch zone in the elastic laminate.
- D1. A cutting apparatus comprising: a knife roll comprising a means for forming a frangible pathway in an elastic laminate and a means for cutting the elastic laminate into discrete pieces.
- Components of the absorbent articles described herein may at least partially be comprised of bio-based content as described in U.S. Pat. Appl. No. 2007/0219521A1. For example, the superabsorbent polymer component may be bio-based via their derivation from bio-based acrylic acid. Bio-based acrylic acid and methods of production are further described in U.S. Pat. Appl. Pub. No. 2007/0219521 and U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,703,450; 9,630,901 and 9,822,197. Other components, for example nonwoven and film components, may comprise bio-based polyolefin materials. Bio-based polyolefins are further discussed in U.S. Pat. Appl. Pub. Nos. 2011/0139657, 2011/0139658, 2011/0152812, and 2016/0206774, and U.S. Pat. No. 9,169,366. Example bio-based polyolefins for use in the present disclosure comprise polymers available under the designations SHA7260™, SHE150™, or SGM9450F™ (all available from Braskem S.A.).
- An absorbent article component may comprise a bio-based content value from about 10% to about 100%, from about 25% to about 100%, from about 40% to about 100%, from about 50% to about 100%, from about 75% to about 100%, or from about 90% to about 100%, for example, using ASTM D6866-10, method B.
- Components of the absorbent articles described herein may be recycled for other uses, whether they are formed, at least in part, from recyclable materials. Examples of absorbent article materials that may be recycled are nonwovens, films, fluff pulp, and superabsorbent polymers. The recycling process may use an autoclave for sterilizing the absorbent articles, after which the absorbent articles may be shredded and separated into different byproduct streams. Example byproduct streams may comprise plastic, superabsorbent polymer, and cellulose fiber, such as pulp. These byproduct streams may be used in the production of fertilizers, plastic articles of manufacture, paper products, viscose, construction materials, absorbent pads for pets or on hospital beds, and/or for other uses. Further details regarding absorbent articles that aid in recycling, designs of recycle friendly diapers, and designs of recycle friendly and bio-based component diapers, are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 2019/0192723, published on Jun. 27, 2019.
- The dimensions and values disclosed herein are not to be understood as being strictly limited to the exact numerical values recited. Instead, unless otherwise specified, each such dimension is intended to mean both the recited value and a functionally equivalent range surrounding that value. For example, a dimension disclosed as “40 mm” is intended to mean “about 40 mm.”
- Every document cited herein, including any cross referenced or related patent or application and any patent application or patent to which this application claims priority or benefit thereof, is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety unless expressly excluded or otherwise limited. The citation of any document is not an admission that it is prior art with respect to any invention disclosed or claimed herein or that it alone, or in any combination with any other reference or references, teaches, suggests or discloses any such invention. Further, to the extent that any meaning or definition of a term in this document conflicts with any meaning or definition of the same term in a document incorporated by reference, the meaning or definition assigned to that term in this document shall govern.
- While particular embodiments of the present invention have been illustrated and described, it would be obvious to those skilled in the art that various other changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. It is therefore intended to cover in the appended claims all such changes and modifications that are within the scope of this invention.
Claims (25)
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US18/214,691 US20240000634A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles and methods and apparatuses for making absorbent articles with frangible pathways |
Applications Claiming Priority (10)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US202263357043P | 2022-06-30 | 2022-06-30 | |
| US202263432402P | 2022-12-14 | 2022-12-14 | |
| US202263432401P | 2022-12-14 | 2022-12-14 | |
| US202263432406P | 2022-12-14 | 2022-12-14 | |
| US202263432403P | 2022-12-14 | 2022-12-14 | |
| US202263432413P | 2022-12-14 | 2022-12-14 | |
| US202263432400P | 2022-12-14 | 2022-12-14 | |
| US202263432404P | 2022-12-14 | 2022-12-14 | |
| US202263432410P | 2022-12-14 | 2022-12-14 | |
| US18/214,691 US20240000634A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles and methods and apparatuses for making absorbent articles with frangible pathways |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20240000634A1 true US20240000634A1 (en) | 2024-01-04 |
Family
ID=87418699
Family Applications (13)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US18/342,054 Pending US20240000637A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with frangible pathways having tear zones |
| US18/342,058 Pending US20240000638A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with frangible pathways having tear zones |
| US18/214,626 Pending US20240000626A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with frangible pathways adapted for tear propagation between regions of laminates having different numbers of layers of substrates |
| US18/214,691 Pending US20240000634A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles and methods and apparatuses for making absorbent articles with frangible pathways |
| US18/214,586 Pending US20240000625A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with absorbent chassis and belt elastic arrangements and frangible pathways |
| US18/214,548 Pending US20240000624A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with frangible pathways with opening facilitation features |
| US18/214,564 Active 2044-07-09 US12478513B2 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles and methods and apparatuses for making absorbent articles with frangible pathways |
| US18/214,750 Pending US20240000635A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles and methods for making absorbent articles with frangible pathways |
| US18/214,718 Active 2044-04-15 US12478514B2 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with frangible pathways and disposal features |
| US18/214,680 Pending US20240000633A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with frangible pathways and concealed disposal fastener components |
| US18/214,573 Pending US20240000631A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with absorbent chassis and belt bonding arrangements and frangible pathways |
| US18/214,569 Active 2044-05-19 US12521285B2 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with frangible pathways |
| US18/214,603 Pending US20240000632A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with frangible pathways with simultaneously propagating tear zones |
Family Applications Before (3)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US18/342,054 Pending US20240000637A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with frangible pathways having tear zones |
| US18/342,058 Pending US20240000638A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with frangible pathways having tear zones |
| US18/214,626 Pending US20240000626A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with frangible pathways adapted for tear propagation between regions of laminates having different numbers of layers of substrates |
Family Applications After (9)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US18/214,586 Pending US20240000625A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with absorbent chassis and belt elastic arrangements and frangible pathways |
| US18/214,548 Pending US20240000624A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with frangible pathways with opening facilitation features |
| US18/214,564 Active 2044-07-09 US12478513B2 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles and methods and apparatuses for making absorbent articles with frangible pathways |
| US18/214,750 Pending US20240000635A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles and methods for making absorbent articles with frangible pathways |
| US18/214,718 Active 2044-04-15 US12478514B2 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with frangible pathways and disposal features |
| US18/214,680 Pending US20240000633A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with frangible pathways and concealed disposal fastener components |
| US18/214,573 Pending US20240000631A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with absorbent chassis and belt bonding arrangements and frangible pathways |
| US18/214,569 Active 2044-05-19 US12521285B2 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with frangible pathways |
| US18/214,603 Pending US20240000632A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-27 | Absorbent articles with frangible pathways with simultaneously propagating tear zones |
Country Status (5)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (13) | US20240000637A1 (en) |
| EP (13) | EP4547188A1 (en) |
| JP (13) | JP2025519751A (en) |
| CN (13) | CN119546264A (en) |
| WO (13) | WO2024006728A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2025235597A1 (en) | 2024-05-07 | 2025-11-13 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Methods and apparatuses for making absorbent articles with elastomeric laminates having been accumulated and refreshed |
Families Citing this family (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2025261583A1 (en) | 2024-06-17 | 2025-12-26 | Essity Hygiene And Health Aktiebolag | Absorbent article |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4619649A (en) * | 1984-04-30 | 1986-10-28 | Joan Roberts | Disposable toddler training panty |
| US5624420A (en) * | 1993-06-25 | 1997-04-29 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Disposable training pants having a non-perforated tear line through elastic |
| US6508797B1 (en) * | 2000-11-03 | 2003-01-21 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Pant-like disposable absorbent articles with a releasable line of weakness and a fastener |
| US7641641B2 (en) * | 2005-04-20 | 2010-01-05 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Absorbent article product line |
Family Cites Families (357)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US3113225A (en) | 1960-06-09 | 1963-12-03 | Cavitron Ultrasonics Inc | Ultrasonic vibration generator |
| US3562041A (en) | 1967-10-26 | 1971-02-09 | Cavitron Corp | Method and apparatus for the ultrasonic joining of materials according to a pattern |
| US3733238A (en) | 1971-12-13 | 1973-05-15 | Crompton & Knowles Corp | Apparatus for vibration welding of sheet materials |
| US3860003B2 (en) | 1973-11-21 | 1990-06-19 | Contractable side portions for disposable diaper | |
| DE3128538C2 (en) | 1981-07-18 | 1985-03-14 | Karl Mayer Textil-Maschinen-Fabrik Gmbh, 6053 Obertshausen | Warping plant |
| US4909803A (en) | 1983-06-30 | 1990-03-20 | The Procter And Gamble Company | Disposable absorbent article having elasticized flaps provided with leakage resistant portions |
| US4610678A (en) | 1983-06-24 | 1986-09-09 | Weisman Paul T | High-density absorbent structures |
| CA1259151A (en) | 1985-02-01 | 1989-09-12 | Kenneth B. Buell | Disposable waste containment garment |
| US4610680A (en) | 1985-04-29 | 1986-09-09 | Lafleur Ruby S | Disposable training panty |
| PH23956A (en) | 1985-05-15 | 1990-01-23 | Procter & Gamble | Absorbent articles with dual layered cores |
| US4695278A (en) | 1985-10-11 | 1987-09-22 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Absorbent article having dual cuffs |
| IL82511A (en) | 1986-05-28 | 1992-09-06 | Procter & Gamble | Apparatus for and methods of airlaying fibrous webs having discrete particles therein |
| US4834735A (en) | 1986-07-18 | 1989-05-30 | The Proctor & Gamble Company | High density absorbent members having lower density and lower basis weight acquisition zones |
| MA21077A1 (en) | 1986-10-10 | 1988-07-01 | Procter & Gamble | ABSORBENT ARTICLE COMPRISING DOUBLE FLUID RESISTANT CUFFS. |
| US4872871A (en) | 1986-12-31 | 1989-10-10 | Kimberly-Clark Corporation | Disposable absorbent garment having elastic outer cover and integrated absorbent insert structure |
| US4854984A (en) | 1987-06-19 | 1989-08-08 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Dynamic mechanical bonding method and apparatus |
| US4940464A (en) | 1987-12-16 | 1990-07-10 | Kimberly-Clark Corporation | Disposable incontinence garment or training pant |
| DE3913381C2 (en) | 1989-04-24 | 1994-02-03 | Mayer Textilmaschf | Method for winding a sheet of thread on a warp beam and tree device |
| JP2664501B2 (en) | 1989-12-22 | 1997-10-15 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Disposable wearing articles |
| US5360420A (en) | 1990-01-23 | 1994-11-01 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Absorbent structures containing stiffened fibers and superabsorbent material |
| US5110403A (en) | 1990-05-18 | 1992-05-05 | Kimberly-Clark Corporation | High efficiency ultrasonic rotary horn |
| JP2511428Y2 (en) * | 1990-07-11 | 1996-09-25 | 株式会社資生堂 | Disposable diapers |
| US5074854A (en) | 1990-08-24 | 1991-12-24 | The Procter & Gamble Co. | Disposable undergarment having a break-away panel |
| US5167897A (en) | 1991-02-28 | 1992-12-01 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Method for incrementally stretching a zero strain stretch laminate web to impart elasticity thereto |
| US5221274A (en) | 1991-06-13 | 1993-06-22 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Absorbent article with dynamic elastic waist feature having a predisposed resilient flexural hinge |
| US5246433A (en) | 1991-11-21 | 1993-09-21 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Elasticized disposable training pant and method of making the same |
| USH1420H (en) | 1992-04-30 | 1995-02-07 | Richardson; James W. | Method for attaching discrete, stretched elastic strands to predetermined isolated portions of disposable absorbent products |
| JP3096152B2 (en) | 1992-05-22 | 2000-10-10 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Disposable diapers |
| JP3209377B2 (en) | 1993-04-19 | 2001-09-17 | 花王株式会社 | Manufacturing method of absorbent article |
| US5643588A (en) | 1994-11-28 | 1997-07-01 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Diaper having a lotioned topsheet |
| BE1008059A3 (en) | 1994-02-02 | 1996-01-03 | Picanol Nv | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DRAWING ON warp threads. |
| US5599335A (en) | 1994-03-29 | 1997-02-04 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Absorbent members for body fluids having good wet integrity and relatively high concentrations of hydrogel-forming absorbent polymer |
| SE508260C2 (en) | 1994-04-12 | 1998-09-21 | Moelnlycke Ab | Pants diaper or panty with detachable connected front part |
| JP3578802B2 (en) | 1994-06-03 | 2004-10-20 | 大王製紙株式会社 | Disposable paper diapers and diaper covers |
| US5681302A (en) | 1994-06-14 | 1997-10-28 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Elastic sheet-like composite |
| CA2152119A1 (en) | 1994-09-15 | 1996-03-16 | Annamaria Cesco-Cancian | Partially elastic, disposable absorbent pant having a substantially uniformly, fully gathered elastic waistborder |
| US6861571B1 (en) | 1994-11-28 | 2005-03-01 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Article having a lotioned topsheet |
| JP3429383B2 (en) | 1995-02-24 | 2003-07-22 | 花王株式会社 | Disposable diapers |
| US5569234A (en) | 1995-04-03 | 1996-10-29 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Disposable pull-on pant |
| JP3170435B2 (en) | 1995-08-02 | 2001-05-28 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Disposable diapers |
| US5628097A (en) | 1995-09-29 | 1997-05-13 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Method for selectively aperturing a nonwoven web |
| US6120489A (en) | 1995-10-10 | 2000-09-19 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Flangeless seam for use in disposable articles |
| US5575784A (en) | 1995-11-02 | 1996-11-19 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Disposable training pant with improved disposal means |
| US6107539A (en) | 1995-11-14 | 2000-08-22 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Disposable absorbent articles having reduced surface wetness |
| US5766389A (en) | 1995-12-29 | 1998-06-16 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Disposable absorbent article having a registered graphic and process for making |
| WO1997025891A1 (en) | 1996-01-16 | 1997-07-24 | Avery Dennison Corporation | Improvements in diaper fastener systems |
| FR2745987B1 (en) | 1996-03-15 | 1998-06-12 | GATHERING SLIDE AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF | |
| US5897545A (en) | 1996-04-02 | 1999-04-27 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Elastomeric side panel for use with convertible absorbent articles |
| US5702551A (en) | 1996-04-03 | 1997-12-30 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Method for assembling a multi-piece absorbent article |
| US6120487A (en) | 1996-04-03 | 2000-09-19 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Disposable pull-on pant |
| EP0839507A1 (en) | 1996-10-30 | 1998-05-06 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Opening tab for disposable pull-on diapers |
| US6248195B1 (en) | 1996-11-21 | 2001-06-19 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Thermal joining of webs |
| US6107537A (en) | 1997-09-10 | 2000-08-22 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Disposable absorbent articles providing a skin condition benefit |
| DE19803638A1 (en) | 1998-02-02 | 1999-08-05 | Kuesters Eduard Maschf | Device for processing a material web with ultrasound |
| DE19813334B4 (en) | 1998-03-26 | 2007-09-06 | Paul Hartmann Ag | Diapers or incontinence briefs and methods of making the same |
| US6545197B1 (en) | 1998-05-02 | 2003-04-08 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Disposable absorbent article having an improved topsheet |
| US6287287B1 (en) | 1998-06-19 | 2001-09-11 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Disposable absorbent articles having passive side bonds and adjustable fastening systems |
| US6036796A (en) | 1998-06-26 | 2000-03-14 | Branson Electronics | Closed-loop ultrasonic welding method and apparatus |
| ES2193594T3 (en) | 1998-11-10 | 2003-11-01 | Procter & Gamble | DISPOSABLE CLOTH TO BE PLACED THROUGH THAT IT HAS AN IMPROVED DISPOSAL DEVICE. |
| US6113717A (en) | 1998-12-18 | 2000-09-05 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Method of making refastenable, pant-like disposable absorbent articles |
| CA2291504A1 (en) | 1999-02-10 | 2000-08-10 | First Quality Enterprises, Inc. | Disposable absorbent pull-up type diapers and incontinent briefs |
| US6752796B2 (en) | 1999-02-10 | 2004-06-22 | First Quality Products, Inc. | Disposable pant type absorbent article |
| US7621901B2 (en) | 1999-02-10 | 2009-11-24 | First Quality Products, Inc. | Disposable pant type absorbent article having improved multifold fastening system and method of making same |
| US20030220626A1 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2003-11-27 | Hamzeh Karami | Loopless absorbent article |
| US6497695B1 (en) | 1999-08-23 | 2002-12-24 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Absorbent article having a refastenable mechanism |
| US6508799B1 (en) | 1999-08-23 | 2003-01-21 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Absorbent article having a refastenable mechanism |
| EP1226214B1 (en) | 1999-09-17 | 2005-11-16 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Low stress relaxation elastomeric materials |
| US6153209A (en) | 1999-09-28 | 2000-11-28 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Article having a transferable breathable skin care composition thereon |
| JP3196933B2 (en) | 1999-09-29 | 2001-08-06 | 株式会社日本吸収体技術研究所 | Water-absorbing composite surface-coated with fibrous hot melt, method for producing the same, and absorbent article |
| CN1171721C (en) | 2000-05-12 | 2004-10-20 | 金伯利-克拉克环球有限公司 | Method for increasing softness of base paper and products formed from such base paper |
| US20020009940A1 (en) | 2000-05-15 | 2002-01-24 | May Raymond Jeffrey | Targeted elastic laminate having zones of different polymer materials |
| US6685613B1 (en) * | 2000-06-27 | 2004-02-03 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Method of making a prefastened undergarment in a cross machine direction and apparatus for carrying out said method |
| JP2002017778A (en) | 2000-06-28 | 2002-01-22 | Three M Innovative Properties Co | Fasteners for disposable diapers and disposable diapers using the same |
| US6579275B1 (en) | 2000-09-28 | 2003-06-17 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Pant-like disposable absorbent articles with releasable seams and a folded fastening feature |
| US20020065503A1 (en) | 2000-11-24 | 2002-05-30 | Ted Guidotti | Absorbent product |
| US20040015144A1 (en) | 2000-12-08 | 2004-01-22 | Daio Paper Corporation | Absorbent, process for producing the same, and absorbent article comprising the absorbent |
| US20040158212A1 (en) | 2003-02-10 | 2004-08-12 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Disposable absorbent article comprising a durable hydrophilic core wrap |
| JP2001258938A (en) | 2001-02-19 | 2001-09-25 | Daio Paper Corp | Underpants type diaper having post-treatment tape |
| US6976978B2 (en) | 2001-02-22 | 2005-12-20 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Refastenable pull-on training pant with diagonal seams |
| US7473818B2 (en) | 2001-03-01 | 2009-01-06 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Product seal of dissimilar materials |
| JP3737709B2 (en) | 2001-03-21 | 2006-01-25 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Pants-type disposable diapers |
| US6635135B2 (en) | 2001-03-23 | 2003-10-21 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Refastenable absorbent product with overlaid side panels and method of making same in the machine direction |
| US6676054B2 (en) | 2001-03-23 | 2004-01-13 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Unwinder for as-spun elastomeric fiber |
| US20020148557A1 (en) | 2001-04-13 | 2002-10-17 | Kimberly-Clark Worlwide, Inc. | Method of assembling personal care absorbent article |
| US6712922B2 (en) | 2001-04-13 | 2004-03-30 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Method of fabricating a multiple component web |
| US20030088223A1 (en) * | 2001-04-13 | 2003-05-08 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Passive bonds for personal care article |
| US6783487B2 (en) | 2001-04-13 | 2004-08-31 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Pant-type personal care articles, and methods of making and using such personal care articles |
| US7297139B2 (en) | 2001-07-05 | 2007-11-20 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Refastenable absorbent garment |
| US7207979B2 (en) * | 2001-07-05 | 2007-04-24 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Refastenable absorbent garment |
| US20030055389A1 (en) | 2001-09-14 | 2003-03-20 | Sanders Donald J. | Method and apparatus for assembling refastenable absorbent garment |
| US6682626B2 (en) | 2001-09-14 | 2004-01-27 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Method and apparatus for assembling refastenable absorbent garments |
| US6743321B2 (en) | 2001-09-14 | 2004-06-01 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Method and apparatus for assembling refastenable absorbent garments |
| US7156833B2 (en) | 2001-12-17 | 2007-01-02 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Absorbent article with fastening system |
| US20030130641A1 (en) | 2001-12-28 | 2003-07-10 | Richlen Sandra A. | Absorbent garment having a weakened region |
| US6838040B2 (en) | 2001-12-28 | 2005-01-04 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Method for weakening a portion of a web |
| US6645330B2 (en) | 2002-01-03 | 2003-11-11 | Paragon Trade Brands, Inc. | Method of making disposable absorbent article having graphics using ultrasonic thermal imaging |
| US6575949B1 (en) | 2002-03-05 | 2003-06-10 | Tyco Healthcare Retail Services Ag | Perforated stretch ear diaper |
| DE20220237U1 (en) | 2002-03-12 | 2003-03-27 | Klinghammer, Richard, 90556 Cadolzburg | Diaper for infants and toddlers, incorporates at least one printable area element for presentation of advertising information |
| JP2003290286A (en) | 2002-03-29 | 2003-10-14 | Daio Paper Corp | Disposable diaper |
| JP4037216B2 (en) | 2002-08-23 | 2008-01-23 | 花王株式会社 | Pants-type diapers |
| US20030233082A1 (en) | 2002-06-13 | 2003-12-18 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Highly flexible and low deformation fastening device |
| US7637898B2 (en) | 2002-08-16 | 2009-12-29 | Kimberly-Clark Wordwide, Inc. | Disposable absorbent pant having refastenable seams |
| US7087046B2 (en) * | 2002-09-09 | 2006-08-08 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Absorbent garment with refastenable adhesive elements engaging an elongatable body panel and methods for the use and manufacture thereof |
| DE60211902T2 (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2007-01-11 | The Procter & Gamble Company, Cincinnati | Hydrophilic nonwovens containing absorbent articles |
| EP1559387B1 (en) | 2002-10-24 | 2019-12-18 | Zuiko Corporation | Method for producing a disposable wearing article |
| US8388595B2 (en) | 2002-12-19 | 2013-03-05 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Disposable undergarment with a detachable crotch member and method for the use thereof |
| JP4090913B2 (en) | 2003-02-28 | 2008-05-28 | 大王製紙株式会社 | Absorbent articles |
| US6991696B2 (en) | 2003-03-21 | 2006-01-31 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Method of forming a disposable, refastenable absorbent article |
| US7077834B2 (en) | 2003-03-21 | 2006-07-18 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Pant-like disposable garment for absorbing human discharge |
| DE10319754A1 (en) | 2003-04-30 | 2004-12-02 | Carl Freudenberg Kg | Elastic composite, process for its preparation and its use |
| JP4240464B2 (en) | 2003-05-02 | 2009-03-18 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Pants-type diapers |
| US8118799B2 (en) * | 2003-05-05 | 2012-02-21 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Disposable garment having first and second attachment members |
| JP2004329590A (en) | 2003-05-08 | 2004-11-25 | Livedo Corporation | Pants-type diaper |
| JP4131683B2 (en) | 2003-06-30 | 2008-08-13 | 花王株式会社 | Disposable wearing article and manufacturing method thereof |
| CN1829491B (en) * | 2003-08-06 | 2012-09-26 | 株式会社瑞光 | Manufacturing method of disposable clothing |
| JP4522073B2 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2010-08-11 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Disposable wearing articles |
| US7569039B2 (en) | 2003-11-19 | 2009-08-04 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Disposable pull-on garment |
| US7621900B2 (en) * | 2003-12-23 | 2009-11-24 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Disposable absorbent garment that incorporates a continuous reinforced leg gasket and method for the manufacture thereof |
| JP4648198B2 (en) | 2003-12-24 | 2011-03-09 | 株式会社瑞光 | Wearing article and manufacturing method thereof |
| US20050148974A1 (en) | 2003-12-29 | 2005-07-07 | Datta Paul J. | Disposable absorbent garment having a folded panel for improved fit and exudate containment |
| US7250549B2 (en) | 2003-12-30 | 2007-07-31 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Three-piece garment having an absorbent insert secured with variable adhesive regions |
| US7587966B2 (en) | 2004-02-05 | 2009-09-15 | Zuiko Corporation | Web processing device and web processing method |
| US20050177125A1 (en) | 2004-02-10 | 2005-08-11 | Masahiro Kondo | Pant-type disposable garment |
| JP4276556B2 (en) | 2004-02-20 | 2009-06-10 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Disposable pants-type diaper and method for producing the same |
| US7150730B2 (en) | 2004-03-01 | 2006-12-19 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Refastenable pant-like disposable undergarment |
| JP4312084B2 (en) | 2004-03-08 | 2009-08-12 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Disposable pants-type diapers |
| CN1933797B (en) | 2004-03-22 | 2011-01-26 | 株式会社瑞光 | Wearing article and method of manufacturing the same |
| JP4280187B2 (en) | 2004-03-25 | 2009-06-17 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Manufacturing method of openable disposable pants |
| JP2005287982A (en) * | 2004-04-05 | 2005-10-20 | Livedo Corporation | Open/close type disposable brief |
| JP4163144B2 (en) | 2004-04-28 | 2008-10-08 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Disposable pants and manufacturing method thereof |
| JP2006034402A (en) | 2004-07-23 | 2006-02-09 | Livedo Corporation | Disposable brief |
| US20060032578A1 (en) | 2004-08-16 | 2006-02-16 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Method for producing a laminate having varying pre-strained elastics |
| JP4025321B2 (en) | 2004-08-17 | 2007-12-19 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Disposable pants |
| JP2006055196A (en) | 2004-08-17 | 2006-03-02 | Livedo Corporation | Disposable shorts |
| JP2006055343A (en) | 2004-08-19 | 2006-03-02 | Livedo Corporation | Disposable shorts |
| JP4511284B2 (en) | 2004-08-20 | 2010-07-28 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Disposable pants |
| JP4260711B2 (en) | 2004-08-24 | 2009-04-30 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Disposable pants manufacturing method and disposable pants |
| JP2006068211A (en) | 2004-09-01 | 2006-03-16 | Livedo Corporation | Method for manufacturing disposable pants |
| WO2006033350A1 (en) | 2004-09-22 | 2006-03-30 | Kao Corporation | Absorptive article |
| US20060094319A1 (en) | 2004-11-03 | 2006-05-04 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Extensible laminate having elastics of differing elastic properties |
| JP4551193B2 (en) | 2004-11-19 | 2010-09-22 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Method for producing disposable pants-type wearing article |
| JP4444078B2 (en) | 2004-11-24 | 2010-03-31 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Disposable pants and attachment / detachment method for disposable pants |
| JP4444079B2 (en) | 2004-11-24 | 2010-03-31 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Pants |
| JP4559827B2 (en) * | 2004-11-24 | 2010-10-13 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Disposable pants |
| JP2006158632A (en) * | 2004-12-07 | 2006-06-22 | Three M Innovative Properties Co | Fastening tab and side panel for disposable diaper, and disposable diaper |
| JP2006158607A (en) | 2004-12-07 | 2006-06-22 | Livedo Corporation | Disposable pants |
| US20060129119A1 (en) | 2004-12-15 | 2006-06-15 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Absorbent undergarment with disposal feature |
| US20060135936A1 (en) * | 2004-12-22 | 2006-06-22 | Markovich Stacy N | Absorbent garment having sensory cue for line of weakness |
| US8277430B2 (en) | 2004-12-28 | 2012-10-02 | Kimberly-Clarl Worldwide, Inc. | Absorbent garment with strand coated adhesive components |
| JP2006198068A (en) | 2005-01-19 | 2006-08-03 | Livedo Corporation | Disposable pants |
| JP2006204385A (en) | 2005-01-25 | 2006-08-10 | Kao Corp | Disposable diapers |
| JP4508892B2 (en) | 2005-01-31 | 2010-07-21 | 花王株式会社 | Disposable diapers |
| JP4502882B2 (en) | 2005-02-09 | 2010-07-14 | 花王株式会社 | Disposable diaper manufacturing method |
| TWI529181B (en) | 2005-02-28 | 2016-04-11 | 贏創德固賽有限責任公司 | Water-absorbing polymer structures based upon renewable raw materials and process for their production |
| US7887522B2 (en) | 2005-03-18 | 2011-02-15 | The Procter And Gamble Company | Pull-on wearable article with informational image |
| US8506546B2 (en) * | 2005-04-20 | 2013-08-13 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Diaper with umbilical feature |
| JP4705405B2 (en) | 2005-04-27 | 2011-06-22 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Pants-type disposable wearing articles |
| CN101193617B (en) | 2005-06-01 | 2011-10-05 | Sca卫生产品股份公司 | Absorbent article having disposal fastening means |
| US20060293639A1 (en) | 2005-06-28 | 2006-12-28 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Disposable absorbent article with front fastening assembly |
| US8663184B2 (en) | 2005-08-05 | 2014-03-04 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Absorbent article with a multifunctional side panel |
| CA2624252C (en) | 2005-09-29 | 2012-06-26 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Side seam for disposable garment |
| CN101277665B (en) | 2005-09-29 | 2013-08-21 | 大王制纸株式会社 | Disposable diaper |
| US8337479B2 (en) * | 2005-12-19 | 2012-12-25 | Sca Hygiene Products Ab | Refastenable pant-like absorbent article and a method for making it |
| WO2007079264A2 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2007-07-12 | Overend Technologies, Llc | Unwind and feed system for elastomeric thread |
| US20070219521A1 (en) | 2006-03-17 | 2007-09-20 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Absorbent article comprising a synthetic polymer derived from a renewable resource and methods of producing said article |
| JP4951257B2 (en) | 2006-03-28 | 2012-06-13 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Pants-type diapers |
| US8002761B2 (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2011-08-23 | Daio Paper Corporation | Disposable diaper |
| JP4745119B2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2011-08-10 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Method for producing disposable absorbent article |
| JP4682085B2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2011-05-11 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Method for producing disposable absorbent article |
| JP4758821B2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2011-08-31 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Method for producing disposable absorbent article |
| JP4801498B2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2011-10-26 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Disposable absorbent article |
| RU2423094C2 (en) | 2006-07-31 | 2011-07-10 | Дайо Пейпер Корпорейшн | Disposable diaper of underpants type |
| JP4451420B2 (en) * | 2006-07-31 | 2010-04-14 | 大王製紙株式会社 | Pants-shaped diapers |
| US20120053548A1 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2012-03-01 | Gregory Ashton | Side Seam for Disposable Garment |
| US20080114322A1 (en) * | 2006-11-10 | 2008-05-15 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Body panel for an adjustable pant-like disposable undergarment and the undergarment itself |
| JP4538045B2 (en) * | 2006-11-30 | 2010-09-08 | 大王製紙株式会社 | Pants-shaped diapers |
| US20080134487A1 (en) | 2006-12-07 | 2008-06-12 | Julia Hartono | Integral waistband for a disposable absorbent article, an article and a method of forming said article |
| JP2008142345A (en) | 2006-12-11 | 2008-06-26 | Kao Corp | Disposable diapers |
| JP4926742B2 (en) | 2007-02-09 | 2012-05-09 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Absorbent articles |
| JP4908255B2 (en) | 2007-02-09 | 2012-04-04 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Absorbent articles |
| US7857801B2 (en) | 2007-03-23 | 2010-12-28 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Diaper having deployable chassis ears and stretch waistband |
| JP5009040B2 (en) | 2007-04-27 | 2012-08-22 | 大王製紙株式会社 | Disposable paper diapers |
| CN101677897B (en) * | 2007-05-31 | 2013-07-31 | Sca卫生用品公司 | Convertible absorbent article |
| JP2008302138A (en) | 2007-06-11 | 2008-12-18 | Livedo Corporation | Disposable absorbent article |
| JP5270126B2 (en) | 2007-09-05 | 2013-08-21 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Disposable diaper manufacturing method |
| US8043274B2 (en) * | 2007-12-05 | 2011-10-25 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Disposable undergarment with stretch areas for optimal fit |
| KR101478864B1 (en) | 2007-12-28 | 2015-01-02 | 다이오 페이퍼 코퍼레이션 | Pants type disposable diaper |
| JP5498043B2 (en) | 2008-03-31 | 2014-05-21 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Absorbent article manufacturing method and absorbent article manufacturing apparatus |
| US8518006B2 (en) | 2008-05-30 | 2013-08-27 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Personal wear absorbent article with tab |
| US8152787B2 (en) | 2008-05-30 | 2012-04-10 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Personal wear absorbent article with disposal tab |
| US8162912B2 (en) | 2008-05-30 | 2012-04-24 | Kimberly Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Personal wear absorbent article with disposal tab |
| JP5106253B2 (en) | 2008-06-03 | 2012-12-26 | 花王株式会社 | Disposable diapers |
| US8568379B2 (en) | 2008-06-17 | 2013-10-29 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Absorbent article comprising a design field |
| JP5438952B2 (en) | 2008-12-02 | 2014-03-12 | 花王株式会社 | Disposable diapers |
| JP5241457B2 (en) | 2008-12-04 | 2013-07-17 | 花王株式会社 | Disposable diapers |
| JP5294819B2 (en) | 2008-12-10 | 2013-09-18 | 花王株式会社 | Pants-type wearing article |
| RU2532727C2 (en) * | 2009-03-23 | 2014-11-10 | Као Корпорейшн | Absorbing product |
| US8124828B2 (en) | 2009-05-19 | 2012-02-28 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Attachment areas for wearable absorbent articles |
| JP5352408B2 (en) | 2009-10-05 | 2013-11-27 | 花王株式会社 | Pants-type absorbent article |
| US8216200B2 (en) | 2009-10-07 | 2012-07-10 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Disposable absorbent article with disposal tab |
| JP4966355B2 (en) | 2009-10-08 | 2012-07-04 | 花王株式会社 | Pants-type absorbent article |
| US20110098668A1 (en) | 2009-10-23 | 2011-04-28 | Thorson Russell E | Disposable absorbent garments employing elastomeric film laminate body panels |
| US8753466B2 (en) | 2009-10-23 | 2014-06-17 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Method of making disposable absorbent garments employing elastomeric film laminate body panels |
| JP5969730B2 (en) | 2009-12-28 | 2016-08-17 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Absorbent article manufacturing equipment |
| JP5566782B2 (en) | 2010-01-08 | 2014-08-06 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Disposable wearing items |
| JP5572822B2 (en) | 2010-03-12 | 2014-08-20 | 株式会社瑞光 | Pants-type wearing article and method for manufacturing the pants body |
| JP5700948B2 (en) | 2010-03-31 | 2015-04-15 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Disposable wearing items |
| JP5014452B2 (en) * | 2010-03-31 | 2012-08-29 | 花王株式会社 | Disposable diapers |
| US9226861B2 (en) | 2010-04-09 | 2016-01-05 | Gary Dean Lavon | Converting lines and methods for fabricating both taped and pant diapers comprising substantially identical chassis |
| WO2011132687A1 (en) | 2010-04-19 | 2011-10-27 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Absorbent article |
| US8186296B2 (en) | 2010-05-05 | 2012-05-29 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Methods and apparatus for applying adhesives in patterns to an advancing substrate |
| JP5568369B2 (en) | 2010-05-10 | 2014-08-06 | 花王株式会社 | Pants-type absorbent article |
| JP5638305B2 (en) | 2010-07-29 | 2014-12-10 | 大王製紙株式会社 | Pants-type disposable diaper |
| US20120061015A1 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2012-03-15 | Gary Dean Lavon | Method of Making Prefastened Refastenable Disposable Absorbent Articles |
| US8945326B2 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2015-02-03 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Method of making prefastened refastenable disposable absorbent articles |
| JP5728907B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2015-06-03 | 王子ホールディングス株式会社 | Method for manufacturing absorbent article |
| US20120263924A1 (en) | 2011-04-12 | 2012-10-18 | Paul Thomas Weisman | Multi-Layer Films And Methods Of Forming Same |
| US9408761B2 (en) | 2011-03-25 | 2016-08-09 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Article with nonwoven web component formed with loft-enhancing calendar bond shapes and patterns |
| US8945324B2 (en) | 2011-04-04 | 2015-02-03 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Process for making elastomeric absorbent garments to reduce absorbent bunching |
| US20120323204A1 (en) | 2011-06-15 | 2012-12-20 | Poole Lacey L | Disposable absorbent garment having colored facings and integral waistband |
| US9750647B2 (en) | 2011-06-23 | 2017-09-05 | Zuiko Corporation | Wearing article and production method therefor |
| JP6039956B2 (en) * | 2011-08-09 | 2016-12-07 | 花王株式会社 | Pants-type absorbent article |
| JP5886576B2 (en) | 2011-09-16 | 2016-03-16 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Fastening member and fastening piece |
| JP5632346B2 (en) | 2011-09-27 | 2014-11-26 | 大王製紙株式会社 | Pants-type disposable diaper |
| JP5868105B2 (en) * | 2011-10-03 | 2016-02-24 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Disposable diapers |
| JP5244226B2 (en) | 2011-12-12 | 2013-07-24 | 大王製紙株式会社 | Disposable disposable diaper manufacturing method |
| US9526662B2 (en) | 2012-02-08 | 2016-12-27 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Apparatuses and methods for folding absorbent articles |
| BR112014020075A8 (en) | 2012-02-13 | 2017-07-11 | Procter & Gamble | ABSORBENT ARTICLES COMPRISING SUBSTANTIALLY IDENTICAL CHASSIS |
| BR112014020013A8 (en) | 2012-02-13 | 2017-07-11 | Procter & Gamble | DISPOSABLE PULL CLOTHING PIECE |
| US9005392B2 (en) | 2012-02-22 | 2015-04-14 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Apparatuses and methods for seaming substrates |
| US8778127B2 (en) | 2012-02-22 | 2014-07-15 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Apparatuses and methods for bonding substrates |
| US20130231625A1 (en) | 2012-03-05 | 2013-09-05 | Kimberly L. Ellefson | Adjustable pant-like disposable undergarment with fully severed front panel |
| US20130255865A1 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2013-10-03 | Tina Brown | Methods and Apparatuses for Making Leg Cuffs for Absorbent Articles |
| US9028632B2 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2015-05-12 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Apparatuses and methods for making absorbent articles |
| IN2014DN07212A (en) * | 2012-03-30 | 2015-04-24 | Procter & Gamble | |
| US9039855B2 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2015-05-26 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Apparatuses and methods for making absorbent articles |
| US8440043B1 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2013-05-14 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Absorbent article process and apparatus for intermittently deactivating elastics in elastic laminates |
| US20130255861A1 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2013-10-03 | Uwe Schneider | Apparatuses and Methods for Making Absorbent Articles |
| US9050213B2 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2015-06-09 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Apparatuses and methods for making absorbent articles |
| US8884050B2 (en) | 2012-04-11 | 2014-11-11 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Process for production of acrylic acid or its derivatives from hydroxypropionic acid or its derivatives |
| US8720666B2 (en) | 2012-04-16 | 2014-05-13 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Apparatuses for transferring discrete articles |
| US8833542B2 (en) | 2012-04-16 | 2014-09-16 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Fluid systems and methods for transferring discrete articles |
| US8607959B2 (en) | 2012-04-16 | 2013-12-17 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Rotational assemblies and methods for transferring discrete articles |
| US8820513B2 (en) | 2012-04-16 | 2014-09-02 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Methods for transferring discrete articles |
| WO2013170433A1 (en) | 2012-05-15 | 2013-11-21 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Absorbent article having characteristic waist end |
| MX344064B (en) * | 2012-05-15 | 2016-12-02 | Procter & Gamble | Absorbent articles with elastics in multiple layers. |
| EP2849699A1 (en) | 2012-05-15 | 2015-03-25 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Methods of making laminates for absorbent articles |
| DE102012208392A1 (en) | 2012-05-18 | 2013-11-21 | Paul Hartmann Ag | Incontinence article in panty form |
| DE102012208393A1 (en) | 2012-05-18 | 2013-11-21 | Paul Hartmann Ag | Incontinence article in panty form |
| DE102012208395A1 (en) | 2012-05-18 | 2013-11-21 | Paul Hartmann Ag | Incontinence article in panty form |
| CN104661627B (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2018-11-02 | 宝洁公司 | Articles with a soft nonwoven layer |
| JP6014448B2 (en) | 2012-10-01 | 2016-10-25 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Absorbent articles |
| US20140113792A1 (en) | 2012-10-24 | 2014-04-24 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Method And Apparatus For Forming An Adjustable Pant-Like Disposable Undergarment With Fully Severed Front Panel With Altered Area |
| US20140114272A1 (en) | 2012-10-24 | 2014-04-24 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Method And Apparatus For Forming An Adjustable Pant-Like Disposable Undergarment With Fully Severed Front Panel With Line Of Weakness |
| US20140110037A1 (en) | 2012-10-24 | 2014-04-24 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Method And Apparatus For Forming An Adjustable Pant-Like Disposable Undergarment With Laser Cutting |
| US20140135730A1 (en) | 2012-11-15 | 2014-05-15 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Adjustable Pant-Like Disposable Undergarment With Fully Severed Front Panel And Method Of Forming Through Two Cutting Steps |
| JP5614899B2 (en) | 2012-11-22 | 2014-10-29 | 花王株式会社 | Pants-type absorbent article |
| CN104812418B (en) | 2012-11-26 | 2019-02-19 | 巴斯夫欧洲公司 | Process for the preparation of superabsorbents based on renewable raw materials |
| US9265672B2 (en) | 2012-11-27 | 2016-02-23 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Methods and apparatus for applying adhesives in patterns to an advancing substrate |
| US9295590B2 (en) | 2012-11-27 | 2016-03-29 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Method and apparatus for applying an elastic material to a moving substrate in a curved path |
| US20140148773A1 (en) | 2012-11-27 | 2014-05-29 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Absorbent Articles with Substrates Having Patterned Slot Coated Adhesives |
| US9248054B2 (en) | 2012-11-27 | 2016-02-02 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Methods and apparatus for making elastic laminates |
| US20140155855A1 (en) * | 2012-11-30 | 2014-06-05 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Adjustable Pant-Like Disposable Undergarment With Attachment Assembly Concealing A Line Of Weakness And Method Of Manufacture |
| US20140187405A1 (en) | 2012-12-27 | 2014-07-03 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Method And Apparatus For Forming Discrete Adjustable Pant-Like Disposable Undergarments |
| JP6024486B2 (en) | 2013-01-30 | 2016-11-16 | 王子ホールディングス株式会社 | Disposable diaper manufacturing method |
| US9060905B2 (en) | 2013-03-08 | 2015-06-23 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Wearable absorbent articles |
| JP6176958B2 (en) | 2013-03-18 | 2017-08-09 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Disposable pants-type diapers |
| JP6159109B2 (en) | 2013-03-18 | 2017-07-05 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Disposable pants-type diapers |
| JP6189628B2 (en) * | 2013-05-13 | 2017-08-30 | 花王株式会社 | Pants-type absorbent article |
| JP5360327B1 (en) | 2013-06-03 | 2013-12-04 | 王子ホールディングス株式会社 | Pants-type disposable diaper and method for manufacturing the same |
| US9962297B2 (en) | 2013-06-19 | 2018-05-08 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Bonding apparatus and method |
| WO2014204736A1 (en) | 2013-06-19 | 2014-12-24 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Bonding apparatus and method |
| US20150032078A1 (en) | 2013-07-29 | 2015-01-29 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Absorbent article having a fastening system with a visual cue |
| JP5632521B2 (en) | 2013-09-28 | 2014-11-26 | 大王製紙株式会社 | Pants-type disposable diaper |
| JP6253087B2 (en) | 2013-09-30 | 2017-12-27 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Disposable pants-type diapers |
| JP6180025B2 (en) | 2013-11-01 | 2017-08-16 | 花王株式会社 | Pants-type wearing article and manufacturing method thereof |
| JP6298274B2 (en) | 2013-11-11 | 2018-03-20 | 花王株式会社 | Pants-type wearing article |
| JP6250832B2 (en) * | 2013-12-19 | 2017-12-20 | ザ プロクター アンド ギャンブル カンパニー | Method and apparatus for making an absorbent article having a contoured belt |
| US9789010B2 (en) * | 2014-03-31 | 2017-10-17 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Absorbent article having a tear away section |
| JP5690966B1 (en) | 2014-07-25 | 2015-03-25 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Unfoldable disposable diapers |
| JP6400971B2 (en) | 2014-07-25 | 2018-10-03 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Disposable diapers |
| US10034801B2 (en) | 2014-10-03 | 2018-07-31 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Adult disposable absorbent articles and arrays comprising improved product lengths |
| WO2016060922A1 (en) | 2014-10-14 | 2016-04-21 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Absorbent article with fastening system |
| US10390998B2 (en) | 2014-11-07 | 2019-08-27 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Process and apparatus for manufacturing an absorbent article using a laser source |
| EP3223762B1 (en) | 2014-11-26 | 2020-01-08 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Absorbent article having finger tabs and methods of manufacturing same |
| US20160175161A1 (en) * | 2014-12-18 | 2016-06-23 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Apparatuses and Methods for Making Absorbent Articles with Low Intensity Inner Belt Edge and Leg Opening Edge Regions |
| WO2016104753A1 (en) | 2014-12-26 | 2016-06-30 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Disposable diaper |
| JP6412811B2 (en) * | 2015-01-30 | 2018-10-24 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Unfoldable disposable diapers |
| JP5934815B1 (en) | 2015-01-30 | 2016-06-15 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Unfoldable disposable diapers |
| JP6429710B2 (en) | 2015-03-31 | 2018-11-28 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Disposable wearing articles |
| EP3294248B1 (en) | 2015-05-12 | 2020-12-30 | The Procter and Gamble Company | Absorbent article with improved core-to-backsheet adhesive |
| WO2016196024A1 (en) | 2015-06-02 | 2016-12-08 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Process and apparatus for manufacturing an absorbent article using a laser source |
| US20170000663A1 (en) | 2015-06-30 | 2017-01-05 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Nonwoven web formed with loft-enhancing calender bond shapes and patterns, and articles including the same |
| WO2017070142A1 (en) * | 2015-10-20 | 2017-04-27 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Absorbent articles comprising a separable belt |
| US10292874B2 (en) | 2015-10-20 | 2019-05-21 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Dual-mode high-waist foldover disposable absorbent pant |
| WO2017079576A1 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2017-05-11 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Disposable absorbent article silhouettes and silhouette arrays |
| JP6913131B2 (en) | 2015-11-11 | 2021-08-04 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Disposable diapers |
| EP3429526B1 (en) | 2016-03-15 | 2019-12-18 | The Procter and Gamble Company | Method and apparatus for manufacturing an absorbent article including an ultra short pulse laser source |
| WO2017160899A1 (en) | 2016-03-15 | 2017-09-21 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Method and apparatus for manufacturing an absorbent article including an ultra short pulse laser source |
| EP3429525A1 (en) | 2016-03-15 | 2019-01-23 | The Procter and Gamble Company | Method and apparatus for manufacturing an absorbent article including an ultra short pulse laser source |
| WO2017184326A1 (en) | 2016-04-20 | 2017-10-26 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Apparatuses and methods for folding absorbent articles |
| BR112019008214B1 (en) | 2016-11-23 | 2023-01-24 | Essity Hygiene And Health Aktiebolag | ABSORBENT ARTICLE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING AN ABSORBENT ARTICLE |
| US10905602B2 (en) | 2016-11-23 | 2021-02-02 | Essity Hygiene And Health Aktiebolag | Array of gender-specific absorbent articles |
| US10807263B2 (en) | 2016-12-07 | 2020-10-20 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Flexible curvilinear knife |
| US11096835B2 (en) * | 2016-12-19 | 2021-08-24 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Methods for sealing absorbent cores on absorbent articles |
| US10973699B2 (en) | 2016-12-20 | 2021-04-13 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Methods and apparatuses for making elastomeric laminates with elastic strands unwound from beams |
| JP2018139718A (en) * | 2017-02-27 | 2018-09-13 | 王子ホールディングス株式会社 | Pants-type disposable diapers |
| JP6861422B2 (en) | 2017-03-13 | 2021-04-21 | 学校法人東京女子医科大学 | Estrogen-like action composition, pharmaceuticals, foods and drinks containing it, method for producing estrogen-like action composition, and method of using the DNA base sequence of Sparassis crispa |
| WO2018168875A1 (en) | 2017-03-13 | 2018-09-20 | 旭化成株式会社 | Brassiere |
| JP6596458B2 (en) | 2017-03-13 | 2019-10-23 | 株式会社日立建機ティエラ | Hydraulic drive device for electric hydraulic work machine |
| WO2018169964A1 (en) | 2017-03-13 | 2018-09-20 | Hubbell Incorporated | Electrical connector and sleeve for electrical contact |
| US10691771B2 (en) | 2017-03-13 | 2020-06-23 | Universities Space Research Association | System and method to hardcode interger linear optimization problems on physical implementations of the Ising model |
| JP2018150596A (en) | 2017-03-14 | 2018-09-27 | 千代田化工建設株式会社 | Organic substance generation system and organic substance production method |
| JP2018154674A (en) | 2017-03-15 | 2018-10-04 | 出光興産株式会社 | Method for producing polyether compound |
| CN110402225A (en) | 2017-03-15 | 2019-11-01 | 东洋铝爱科制造株式会社 | containing box |
| KR102237769B1 (en) | 2017-03-15 | 2021-04-09 | 가부시끼가이샤 도시바 | Etching solution, etching method, and manufacturing method of electronic components |
| JP6743734B2 (en) | 2017-03-16 | 2020-08-19 | 株式会社オートネットワーク技術研究所 | Shape maintenance tool |
| KR20250083578A (en) | 2017-03-16 | 2025-06-10 | 알파인 이뮨 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 | Cd80 variant immunomodulatory proteins and uses thereof |
| JP6735037B2 (en) | 2017-03-16 | 2020-08-05 | 日新電機株式会社 | Gate valve device |
| WO2018168891A1 (en) | 2017-03-16 | 2018-09-20 | 日本精工株式会社 | Electric power steering device |
| JP7091607B2 (en) | 2017-03-16 | 2022-06-28 | 凸版印刷株式会社 | Learning support terminal, learning support server, learning support system, learning support method, and learning support program |
| JP2018154364A (en) | 2017-03-17 | 2018-10-04 | 東洋製罐株式会社 | Small capacity container for viscous substance |
| JP2018187217A (en) | 2017-05-10 | 2018-11-29 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Underpants type absorbent article |
| US11752045B2 (en) * | 2017-05-31 | 2023-09-12 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Front or rear opening closed-sided absorbent articles |
| RU2763485C2 (en) | 2017-05-31 | 2021-12-29 | Кимберли-Кларк Ворлдвайд, Инк. | Absorbent products closed on sides, opening from front or back |
| US11672708B2 (en) | 2017-05-31 | 2023-06-13 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Front or rear opening closed-sided absorbent articles |
| KR101770398B1 (en) | 2017-07-10 | 2017-08-22 | 주식회사 대디포베베 | Disposable diaper with removing band |
| CN114272019B (en) | 2017-09-01 | 2023-10-10 | 宝洁公司 | Method and apparatus for making elastomeric laminates |
| US11147718B2 (en) | 2017-09-01 | 2021-10-19 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Beamed elastomeric laminate structure, fit, and texture |
| US20190099304A1 (en) | 2017-10-04 | 2019-04-04 | Carol Berry | Personal Hygiene Device |
| WO2019070041A1 (en) | 2017-10-04 | 2019-04-11 | Ntn株式会社 | Sliding member |
| WO2019070042A1 (en) | 2017-10-05 | 2019-04-11 | マクセル株式会社 | Contactless internal measurement device, contactless internal measurement method, and internal measurement result display system |
| JP6941026B2 (en) | 2017-10-31 | 2021-09-29 | 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション | Disposable diapers |
| US11547613B2 (en) | 2017-12-05 | 2023-01-10 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Stretch laminate with beamed elastics and formed nonwoven layer |
| EP3720689B1 (en) | 2017-12-07 | 2023-07-19 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Flexible bonding |
| US11433158B2 (en) | 2017-12-12 | 2022-09-06 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Recycle friendly and sustainable absorbent articles |
| FR3079166B1 (en) | 2018-03-21 | 2023-10-20 | Aplix Sa | LAMINATED ASSEMBLY, DIAPER PANTS COMPRISING SUCH A SET AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING SUCH A SET |
| WO2019233564A1 (en) | 2018-06-05 | 2019-12-12 | Essity Hygiene And Health Aktiebolag | Disposable pant article and method for producing disposable pant articles |
| EP3801420B1 (en) | 2018-06-05 | 2024-03-06 | Essity Hygiene and Health Aktiebolag | Array of disposable pant articles and method for producing an array of disposable pant articles |
| US11246767B2 (en) | 2018-08-27 | 2022-02-15 | Medline Industries, Lp | Easy change protective underwear |
| US20200155373A1 (en) * | 2018-08-27 | 2020-05-21 | Medline Industries, Inc. | Easy change protective underwear |
| WO2020062132A1 (en) * | 2018-09-29 | 2020-04-02 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Wearable article having disposal wrapping means |
| US11389986B2 (en) | 2018-12-06 | 2022-07-19 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Compliant anvil |
| JP7351630B2 (en) | 2019-03-27 | 2023-09-27 | 大王製紙株式会社 | Pants type disposable wear article |
| JP7315360B2 (en) | 2019-04-04 | 2023-07-26 | 大王製紙株式会社 | Pants type disposable wearing article |
| EP3958809B1 (en) | 2019-04-24 | 2025-10-29 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Highly extensible nonwoven webs and absorbent articles having such webs |
| US11801168B2 (en) * | 2019-11-15 | 2023-10-31 | The Procter And Gamble Company | Tape-type absorbent article with belt structure |
| WO2021168782A1 (en) | 2020-02-28 | 2021-09-02 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Pant-type absorbent article and manufacturing method thereof |
| CN115151225B (en) | 2020-03-04 | 2024-03-22 | 宝洁公司 | Method for assembling an elastomeric laminate |
| US12016585B2 (en) | 2020-03-10 | 2024-06-25 | Boston Scientific Medical Device Limited | Medical device handle assemblies and methods of using the same |
| CN115379820B (en) | 2020-04-29 | 2023-08-08 | 株式会社瑞光 | Disposable wearing article of pants type capable of being repeatedly closed and method for manufacturing same |
| JP7437229B2 (en) * | 2020-05-08 | 2024-02-22 | 花王株式会社 | disposable diapers |
| JP7300419B2 (en) | 2020-05-25 | 2023-06-29 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | absorbent article |
| WO2022004727A1 (en) | 2020-06-30 | 2022-01-06 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Underpants-type absorbent article |
| CN216257825U (en) | 2020-11-10 | 2022-04-12 | 宝洁公司 | Belt assembly for absorbent articles |
| JP7752498B2 (en) | 2021-09-15 | 2025-10-10 | 日本製紙クレシア株式会社 | Pants-type absorbent article and method for disposing of used pants-type absorbent article |
| CN118251196A (en) | 2021-11-19 | 2024-06-25 | 宝洁公司 | Absorbent article with front waist region and/or back waist region having high stretch region and low stretch region and method for making the same |
-
2023
- 2023-06-27 WO PCT/US2023/069126 patent/WO2024006728A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2023-06-27 EP EP23744994.7A patent/EP4547188A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 WO PCT/US2023/069115 patent/WO2024006717A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2023-06-27 JP JP2024573875A patent/JP2025519751A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 EP EP23744334.6A patent/EP4547182A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 CN CN202380049207.5A patent/CN119546264A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 US US18/342,054 patent/US20240000637A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 US US18/342,058 patent/US20240000638A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 EP EP23744330.4A patent/EP4547178A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 JP JP2024574005A patent/JP2025519775A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 CN CN202380049125.0A patent/CN119421680A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 US US18/214,626 patent/US20240000626A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 WO PCT/US2023/069122 patent/WO2024006724A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2023-06-27 JP JP2024574808A patent/JP2025521325A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 EP EP23745717.1A patent/EP4547185A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 CN CN202380049132.0A patent/CN119421681A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 US US18/214,691 patent/US20240000634A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 EP EP23744336.1A patent/EP4547184A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 JP JP2024575217A patent/JP2025519876A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 WO PCT/US2023/069116 patent/WO2024006718A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2023-06-27 JP JP2024574594A patent/JP2025519799A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 US US18/214,586 patent/US20240000625A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 CN CN202380049116.1A patent/CN119421679A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 US US18/214,548 patent/US20240000624A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 EP EP23744995.4A patent/EP4547187A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 CN CN202380049238.0A patent/CN119403526A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 JP JP2024574630A patent/JP2025519807A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 US US18/214,564 patent/US12478513B2/en active Active
- 2023-06-27 JP JP2024573894A patent/JP2025519754A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 WO PCT/US2023/069114 patent/WO2024006716A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2023-06-27 EP EP23745349.3A patent/EP4547174A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 JP JP2024574590A patent/JP2025519798A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 EP EP23744332.0A patent/EP4547180A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 WO PCT/US2023/069112 patent/WO2024006714A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2023-06-27 EP EP23744331.2A patent/EP4547179A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 US US18/214,750 patent/US20240000635A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 EP EP23744333.8A patent/EP4547181A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 US US18/214,718 patent/US12478514B2/en active Active
- 2023-06-27 WO PCT/US2023/069118 patent/WO2024006720A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2023-06-27 JP JP2024573893A patent/JP2025519753A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 US US18/214,680 patent/US20240000633A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 US US18/214,573 patent/US20240000631A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 CN CN202380049218.3A patent/CN119451656A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 CN CN202380049168.9A patent/CN119486693A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 US US18/214,569 patent/US12521285B2/en active Active
- 2023-06-27 WO PCT/US2023/069120 patent/WO2024006722A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2023-06-27 JP JP2024574812A patent/JP2025519836A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 CN CN202380049202.2A patent/CN119403525A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 CN CN202380049182.9A patent/CN119403524A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 CN CN202380049157.0A patent/CN119421682A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 EP EP23744329.6A patent/EP4547177A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 US US18/214,603 patent/US20240000632A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 CN CN202380049151.3A patent/CN119421684A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 EP EP23744335.3A patent/EP4547183A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 WO PCT/US2023/069113 patent/WO2024006715A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2023-06-27 JP JP2024574006A patent/JP2025519776A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 WO PCT/US2023/069117 patent/WO2024006719A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2023-06-27 JP JP2024574023A patent/JP2025519779A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 CN CN202380047834.5A patent/CN119325366A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 WO PCT/US2023/069121 patent/WO2024006723A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2023-06-27 WO PCT/US2023/069119 patent/WO2024006721A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2023-06-27 EP EP23748165.0A patent/EP4547186A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 CN CN202380049198.XA patent/CN119421683A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 JP JP2024574810A patent/JP2025519835A/en active Pending
- 2023-06-27 WO PCT/US2023/069125 patent/WO2024006727A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4619649A (en) * | 1984-04-30 | 1986-10-28 | Joan Roberts | Disposable toddler training panty |
| US5624420A (en) * | 1993-06-25 | 1997-04-29 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Disposable training pants having a non-perforated tear line through elastic |
| US6508797B1 (en) * | 2000-11-03 | 2003-01-21 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Pant-like disposable absorbent articles with a releasable line of weakness and a fastener |
| US7641641B2 (en) * | 2005-04-20 | 2010-01-05 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Absorbent article product line |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2025235597A1 (en) | 2024-05-07 | 2025-11-13 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Methods and apparatuses for making absorbent articles with elastomeric laminates having been accumulated and refreshed |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| EP4433010B1 (en) | Absorbent article with front and/or back waist regions having a high-stretch zone and a low-stretch zone and methods for making | |
| US12478513B2 (en) | Absorbent articles and methods and apparatuses for making absorbent articles with frangible pathways | |
| US20250195284A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for breaking bond regions in absorbent articles with frangible pathways | |
| US20250195289A1 (en) | Absorbent articles with frangible pathways with at least one line of weakness defined by a discrete bond | |
| US20250195294A1 (en) | Arrays of absorbent articles of different sizes comprising frangible pathways | |
| US20250195288A1 (en) | Absorbent articles with frangible pathways comprising various tensile strengths |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: THE PROCTER & GAMBLE COMPANY, OHIO Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:SCHNEIDER, UWE;RAYCHECK, JEROMY THOMAS;LONG, MICHAEL DEVIN;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20221214 TO 20230105;REEL/FRAME:064080/0624 Owner name: THE PROCTER & GAMBLE COMPANY, OHIO Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNOR'S INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:SCHNEIDER, UWE;RAYCHECK, JEROMY THOMAS;LONG, MICHAEL DEVIN;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20221214 TO 20230105;REEL/FRAME:064080/0624 |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION COUNTED, NOT YET MAILED |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |